Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 26, 2014.

Registration No. 333-198333

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1 to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

HubSpot, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   7372   20-2632791

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

  (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

25 First Street, 2nd Floor

Cambridge, Massachusetts 02141

(888) 482-7768

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Brian Halligan

Chief Executive Officer

HubSpot, Inc.

25 First Street, 2nd Floor

Cambridge, Massachusetts 02141

(888) 482-7768

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Mark T. Bettencourt, Esq.

Joseph C. Theis, Jr., Esq.

Goodwin Procter LLP

Exchange Place

53 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

(617) 570-1000

 

John P. Kelleher, Esq.

General Counsel

HubSpot, Inc.

25 First Street, 2nd Floor

Cambridge, Massachusetts 02141

(888) 482-7768

 

Mark G. Borden, Esq.

David A. Westenberg, Esq.

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and

Dorr LLP

60 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

(617) 526-6000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer     ¨   Accelerated filer     ¨    Non-accelerated filer     ¨   Smaller reporting company     ¨
    

(Do not check if a

smaller reporting company)

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Amount

to be

Registered (1)

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering

Price Share

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price (2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee (3)

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  5,750,000   $21.00   $120,750,000   $15,553

 

 

 

(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(3) The Registrant previously paid $12,880 in connection with the original filing of this Registration Statement on August 25, 2014.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus summary

     1   

The offering

     6   

Summary financial data

     8   

Risk factors

     10   

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

     34   

Market, industry and other data

     36   

Use of proceeds

     37   

Dividend policy

     38   

Capitalization

     39   

Dilution

     41   

Selected consolidated financial data

     43   

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     45   

Founders’ letter from Brian Halligan and Dharmesh Shah

     71   
     Page  

Business

     73   

Management

     90   

Executive compensation

     98   

Certain relationships and related party transactions

     105   

Principal stockholders

     110   

Description of capital stock

     113   

Shares eligible for future sale

     117   

Certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences

     120   

Underwriters

     123   

Legal matters

     129   

Experts

     129   

Additional information

     129   

Index to consolidated financial statements

     F-1   

 

 

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since such date.

Through and including                     , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

For investors outside of the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about, and to observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “HubSpot” “the Company,” “we,” and “our” in this prospectus refer to HubSpot, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiary.

HUBSPOT, INC.

Overview

We provide a cloud-based marketing and sales software platform that enables businesses to deliver an inbound experience. An inbound marketing and sales experience attracts, engages and delights customers by being more relevant, more helpful, more personalized and less interruptive than traditional marketing and sales tactics. Our software platform features integrated applications to help businesses attract visitors to their websites, convert visitors into leads, close leads into customers and delight customers, so that they become promoters of those businesses. These integrated applications include social media, search engine optimization, blogging, website content management, marketing automation, email, CRM, analytics and reporting.

People have transformed how they consume information, research products and services, make purchasing decisions and share their views and experiences. Today, customers are blocking out the tactics from the traditional marketing and sales playbook, such as cold calls, unsolicited emails and disruptive advertisements. Customers are taking more control of the purchasing process by using technology, including search engines and social media, to research products and services. Despite this transformation, most businesses are using an outdated marketing and sales playbook that is essentially the same today as it was 10 years ago. To compete effectively, we believe businesses need to deliver an inbound experience by adopting new strategies and technologies to attract, engage and delight customers.

We designed our all-in-one platform from the ground up to enable businesses to provide an inbound experience to their prospects and customers. At the core of our platform is a single inbound database for each business that captures its customer activity throughout the customer lifecycle. Our platform uses our centralized inbound database to empower businesses to create more personalized interactions with customers, such as personalized social media alerts, personalized websites, personalized emails and targeted alerts for sales people. We provide a comprehensive set of integrated applications on our platform, which offers businesses ease of use, power and simplicity. We designed and built our platform to serve a large number of customers of any size and with demanding use cases.

While our platform can scale to the enterprise, we focus on selling to mid-market businesses, which we define as businesses that have between 10 and 2,000 employees, because we believe we have significant competitive advantages attracting and serving them. We efficiently reach these businesses at scale through our proven inbound go-to-market approach and more than 2,000 marketing agency partners worldwide. Our platform is particularly suited to serving the needs of mid-market business-to-business (B2B) companies. Mid-market businesses seek an integrated, easy to implement and easy to use solution to reach customers and compete with organizations that have larger marketing and sales budgets. As of June 30, 2014, we had 11,624 customers of varying sizes in more than 70 countries, representing almost every industry.

We have a leading brand in the cloud-based inbound marketing and sales software industry. Our brand recognition comes from our thought leadership, including our blog, which attracts more than 1.5 million

 

 

1


Table of Contents

visits each month, and our commitment to innovation. Our founders, Brian Halligan and Dharmesh Shah, wrote the best-selling marketing book Inbound Marketing: Get Found Using Google, Social Media and Blogs . We also have one of the largest social media followings in our industry, and our INBOUND conference is one of the largest inbound industry events, with over 10,000 registered attendees in 2014.

We sell our platform on a subscription basis. Our total revenue increased from $28.6 million in 2011, to $51.6 million in 2012 and to $77.6 million in 2013, representing year-over-year increases of 81% in 2012 and 50% in 2013. Our total revenue increased from $35.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to $51.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, representing a period-over-period increase of 46%. We had net losses of $24.4 million in 2011, $18.8 million in 2012, $34.3 million in 2013 and $16.3 million and $17.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Industry Background and Our Market Opportunity

Traditionally, most businesses have followed the same marketing and sales playbook to generate leads, close sales and provide support to their customers as they did 10 years ago. Businesses need a more effective way to attract, engage and delight customers who have access to an abundance of information and an ability to block traditional marketing and sales tactics. Businesses need to deliver an inbound experience, which enables them to be more helpful, more relevant and less interruptive to their customers.

To deliver an inbound experience, businesses need to transform how they market, sell and serve customers.

 

    Marketing: Businesses need to attract potential customers by maximizing search engine rankings, having an engaging social media presence and creating and distributing useful and relevant content. Businesses need to personalize their customer interactions on websites, in social media and in emails to engage customers.

 

    Sales: Businesses need to build relationships with potential customers and become their trusted advisors. They must learn about and react to the signals being sent by customers through websites, social media and emails, to provide personalized and helpful responses.

 

    Service: Businesses need to delight their customers and inspire them to become vocal promoters by exceeding their expectations. Every customer has a stronger, more public voice today through blogs and social media, underscoring the importance of positive reviews and referrals in building a quality brand.

We believe there is a large market opportunity created by the fundamental transformation in marketing and sales. Businesses of nearly all sizes and in nearly all industries can benefit from delivering an inbound experience to attract, engage and delight their customers. We focus on selling our platform to mid-market businesses. As of June 30, 2014, we had 11,624 customers, and in the second quarter of 2014, our average subscription revenue per customer (on an annualized basis) was $8,823. According to AMI Partners, in 2013, there were 1.6 million of these mid-market businesses with a website presence in the United States and Canada and 1.3 million in Europe. According to a January 2014 study by Mintigo of 186,500 U.S.-based B2B companies of varying sizes, only 3% of those companies had implemented any of the most common marketing automation applications.

Existing Applications are Not Adequate for an Integrated Inbound Experience

Not Designed for an Inbound Experience. Traditional marketing applications rely on advertising and cold calling for lead generation instead of inbound methods. These applications are not designed to personalize and optimize every interaction with customers on websites, in social media and by email across devices, and do not typically allow sales and service teams to see the signals their prospects are sending in real time.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

No Centralized Inbound Database of Customer Interactions. Businesses typically need to use one point application for website content management, a different point application for blogging, another point application for social media management, another point application for email and marketing automation, another point application for content personalization, another point application for analytics, another point application for sales management and CRM and yet another point application to alert salespeople of key customer signals in real time. This disparate collection of point applications makes it difficult to develop a 360-degree view of a customer’s interactions.

Difficult and Expensive to Implement and Use. Using a collection of disparate point applications means a separate implementation process for each, resulting in significant additional costs. Often businesses will need to use outside consultants or hire new employees with specific technical expertise to implement and use these different applications. This collection of applications also requires businesses to use a variety of different log-ins, user interfaces and support centers.

Hard to Measure Results. Because all the customer touchpoints through the marketing, sales and service processes are typically stored in different disconnected point applications, it is very difficult to get a 360-degree view of a customer’s interactions and measure the effectiveness of marketing and sales programs.

Advantages of Our Solution

Designed for an Inbound Experience. Our platform was architected from the ground up to enable businesses to transform their marketing and sales playbook to meet today’s demands of their customers. Our platform includes integrated applications to help businesses efficiently attract more customers through search engine optimization, social media, blogging and other useful content while personalizing and optimizing interactions with their customers across customer touchpoints.

Ease of Use of All-In-One Platform. We provide a set of integrated applications on a common platform, which offers businesses ease of use and simplicity. Our platform has one login, one user interface, one inbound database and one number to call for support, and is designed to be used by people without technical training.

Power of All-In-One Platform. At the core of our platform is a single inbound database for each business that captures its customer activity throughout the customer lifecycle, which makes it easy for businesses to use customer data to empower more personalized interactions with customers.

Clear ROI for Customers. Our platform delivers proven and measurable results for our customers. Our customers often experience significant increases in the volume of traffic to their websites, the volume of inbound leads and the rate of converting leads into customers.

Scalability. Our platform was designed and built to serve a large number of customers of any size and with demanding use cases. Our scalability gives us flexibility for future growth and enables us to service a large variety of businesses of different sizes across different industries.

Our Competitive Strengths

Leading Platform. We have designed and built a world-class, inbound marketing and sales software platform. We believe our customers choose our platform over others because of its powerful, integrated and easy to use applications. As of June 30, 2014, on G2Crowd (an independent business software and services review website), the features and functions of our platform were ranked #1 in customer satisfaction in the following categories: marketing automation, social media management, email marketing, search marketing and web analytics.

Market Leadership and Strong Brand. We are a recognized thought leader in the marketing industry with a leading brand. Our founders, Brian Halligan and Dharmesh Shah, are best-selling marketing book authors. We also have over 1.1 million followers and fans among Twitter, Facebook and LinkedIn as of June 30, 2014.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Large and Growing Agency Partner Program. More than 2,000 marketing agency partners worldwide help us to promote the vision of the inbound experience, efficiently reach new mid-market businesses at scale and provide our mutual customers with more diverse and higher-touch services.

Mid-Market Focus. We believe we have significant competitive advantages reaching mid-market businesses and reach this market at scale as a result of our proven inbound go-to-market approach and our agency partner channel.

Powerful Network Effects. We have built a large and growing ecosystem around our platform and company. We have built what we believe is the largest engaged audience in our industry. As our engaged audience grows, more agencies partner with us, more third-party developers integrate their applications with our platform and more professionals complete our certification programs, all of which drive more businesses to adopt our platform.

Our Growth Strategy

Grow Our U.S. Customer Base. The market for our platform is large and underserved. We will continue to leverage our inbound go-to-market approach and our network of marketing agency partners to keep growing our domestic business.

Increase Revenue from Existing Customers. With 11,624 customers in more than 70 countries spanning many industries, we believe we have a significant opportunity to increase revenue from our existing customers. We plan to do this by expanding their use of our platform, selling to other parts of their organizations and upselling additional offerings and features.

Keep Expanding Internationally. There is a significant opportunity for our inbound platform outside of the United States. As of June 30, 2014, approximately 20% of our customers were located outside of the United States and these customers generated approximately 21% of our total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014. We intend to grow our presence in international markets through additional investments in local sales, marketing and professional service capabilities, as well as by leveraging our agency partner network.

Continue to Innovate and Expand Our Platform. Mid-market businesses are increasingly realizing the value of having an integrated marketing, sales and service platform. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on this opportunity by introducing new products and applications to extend the functionality of our platform.

Selectively Pursue Acquisitions. We plan to selectively pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies and teams that would allow us to add new features and functionalities to our platform and accelerate the pace of our innovation.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects are subject to numerous risks. These risks include:

 

    We have a history of losses and may not achieve profitability in the future.

 

    We are dependent upon customer renewals, the addition of new customers and the continued growth of the market for an inbound platform.

 

    If subscription renewal rates decrease, or we do not accurately predict subscription renewal rates, our future revenue and operating results may be harmed.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
    We face significant competition from both established and new companies offering marketing software and other related applications, as well as internally developed software, which may harm our ability to add new customers, retain existing customers and grow our business.

 

    We have experienced rapid growth and organizational change in recent periods and expect continued future growth. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service or address competitive challenges adequately.

 

    If we cannot maintain our company culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, teamwork, passion and focus on execution that we believe contribute to our success and our business may be harmed.

 

    If we fail to maintain our inbound marketing thought leadership position, our business may suffer.

 

    We rely on our management team and other key employees, and the loss of one or more key employees could harm our business.

 

    Our business may suffer if it is alleged or determined that our technology infringes the intellectual property rights of others.

 

    The concentration of our capital stock ownership with insiders following this offering is 54.4%, and will likely limit your ability to influence corporate matters including the ability to influence the outcome of director elections and other matters requiring stockholder approval.

Corporate Information

We were formed under the laws of the State of Delaware in 2005. Our principal executive offices are located at 25 First Street, 2nd Floor, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02141. Our telephone number is (888) 482-7768. We maintain a website at www.hubspot.com. The reference to our website is intended to be an inactive textual reference only. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus.

“HubSpot,” “Social Inbox,” the HubSpot sprocket design logo and certain other marks are our registered trademarks in the United States and several other jurisdictions. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks, and service marks of other companies, and such tradenames, trademarks and service marks are the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks, or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

5,000,000 shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

30,361,826 shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares from us

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 750,000 shares from us.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $90.3 million (or approximately $104.2 million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full), based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We currently intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We also expect to use approximately $18.0 million of the net proceeds to repay all of the outstanding balance on our revolving line of credit. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets, although we do not currently have any agreements, commitments or understandings with respect to any such acquisitions. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed New York Stock Exchange trading symbol

“HUBS”

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 25,361,826 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014 and excludes:

 

    4,808,985 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2014 with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.41 per share;

 

    1,168,791 shares of common stock subject to restricted stock units, or RSUs, outstanding as of June 30, 2014;

 

    13,158 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2014 with an exercise price of $5.70 per share;

 

    290,445 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2007 Plan, as of June 30, 2014; and

 

    1,973,551 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan, and 394,710 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2014 ESPP, each of which will become effective in connection with this offering and contains provisions that will automatically increase its respective shares reserved each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus reflects or assumes the following:

 

    the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur upon the closing of this offering;

 

    the conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock into 19,529,713 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

    no exercise of options or warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2014;

 

    a one-for-three reverse stock split of our common stock effected on September 25, 2014; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional 750,000 shares of our common stock in this offering to cover over-allotments.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements not found in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
   
(in thousands, except per share data)
  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

             

Revenue:

             

Subscription

  $ 5,771      $ 13,636      $ 25,702      $ 45,870      $ 70,819      $ 31,829      $ 47,188   

Professional services and other

    844        1,751        2,851        5,734        6,815        3,247        4,084   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    6,615        15,387        28,553        51,604        77,634        35,076        51,272   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

             

Subscription (1)

    1,116        2,903        5,712        10,834        20,280        9,782        11,672   

Professional services and other (1)

    2,642        4,091        6,368        6,004        8,759        4,006        5,181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    3,758        6,994        12,080        16,838        29,039        13,788        16,853   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross profit

    2,857        8,393        16,473        34,766        48,595        21,288        34,419   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development (1)

    2,990        4,382        10,031        10,585        15,018        6,706        9,641   

Sales and marketing (1)

    8,031        14,075        24,088        34,949        53,158        24,026        33,020   

General and administrative (1)

    1,230        2,500        6,769        7,972        14,669        6,941        9,449   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    12,251        20,957        40,888        53,506        82,845        37,673        52,110   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (9,394     (12,564     (24,415     (18,740     (34,250     (16,385     (17,691
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

             

Interest income

    1        3        36        26        34        22        3   

Interest expense

           (12     (30     (63     (20     (3     (121

Other expense

                  (2     (1     (38     26        65   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    1        (9     4        (38     (24     45        (53
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (9,393     (12,573     (24,411     (18,778     (34,274     (16,340     (17,744

Preferred stock accretion

    97        123        87        81        54        27        27   

Deemed dividend to investors

                  973                               
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (9,490   $ (12,696   $ (25,471   $ (18,859   $ (34,328   $ (16,367   $ (17,771
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (2)

  $ (2.70   $ (3.53   $ (6.19   $ (4.01   $ (6.71   $ (3.23   $ (3.15

Weighted average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share (2)

    3,520        3,601        4,115        4,699        5,113        5,060        5,636   

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (3)

          $ (1.39     $ (0.71

Pro forma weighted average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited) (3)

            24,643          25,166   

 

 

8


Table of Contents

 

(1) Stock-based compensation included in the consolidated statements of operations data above was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2009      2010      2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
    

(in thousands)

 

Cost of revenue:

                    

Subscription

   $       $ 4       $ 16       $ 27       $ 50       $ 20       $ 40   

Professional services and other

     14         36         131         100         211         66         152   

Research and development

     35         105         2,341         739         691         369         299   

Sales and marketing

     27         67         647         691         1,194         488         887   

General and administrative

     68         75         1,484         958         1,318         631         870   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 144       $ 287       $ 4,619       $ 2,515       $ 3,464       $ 1,574       $ 2,248   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for further details on the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.
(3) See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for further details on the calculation of pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

Our consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2014 is presented on:

 

    actual basis;

 

    a pro forma basis, giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 19,529,713 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which will occur upon closing of this offering, as if such conversion had occurred and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation had become effective on June 30, 2014; and

 

    a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to (a) the pro forma adjustments, (b) the sale of 5,000,000 shares of common stock by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (c) our use of approximately $5.0 million of our net proceeds of this offering to repay all of our indebtedness outstanding under our revolving line of credit as of June 30, 2014.

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

     As of June 30, 2014  
     Actual     Pro
Forma
    Pro Forma
As Adjusted (1) (2)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash

   $ 7,302      $ 7,302      $ 92,602   

Working capital, excluding deferred revenue

     9,901        9,901        95,201   

Total assets

     52,105        52,105        137,405   

Deferred revenue

     32,403        32,403        32,403   

Total liabilities

     57,396        57,396        52,396   

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     101,320                 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (106,611     (5,291     85,009   

 

(1) The pro forma as adjusted amounts shown do not reflect the drawdown under our revolving line of credit of an additional $13.0 million for general working capital purposes subsequent to June 30, 2014, all of which shall be repaid from net proceeds of this offering. Additionally, the pro forma as adjusted amounts do not take into account $1.5 million of offering costs that had already been paid as of June 30, 2014.
(2) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our cash, working capital (excluding deferred revenue), total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $4.7 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks is realized, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy

We have a history of losses and may not achieve profitability in the future.

We generated net losses of $24.4 million in 2011, $18.8 million in 2012, $34.3 million in 2013 and $16.3 million and $17.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. As of June 30, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $123.8 million. We will need to generate and sustain increased revenue levels in future periods to become profitable, and, even if we do, we may not be able to maintain or increase our level of profitability. We intend to continue to expend significant funds to grow our marketing and sales operations, develop and enhance our inbound platform, scale our data center infrastructure and services capabilities and expand into new markets. Our efforts to grow our business may be more costly than we expect, and we may not be able to increase our revenue enough to offset our higher operating expenses. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including the other risks described in this prospectus, and unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays and other unknown events. If we are unable to achieve and sustain profitability, the market price of our common stock may significantly decrease.

We are dependent upon customer renewals, the addition of new customers and the continued growth of the market for an inbound platform.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, a substantial portion of our revenue from the sale of subscriptions to our inbound marketing platform. The market for inbound marketing products is still evolving, and competitive dynamics may cause pricing levels to change as the market matures and as existing and new market participants introduce new types of point applications and different approaches to enable businesses to address their respective needs. As a result, we may be forced to reduce the prices we charge for our platform and may be unable to renew existing customer agreements or enter into new customer agreements at the same prices and upon the same terms that we have historically.

Our subscription renewal rates may decrease, and any decrease could harm our future revenue and operating results.

Our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our platform after the expiration of their subscription periods, substantially all of which are one year or less. In addition, our customers may seek to renew for lower subscription amounts or for shorter contract lengths. Also, customers may choose not to renew their subscriptions for a variety of reasons, including an inability or failure on the part of a customer to create blogging, social media and other content necessary to realize the benefits of our platform. Our renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including limited customer resources, pricing changes, adoption and utilization of our platform by our customers, customer satisfaction with our platform, the acquisition of our customers by other companies and deteriorating general economic conditions. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions for our platform or decrease the amount they spend with us, our revenue will decline and our business will suffer.

 

10


Table of Contents

We face significant competition from both established and new companies offering marketing software and other related applications, as well as internally developed software, which may harm our ability to add new customers, retain existing customers and grow our business.

The marketing software market is evolving, highly competitive and significantly fragmented. With the introduction of new technologies and the potential entry of new competitors into the market, we expect competition to persist and intensify in the future, which could harm our ability to increase sales, maintain or increase renewals and maintain our prices.

We face intense competition from other software companies that develop marketing software and from marketing services companies that provide interactive marketing services. Competition could significantly impede our ability to sell subscriptions to our inbound marketing platform on terms favorable to us. Our current and potential competitors may develop and market new technologies that render our existing or future products less competitive, unmarketable or obsolete. In addition, if these competitors develop products with similar or superior functionality to our platform, we may need to decrease the prices or accept less favorable terms for our platform subscriptions in order to remain competitive. If we are unable to maintain our pricing due to competitive pressures, our margins will be reduced and our operating results will be negatively affected.

Our competitors offer various point applications that provide certain functions and features that we provide, including:

 

    cloud-based marketing automation providers;

 

    email marketing software vendors; and

 

    large-scale enterprise suites.

In addition, instead of using our platform, some prospective customers may elect to combine disparate point applications, such as content management, marketing automation, analytics and social media management. We expect that new competitors, such as enterprise software vendors that have traditionally focused on enterprise resource planning or other applications supporting back office functions, will develop and introduce applications serving customer-facing and other front office functions. This development could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, sales force automation and CRM system vendors could acquire or develop applications that compete with our offerings. Some of these companies have acquired social media marketing and other marketing software providers to integrate with their broader offerings.

Our current and potential competitors may have significantly more financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we have, be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their products and services, have more extensive customer bases and broader customer relationships than we have, and may have longer operating histories and greater name recognition than we have. As a result, these competitors may be better able to respond quickly to new technologies and to undertake more extensive marketing campaigns. In a few cases, these vendors may also be able to offer marketing software at little or no additional cost by bundling them with their existing suite of applications. To the extent any of our competitors has existing relationships with potential customers for either marketing software or other applications, those customers may be unwilling to purchase our platform because of their existing relationships with our competitor. If we are unable to compete with such companies, the demand for our inbound platform could substantially decline.

In addition, if one or more of our competitors were to merge or partner with another of our competitors, our ability to compete effectively could be adversely affected. Our competitors may also establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with our current or future strategic distribution and technology partners or other parties with whom we have relationships, thereby limiting our ability to promote and implement our platform. We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors, and competitive pressures may harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

11


Table of Contents

We have experienced rapid growth and organizational change in recent periods and expect continued future growth. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service or address competitive challenges adequately.

Our head count and operations have grown substantially. For example, we had 719 full-time employees as of June 30, 2014, as compared with 304 as of December 31, 2011, and we opened our first international office in Dublin, Ireland in January 2013. This growth has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our management, administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. We anticipate further growth will be required to address increases in our product offerings and continued expansion. Our success will depend in part upon our ability to recruit, hire, train, manage and integrate a significant number of qualified managers, technical personnel and employees in specialized roles within our company, including in technology, sales and marketing. If our new employees perform poorly, or if we are unsuccessful in recruiting, hiring, training, managing and integrating these new employees, or retaining these or our existing employees, our business may suffer.

In addition, to manage the expected continued growth of our head count, operations and geographic expansion, we will need to continue to improve our information technology infrastructure, operational, financial and management systems and procedures. Our anticipated additional head count and capital investments will increase our costs, which will make it more difficult for us to address any future revenue shortfalls by reducing expenses in the short term. If we fail to successfully manage our growth, we will be unable to successfully execute our business plan, which could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Failure to effectively develop and expand our marketing and sales capabilities could harm our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our platform.

To increase total customers and achieve broader market acceptance of our inbound platform, we will need to expand our marketing and sales operations, including our sales force and third-party channel partners. We will continue to dedicate significant resources to inbound sales and marketing programs. The effectiveness of our inbound sales and marketing and third-party channel partners has varied over time and may vary in the future and depends on our ability to maintain and improve our inbound platform. All of these efforts will require us to invest significant financial and other resources. Our business will be seriously harmed if our efforts do not generate a correspondingly significant increase in revenue. We may not achieve anticipated revenue growth from expanding our sales force if we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel, if our new sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time or if our sales and marketing programs are not effective.

The rate of growth of our business depends on the continued participation and level of service of our marketing agency partners.

We rely on our marketing agency partners to provide certain services to our customers, as well as pursue sales of our inbound platform to customers. Marketing agency partners and customers referred to us by our marketing agency partners represented approximately 42% of our customers as of June 30, 2014, and 33% of our revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014. To the extent we do not attract new marketing agency partners, or existing or new marketing agency partners do not refer a growing number of customers to us, our revenue and operating results would be harmed. In addition, if our marketing agency partners do not continue to provide services to our customers, we would be required to provide such services ourselves either by expanding our internal team or engaging other third-party providers, which would increase our operating costs.

If we cannot maintain our company culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, teamwork, passion and focus on execution that we believe contribute to our success and our business may be harmed.

We believe that a critical component to our success has been our company culture, which is based on transparency and personal autonomy. We have invested substantial time and resources in building our team within this company culture. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our ability to retain and

 

12


Table of Contents

recruit personnel and to effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives. As we grow as and develop the infrastructure of a public company, we may find it difficult to maintain these important aspects of our company culture. If we fail to maintain our company culture, our business may be adversely impacted.

If we fail to maintain our inbound marketing thought leadership position, our business may suffer.

We believe that maintaining our thought leadership position in inbound marketing, sales and services is an important element in attracting new customers. We devote significant resources to develop and maintain our thought leadership position, with a focus on identifying and interpreting emerging trends in the inbound experience, shaping and guiding industry dialog and creating and sharing the best inbound practices. Our activities related to developing and maintaining our thought leadership may not yield increased revenue, and even if they do, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incurred in such effort. We rely upon the continued services of our management and employees with domain expertise with inbound marketing, sales and services, and the loss of any key employees in this area could harm our competitive position and reputation. If we fail to successfully grow and maintain our thought leadership position, we may not attract enough new customers or retain our existing customers, and our business could suffer.

If we fail to further enhance our brand and maintain our existing strong brand awareness, our ability to expand our customer base will be impaired and our financial condition may suffer.

We believe that our development of the HubSpot brand is critical to achieving widespread awareness of our existing and future inbound experience solutions, and, as a result, is important to attracting new customers and maintaining existing customers. In the past, our efforts to build our brand have involved significant expenses, and we believe that this investment has resulted in strong brand recognition in the business-to-business, or B2B, market. Successful promotion and maintenance of our brands will depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and on our ability to provide a reliable and useful inbound platform at competitive prices. Brand promotion activities may not yield increased revenue, and even if they do, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incurred in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, our business could suffer.

If we fail to adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and changing customer needs or requirements, our inbound platform may become less competitive.

Our future success depends on our ability to adapt and innovate our inbound platform. To attract new customers and increase revenue from existing customers, we need to continue to enhance and improve our offerings to meet customer needs at prices that our customers are willing to pay. Such efforts will require adding new functionality and responding to technological advancements, which will increase our research and development costs. If we are unable to develop new point applications that address our customers’ needs, or to enhance and improve our platform in a timely manner, we may not be able to maintain or increase market acceptance of our platform. Our ability to grow is also subject to the risk of future disruptive technologies. Access and use of our inbound platform is provided via the cloud, which, itself, was disruptive to the previous enterprise software model. If new technologies emerge that are able to deliver inbound marketing software and related applications at lower prices, more efficiently, more conveniently or more securely, such technologies could adversely affect our ability to compete.

We rely on our management team and other key employees, and the loss of one or more key employees could harm our business.

Our success and future growth depend upon the continued services of our management team, including our co-founders, Brian Halligan and Dharmesh Shah, and other key employees in the areas of research and development, marketing, sales, services and general and administrative functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our

 

13


Table of Contents

business. We also are dependent on the continued service of our existing software engineers and information technology personnel because of the complexity of our platform, technologies and infrastructure. We may terminate any employee’s employment at any time, with or without cause, and any employee may resign at any time, with or without cause. We do not have employment agreements with any of our key personnel. The loss of one or more of our key employees could harm our business.

The failure to attract and retain additional qualified personnel could prevent us from executing our business strategy.

To execute our business strategy, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. In particular, we compete with many other companies for software developers with high levels of experience in designing, developing and managing cloud-based software, as well as for skilled information technology, marketing, sales and operations professionals, and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining the professionals we need. Also, inbound sales, marketing and services domain experts are very important to our success and are difficult to replace. We have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience in the future, difficulty in hiring and difficulty in retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications. In particular, we have experienced a competitive hiring environment in the Greater Boston area, where we are headquartered. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we do. In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in the software industry, job candidates often consider the value of the stock options or other equity incentives they are to receive in connection with their employment. If the price of our stock declines, or experiences significant volatility, our ability to attract or retain key employees will be adversely affected. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our growth prospects could be severely harmed.

If we fail to offer high-quality customer support, our business and reputation may suffer.

High-quality education, training and customer support are important for the successful marketing, sale and use of our inbound platform and for the renewal of existing customers. Providing this education, training and support requires that our personnel who manage our online training resource, HubSpot Academy, or provide customer support have specific inbound experience domain knowledge and expertise, making it more difficult for us to hire qualified personnel and to scale up our support operations. The importance of high-quality customer support will increase as we expand our business and pursue new customers. If we do not help our customers use multiple applications within our inbound platform and provide effective ongoing support, our ability to sell additional functionality and services to, or to retain, existing customers may suffer and our reputation with existing or potential customers may be harmed.

We may not be able to scale our business quickly enough to meet our customers’ growing needs and if we are not able to grow efficiently, our operating results could be harmed.

As usage of our inbound platform grows and as customers use our platform for additional inbound applications, such as sales and services, we will need to devote additional resources to improving our application architecture, integrating with third-party systems and maintaining infrastructure performance. In addition, we will need to appropriately scale our internal business systems and our services organization, including customer support and professional services, to serve our growing customer base, particularly as our customer demographics change over time. Any failure of or delay in these efforts could cause impaired system performance and reduced customer satisfaction. These issues could reduce the attractiveness of our inbound platform to customers, resulting in decreased sales to new customers, lower renewal rates by existing customers, the issuance of service credits, or requested refunds, which could impede our revenue growth and harm our reputation. Even if we are able to upgrade our systems and expand our staff, any such expansion will be expensive and complex, requiring management’s time and attention. We could also face inefficiencies or operational failures as a result of our efforts to scale our infrastructure. Moreover, there are inherent risks associated with upgrading, improving and expanding our information technology systems. We cannot be sure

 

14


Table of Contents

that the expansion and improvements to our infrastructure and systems will be fully or effectively implemented on a timely basis, if at all. These efforts may reduce revenue and our margins and adversely affect our financial results.

Our ability to introduce new products and features is dependent on adequate research and development resources. If we do not adequately fund our research and development efforts, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business and operating results may be harmed.

To remain competitive, we must continue to develop new product offerings, applications, features and enhancements to our existing inbound platform. Maintaining adequate research and development personnel and resources to meet the demands of the market is essential. If we are unable to develop our platform internally due to certain constraints, such as high employee turnover, lack of management ability or a lack of other research and development resources, we may miss market opportunities. Further, many of our competitors expend a considerably greater amount of funds on their research and development programs, and those that do not may be acquired by larger companies that would allocate greater resources to our competitors’ research and development programs. Our failure to maintain adequate research and development resources or to compete effectively with the research and development programs of our competitors could materially adversely affect our business.

Changes in the sizes or types of businesses that purchase our platform or in the applications within our inbound platform purchased or used by our customers could negatively affect our operating results.

Our strategy is to sell subscriptions to our inbound platform to mid-sized businesses, but we have sold and will continue to sell to organizations ranging from small businesses to enterprises. Our gross margins can vary depending on numerous factors related to the implementation and use of our inbound platform, including the sophistication and intensity of our customers’ use of our platform and the level of professional services and support required by a customer. Sales to enterprise customers may entail longer sales cycles and more significant selling efforts. Selling to small businesses may involve greater credit risk and uncertainty. If there are changes in the mix of businesses that purchase our platform or the mix of the product plans purchased by our customers, our gross margins could decrease and our operating results could be adversely affected.

We have in the past completed acquisitions and may acquire or invest in other companies or technologies in the future, which could divert management’s attention, fail to meet our expectations, result in additional dilution to our stockholders, increase expenses, disrupt our operations or harm our operating results.

We have in the past acquired, and we may in the future acquire or invest in, businesses, products or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our platform, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. For example, in June 2011, we acquired Performable, a marketing automation provider. We may not be able to fully realize the anticipated benefits of these or any future acquisitions. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses related to identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated.

There are inherent risks in integrating and managing acquisitions. If we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to assimilate or integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition and our management may be distracted from operating our business. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including, without limitation: unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition; incurrence of acquisition-related costs, which would be recognized as a current period expense; inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition or investment costs; the inability to maintain relationships with customers and partners of the acquired business; the difficulty of incorporating acquired technology and rights into our platform and of maintaining quality and security standards consistent with our brand; delays in customer purchases due to uncertainty related to any acquisition; the need to integrate or implement additional controls, procedures and policies; challenges caused by distance, language and cultural differences; harm to our existing

 

15


Table of Contents

business relationships with business partners and customers as a result of the acquisition; the potential loss of key employees; use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business and diversion of management and employee resources; the inability to recognize acquired deferred revenue in accordance with our revenue recognition policies; and use of substantial portions of our available cash or the incurrence of debt to consummate the acquisition. Acquisitions also increase the risk of unforeseen legal liability, including for potential violations of applicable law or industry rules and regulations, arising from prior or ongoing acts or omissions by the acquired businesses which are not discovered by due diligence during the acquisition process. Generally, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial condition may suffer. Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. If our acquisitions do not ultimately yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on our impairment assessment process, which could harm our results of operations.

Because our long-term growth strategy involves further expansion of our sales to customers outside the United States, our business will be susceptible to risks associated with international operations.

A component of our growth strategy involves the further expansion of our operations and customer base internationally. As of June 30, 2014, approximately 20% of our customers were located outside of the United States and these customers generated approximately 21% of our total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014. We opened our first international office in Dublin, Ireland in January 2013, which focuses primarily on sales and professional services. For information regarding the percentage of our revenues generated by our Ireland office, see Note 7 of our consolidated financial statements. Our current international operations and future initiatives will involve a variety of risks, including:

 

    difficulties in maintaining our company culture with a dispersed and distant workforce;

 

    more stringent regulations relating to data security and the unauthorized use of, or access to, commercial and personal information, particularly in the European Union;

 

    unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, taxes or trade laws;

 

    differing labor regulations, especially in the European Union, where labor laws are generally more advantageous to employees as compared to the United States, including deemed hourly wage and overtime regulations in these locations;

 

    challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits and compliance programs;

 

    difficulties in managing a business in new markets with diverse cultures, languages, customs, legal systems, alternative dispute systems and regulatory systems;

 

    currency exchange rate fluctuations and the resulting effect on our revenue and expenses, and the cost and risk of entering into hedging transactions if we chose to do so in the future;

 

    limitations on our ability to reinvest earnings from operations in one country to fund the capital needs of our operations in other countries;

 

    limited or insufficient intellectual property protection;

 

    political instability or terrorist activities;

 

    likelihood of potential or actual violations of domestic and international anticorruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, or of U.S. and international export control and sanctions regulations, which likelihood may increase with an increase of sales or operations in foreign jurisdictions and operations in certain industries; and

 

16


Table of Contents
    adverse tax burdens and foreign exchange controls that could make it difficult to repatriate earnings and cash.

Our limited experience in operating our business internationally increases the risk that any potential future expansion efforts that we may undertake will not be successful. If we invest substantial time and resources to expand our international operations and are unable to do so successfully and in a timely manner, our business and operating results will suffer. We are currently implementing policies and procedures to facilitate our compliance with U.S. laws and regulations applicable to or arising from our international business. Inadequacies in our past or current compliance practices may increase the risk of inadvertent violations of such laws and regulations, which could lead to financial and other penalties that could damage our reputation and impose costs on us.

Interruptions or delays in service from our third-party data center providers could impair our ability to deliver our platform to our customers, resulting in customer dissatisfaction, damage to our reputation, loss of customers, limited growth and reduction in revenue.

We currently serve the majority of our platform functions from third-party data center hosting facilities operated by Amazon Web Services and located in northern Virginia. In addition, we serve ancillary functions for our customers from third-party data center hosting facilities operated by Rackspace located in Dallas, Texas, with a backup facility in Chicago, Illinois. Our operations depend, in part, on our third-party facility providers’ abilities to protect these facilities against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, criminal acts and similar events. In the event that any of our third-party facilities arrangements is terminated, or if there is a lapse of service or damage to a facility, we could experience interruptions in our platform as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging new facilities and services.

Any damage to, or failure of, the systems of our third-party providers could result in interruptions to our platform. Despite precautions taken at our data centers, the occurrence of spikes in usage volume, a natural disaster, an act of terrorism, vandalism or sabotage, a decision to close a facility without adequate notice, or other unanticipated problems at a facility could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of our on-demand software. Even with current and planned disaster recovery arrangements, our business could be harmed. Also, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur. These factors in turn could further reduce our revenue, subject us to liability and cause us to issue credits or cause customers to fail to renew their subscriptions, any of which could materially adversely affect our business.

We are dependent on the continued availability of third-party data hosting and transmission services.

A significant portion of our operating cost is from our third-party data hosting and transmission services. If the costs for such services increase due to vendor consolidation, regulation, contract renegotiation, or otherwise, we may not be able to increase the fees for our inbound platform or services to cover the changes. As a result, our operating results may be significantly worse than forecasted.

If we do not or cannot maintain the compatibility of our inbound platform with third-party applications that our customers use in their businesses, our revenue will decline.

A significant percentage of our customers choose to integrate our platform with certain capabilities of CRM application providers using application programming interfaces, or APIs, provided by these providers. The functionality and popularity of our inbound platform depends, in part, on our ability to integrate our platform with third-party applications and platforms, including CRM, e-commerce, call center, analytics and social media sites that our customers use and from which they obtain data. Third-party providers of applications and APIs may change the features of their applications and platforms, restrict our access to their applications and platforms or alter the terms governing use of their applications and APIs and access to those applications and platforms in an adverse manner. Such changes could functionally limit or terminate our ability to use these third-party

 

17


Table of Contents

applications and platforms in conjunction with our platform, which could negatively impact our offerings and harm our business. If we fail to integrate our platform with new third-party applications and platforms that our customers use for marketing, sales or services purposes, we may not be able to offer the functionality that our customers need, which would negatively impact our ability to generate revenue and adversely impact our business.

We rely on data provided by third parties, the loss of which could limit the functionality of our platform and disrupt our business.

Select functionality of our inbound platform depends on our ability to deliver data, including search engine results and social media updates, provided by unaffiliated third parties, such as Facebook, Google, LinkedIn and Twitter. Some of this data is provided to us pursuant to third-party data sharing policies and terms of use, under data sharing agreements or by customer consent. In the future, any of these third parties could change its data sharing policies, including making them more restrictive, or alter its algorithms that determine the placement and display of search results and social media updates, any of which could result in the loss of, or significant impairment to, our ability to collect and provide useful data to our customers. These third parties could also interpret our own data collection policies or practices as being inconsistent with their policies, which could result in the loss of our ability to collect this data for our customers. Any such changes could impair our ability to deliver data to our customers and could adversely impact select functionality of our platform, impairing the return on investment that our customers derive from using our solution, as well as adversely affecting our business and our ability to generate revenue.

Privacy concerns and end users’ acceptance of Internet behavior tracking may limit the applicability, use and adoption of our inbound platform.

Privacy concerns may cause end users to resist providing the personal data necessary to allow our customers to use our platform effectively. We have implemented various features intended to enable our customers to better protect end user privacy, but these measures may not alleviate all potential privacy concerns and threats. Even the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our platform, especially in certain industries that rely on sensitive personal information. Privacy advocacy groups and the technology and other industries are considering various new, additional or different self-regulatory standards that may place additional burdens on us. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by these groups’ policies and actions may limit the use and adoption of our inbound platform and reduce overall demand for it, or lead to significant fines, penalties or liabilities for any noncompliance or loss of any such action.

We are subject to governmental regulation and other legal obligations, particularly related to privacy, data protection and information security, and our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business. Compliance with such laws could also impair our efforts to maintain and expand our customer base, and thereby decrease our revenue.

Our handling of data is subject to a variety of laws and regulations, including regulation by various government agencies, including the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and various state, local and foreign agencies. We collect personally identifiable information and other data from our customers and leads. We also handle personally identifiable information about our customers’ customers. We use this information to provide services to our customers, to support, expand and improve our business. We may also share customers’ personally identifiable information with third parties as authorized by the customer or as described in our privacy policy.

The U.S. federal and various state and foreign governments have adopted or proposed limitations on the collection, distribution, use and storage of personal information of individuals. In the United States, the FTC and many state attorneys general are applying federal and state consumer protection laws as imposing standards for the online collection, use and dissemination of data. However, these obligations may be interpreted and applied

 

18


Table of Contents

in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other requirements or our practices. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with privacy or security laws, policies, legal obligations or industry standards or any security incident that results in the unauthorized release or transfer of personally identifiable information or other customer data may result in governmental enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties and/or adverse publicity, and could cause our customers to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business.

Some proposed laws or regulations concerning privacy, data protection and information security are in their early stages, and we cannot yet determine the impact these laws and regulations, if implemented, may have on our business. Such laws and regulations may require companies to implement privacy and security policies, permit users to access, correct and delete personal information stored or maintained by such companies, inform individuals of security breaches that affect their personal information, and, in some cases, obtain individuals’ consent to use personal information for certain purposes. In addition, a foreign government could require that any personal information collected in a country not be disseminated outside of that country, and we are not currently equipped to comply with such a requirement. Other proposed legislation could, if enacted, impose additional requirements and prohibit the use of certain technologies that track individuals’ activities on web pages or that record when individuals click through to an internet address contained in an email message. Such laws and regulations could require us to change features of our platform or restrict our customers’ ability to collect and use email addresses, page viewing data and personal information, which may reduce demand for our platform. Our failure to comply with federal, state and international data privacy laws and regulators could harm our ability to successfully operation our business and pursue our business goals.

In addition, several foreign countries and governmental bodies, including the European Union and Canada, have regulations dealing with the collection and use of personal information obtained from their residents, which are often more restrictive than those in the United States. Laws and regulations in these jurisdictions apply broadly to the collection, use, storage, disclosure and security of personal information that identifies or may be used to identify an individual, such as names, email addresses and in some jurisdictions, Internet Protocol, or IP, addresses. Such regulations and laws may be modified and new laws may be enacted in the future. Within the European Union, legislators are currently considering a revision to the 1995 European Union Data Protection Directive that would include more stringent operational requirements for processors and controllers of personal information and that would impose significant penalties for non-compliance. If our privacy or data security measures fail to comply with current or future laws and regulations, we may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations, fines or other liabilities, as well as negative publicity and a potential loss of business. Moreover, if future laws and regulations limit our subscribers’ ability to use and share personal information or our ability to store, process and share personal information, demand for our solutions could decrease, our costs could increase, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

New interpretations of existing laws, regulations or standards could require us to incur additional costs and restrict our business operations, and any failure by us to comply with applicable requirements may result in governmental enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business.

If our or our customers’ security measures are compromised or unauthorized access to data of our customers or their customers is otherwise obtained, our inbound platform may be perceived as not being secure, our customers may be harmed and may curtail or cease their use of our platform, our reputation may be damaged and we may incur significant liabilities.

Our operations involve the storage and transmission of data of our customers and their customers, including personally identifiable information. Our storage is typically the sole source of record for portions of our customers’ businesses and end user data, such as initial contact information and online interactions. Security incidents could result in unauthorized access to, loss of or unauthorized disclosure of this information, litigation, indemnity obligations and other possible liabilities, as well as negative publicity, which could damage our reputation, impair our sales and harm our customers and our business. Cyber-attacks and other malicious

 

19


Table of Contents

Internet-based activity continue to increase generally, and cloud-based platform providers of marketing services have been targeted. If our security measures are compromised as a result of third-party action, employee or customer error, malfeasance, stolen or fraudulently obtained log-in credentials or otherwise, our reputation could be damaged, our business may be harmed and we could incur significant liability. If third parties with which we work, such as vendors or developers, violate applicable laws or our security policies, such violations may also put our customers’ information at risk and could in turn have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, if the security measures of our customers are compromised, even without any actual compromise of our own systems, we may face negative publicity or reputational harm if our customers or anyone else incorrectly attributes the blame for such security breaches to us or our systems. We may be unable to anticipate or prevent techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems because they change frequently and generally are not detected until after an incident has occurred. As we increase our customer base and our brand becomes more widely known and recognized, we may become more of a target for third parties seeking to compromise our security systems or gain unauthorized access to our customers’ data. Additionally, we provide extensive access to our database, which stores our customer data, to our development team to facilitate our rapid pace of product development. If such access or our own operations cause the loss, damage or destruction of our customers’ business data, their sales, lead generation, support and other business operations may be permanently harmed. As a result, our customers may bring claims against us for lost profits and other damages.

Many governments have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security incidents or unauthorized transfers involving certain types of personal data. In addition, some of our customers contractually require notification of any data security compromise. Security compromises experienced by our competitors, by our customers or by us may lead to public disclosures, which may lead to widespread negative publicity. Any security compromise in our industry, whether actual or perceived, could harm our reputation, erode customer confidence in the effectiveness of our security measures, negatively impact our ability to attract new customers, cause existing customers to elect not to renew their subscriptions or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability, which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

There can be no assurance that any limitations of liability provisions in our contracts for a security breach would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim. We also cannot be sure that our existing general liability insurance coverage and coverage for errors or omissions will continue to be available on acceptable terms or will be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims, or that the insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

If our inbound platform fails due to defects or similar problems, and if we fail to correct any defect or other software problems, we could lose customers, become subject to service performance or warranty claims or incur significant costs.

Our platform and its underlying infrastructure are inherently complex and may contain material defects or errors. We release modifications, updates, bug fixes and other changes to our software several times per day, without traditional human-performed quality control reviews for each release. We have from time to time found defects in our software and may discover additional defects in the future. We may not be able to detect and correct defects or errors before customers begin to use our platform or its applications. Consequently, we or our customers may discover defects or errors after our platform has been implemented. These defects or errors could also cause inaccuracies in the data we collect and process for our customers, or even the loss, damage or inadvertent release of such confidential data. We implement bug fixes and upgrades as part of our regular system maintenance, which may lead to system downtime. Even if we are able to implement the bug fixes and upgrades in a timely manner, any history of defects or inaccuracies in the data we collect for our customers, or the loss, damage or inadvertent release of confidential data could cause our reputation to be harmed, and customers may

 

20


Table of Contents

elect not to purchase or renew their agreements with us and subject us to service performance credits, warranty claims or increased insurance costs. The costs associated with any material defects or errors in our platform or other performance problems may be substantial and could materially adversely affect our operating results.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

Our business may suffer if it is alleged or determined that our technology infringes the intellectual property rights of others.

The software industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual and proprietary rights. Companies in the software industry, including those in marketing software, are often required to defend against litigation claims based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Many of our competitors and other industry participants have been issued patents and/or have filed patent applications and may assert patent or other intellectual property rights within the industry. Moreover, in recent years, individuals and groups that are non-practicing entities, commonly referred to as “patent trolls,” have purchased patents and other intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement in order to extract settlements. From time to time, we may receive threatening letters or notices or may be the subject of claims that our services and/or platform and underlying technology infringe or violate the intellectual property rights of others. For example, as described further under “Business—Legal Proceedings,” on September 23, 2014, InsideSales.com, Inc. sent us a communication alleging, among other things, that an email tracking feature in our Sidekick product infringes upon certain of InsideSales.com’s patents. Responding to the InsideSales.com claim or other such claims, regardless of their merit, can be time consuming, costly to defend in litigation, divert management’s attention and resources, damage our reputation and brand and cause us to incur significant expenses. Our technologies may not be able to withstand any third-party claims or rights against their use. Claims of intellectual property infringement might require us to redesign our application, delay releases, enter into costly settlement or license agreements or pay costly damage awards, or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or selling our platform. If we cannot or do not license the infringed technology on reasonable terms or at all, or substitute similar technology from another source, our revenue and operating results could be adversely impacted. Additionally, our customers may not purchase our inbound platform if they are concerned that they may infringe third-party intellectual property rights. The occurrence of any of these events may have a material adverse effect on our business.

In our subscription agreements with our customers, we generally do not agree to indemnify our customers against any losses or costs incurred in connection with claims by a third party alleging that a customer’s use of our services or platform infringes the intellectual property rights of the third party. There can be no assurance, however, that customers will not assert a common law indemnity claim or that any existing limitations of liability provisions in our contracts would be enforceable or adequate, or would otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim. Our customers who are accused of intellectual property infringement may in the future seek indemnification from us under common law or other legal theories. If such claims are successful, or if we are required to indemnify or defend our customers from these or other claims, these matters could be disruptive to our business and management and have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

If we fail to adequately protect our proprietary rights, in the United States and abroad, our competitive position could be impaired and we may lose valuable assets, experience reduced revenue and incur costly litigation to protect our rights.

Our success is dependent, in part, upon protecting our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secret laws and contractual restrictions to establish and protect our proprietary rights in our products and services. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may be inadequate. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Any of our trademarks or other intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation.

 

21


Table of Contents

Furthermore, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our technology and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours. Some license provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer and disclosure of our offerings may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions and foreign countries. In addition, the laws of some countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. To the extent we expand our international activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying and use of our technology and proprietary information may increase.

We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with the parties with whom we have strategic relationships and business alliances. No assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our products and proprietary information. Further, these agreements may not prevent our competitors from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our platform and offerings.

We may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights and to protect our trade secrets. Such litigation could be costly, time consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation, could delay further sales or the implementation of our platform and offerings, impair the functionality of our platform and offerings, delay introductions of new features or enhancements, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our platform and offerings, or injure our reputation.

Our use of “open source” software could negatively affect our ability to offer our platform and subject us to possible litigation.

A substantial portion of our cloud-based platform incorporates so-called “open source” software, and we may incorporate additional open source software in the future. Open source software is generally freely accessible, usable and modifiable. Certain open source licenses may, in certain circumstances, require us to offer the components of our platform that incorporate the open source software for no cost, that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license. If an author or other third party that distributes open source software we use were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, including being enjoined from the offering of the components of our platform that contained the open source software and being required to comply with the foregoing conditions, which could disrupt our ability to offer the affected software. We could also be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition and require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our products.

Risks Related to Government Regulation and Taxation

We could face liability, or our reputation might be harmed, as a result of the activities of our customers, the content of their websites or the data they store on our servers.

As a provider of a cloud-based inbound marketing and sales software platform, we may be subject to potential liability for the activities of our customers on or in connection with the data they store on our servers. Although our customer terms of use prohibit illegal use of our services by our customers and permit us to take down websites or take other appropriate actions for illegal use, customers may nonetheless engage in prohibited activities or upload or store content with us in violation of applicable law or the customer’s own policies, which could subject us to liability or harm our reputation.

 

22


Table of Contents

Several U.S. federal statutes may apply to us with respect to various customer activities:

 

    The Digital Millennium Copyright Act of 1998, or DMCA, provides recourse for owners of copyrighted material who believe that their rights under U.S. copyright law have been infringed on the Internet. Under the DMCA, based on our current business activity as an Internet service provider that does not own or control website content posted by our customers, we generally are not liable for infringing content posted by our customers or other third parties, provided that we follow the procedures for handling copyright infringement claims set forth in the DMCA. Generally, if we receive a proper notice from, or on behalf, of a copyright owner alleging infringement of copyrighted material located on websites we host, and we fail to expeditiously remove or disable access to the allegedly infringing material or otherwise fail to meet the requirements of the safe harbor provided by the DMCA, the copyright owner may seek to impose liability on us. Technical mistakes in complying with the detailed DMCA take-down procedures could subject us to liability for copyright infringement.

 

    The Communications Decency Act of 1996, or CDA, generally protects online service providers, such as us, from liability for certain activities of their customers, such as the posting of defamatory or obscene content, unless the online service provider is participating in the unlawful conduct. Under the CDA, we are generally not responsible for the customer-created content hosted on our servers. Consequently, we do not monitor hosted websites or prescreen the content placed by our customers on their sites. However, the CDA does not apply in foreign jurisdictions and we may nonetheless be brought into disputes between our customers and third parties which would require us to devote management time and resources to resolve such matters and any publicity from such matters could also have an adverse effect on our reputation and therefore our business.

 

    In addition to the CDA, the Securing the Protection of our Enduring and Established Constitutional Heritage Act, or the SPEECH Act, provides a statutory exception to the enforcement by a U.S. court of a foreign judgment for defamation under certain circumstances. Generally, the exception applies if the defamation law applied in the foreign court did not provide at least as much protection for freedom of speech and press as would be provided by the First Amendment of the U.S. Constitution or by the constitution and law of the state in which the U.S. court is located, or if no finding of defamation would be supported under the First Amendment of the U.S. Constitution or under the constitution and law of the state in which the U.S. court is located. Although the SPEECH Act may protect us from the enforcement of foreign judgments in the United States, it does not affect the enforceability of the judgment in the foreign country that issued the judgment. Given our international presence, we may therefore, nonetheless, have to defend against or comply with any foreign judgments made against us, which could take up substantial management time and resources and damage our reputation.

Although these statutes and case law in the United States have generally shielded us from liability for customer activities to date, court rulings in pending or future litigation may narrow the scope of protection afforded us under these laws. In addition, laws governing these activities are unsettled in many international jurisdictions, or may prove difficult or impossible for us to comply with in some international jurisdictions. Also, notwithstanding the exculpatory language of these bodies of law, we may become involved in complaints and lawsuits which, even if ultimately resolved in our favor, add cost to our doing business and may divert management’s time and attention. Finally, other existing bodies of law, including the criminal laws of various states, may be deemed to apply or new statutes or regulations may be adopted in the future, any of which could expose us to further liability and increase our costs of doing business.

We may be subject to additional obligations to collect and remit sales tax and other taxes, and we may be subject to tax liability for past sales, which could harm our business.

State, local and foreign jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales, use, value added and other taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. In particular, the applicability of such taxes to our inbound platform in various jurisdictions is unclear. Further, these jurisdictions’ rules regarding tax nexus are complex and vary significantly. As a result, we could face the

 

23


Table of Contents

possibility of tax assessments and audits, and our liability for these taxes and associated penalties could exceed our original estimates. A successful assertion that we should be collecting additional sales, use, value added or other taxes in those jurisdictions where we have not historically done so and do not accrue for such taxes could result in substantial tax liabilities and related penalties for past sales, discourage customers from purchasing our application or otherwise harm our business and operating results.

Changes in tax laws or regulations that are applied adversely to us or our customers could increase the costs of our inbound platform and adversely impact our business.

New income, sales, use or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be enacted at any time. Any new taxes could adversely affect our domestic and international business operations, and our business and financial performance. Further, existing tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be interpreted, changed, modified or applied adversely to us. These events could require us or our customers to pay additional tax amounts on a prospective or retroactive basis, as well as require us or our customers to pay fines and/or penalties and interest for past amounts deemed to be due. If we raise our prices to offset the costs of these changes, existing and potential future customers may elect not to continue or purchase our inbound platform in the future. Additionally, new, changed, modified or newly interpreted or applied tax laws could increase our customers’ and our compliance, operating and other costs, as well as the costs of our platform. Any or all of these events could adversely impact our business and financial performance.

We are a multinational organization faced with increasingly complex tax issues in many jurisdictions, and we could be obligated to pay additional taxes in various jurisdictions.

As a multinational organization, we may be subject to taxation in several jurisdictions around the world with increasingly complex tax laws, the application of which can be uncertain. The amount of taxes we pay in these jurisdictions could increase substantially as a result of changes in the applicable tax principles, including increased tax rates, new tax laws or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and precedents, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and operating results. In addition, the authorities in these jurisdictions could review our tax returns and impose additional tax, interest and penalties, and the authorities could claim that various withholding requirements apply to us or our subsidiaries or assert that benefits of tax treaties are not available to us or our subsidiaries, any of which could have a material impact on us and the results of our operations.

Failure to comply with laws and regulations could harm our business.

Our business is subject to regulation by various federal, state, local and foreign governmental agencies, including agencies responsible for monitoring and enforcing employment and labor laws, workplace safety, environmental laws, consumer protection laws, anti-bribery laws, import/export controls, federal securities laws and tax laws and regulations. In certain jurisdictions, these regulatory requirements may be more stringent than those in the United States. Noncompliance with applicable regulations or requirements could subject us to investigations, sanctions, mandatory recalls, enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, fines, damages, civil and criminal penalties or injunctions.

For example, on November 13, 2013, a putative class action complaint was filed in the Middlesex County Superior Court in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, entitled Albert McCormack v. HubSpot, Inc. The complaint alleges that we maintained a policy of not paying overtime to our business development representatives for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours per week. The complaint seeks unpaid wages, multiple damages, injunctive relief, attorneys’ fees and costs. This matter is in its early stages, but there can be no assurance that this matter will not have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.

 

24


Table of Contents

We may not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss carryforwards, which could adversely affect our profitability.

As of December 31, 2013, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards due to prior period losses, which, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2027 for federal purposes and 2014 for state purposes. These net operating loss carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could adversely affect our profitability. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes, such as research tax credits, in any taxable year may be further limited if we experience an ownership change. A Section 382 ownership change generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of our stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. This offering or future issuances of our stock could cause an ownership change. It is possible that an ownership change in connection with this offering, or any future ownership change, could have a material effect on the use of our net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes, which could adversely affect our profitability.

The standards that private entities use to regulate the use of email have in the past interfered with, and may in the future interfere with, the effectiveness of our inbound platform and our ability to conduct business.

Our customers rely on email to communicate with their existing or prospective customers. Various private entities attempt to regulate the use of email for commercial solicitation. These entities often advocate standards of conduct or practice that significantly exceed current legal requirements and classify certain email solicitations that comply with current legal requirements as spam. Some of these entities maintain “blacklists” of companies and individuals, and the websites, internet service providers and internet protocol addresses associated with those entities or individuals that do not adhere to those standards of conduct or practices for commercial email solicitations that the blacklisting entity believes are appropriate. If a company’s internet protocol addresses are listed by a blacklisting entity, emails sent from those addresses may be blocked if they are sent to any internet domain or internet address that subscribes to the blacklisting entity’s service or purchases its blacklist.

From time to time, some of our internet protocol addresses may become listed with one or more blacklisting entities due to the messaging practices of our customers. There can be no guarantee that we will be able to successfully remove ourselves from those lists. Blacklisting of this type could interfere with our ability to market our inbound platform and services and communicate with our customers and, because we fulfill email delivery on behalf of our customers, could undermine the effectiveness of our customers’ email marketing campaigns, all of which could have a material negative impact on our business and results of operations.

Existing federal, state and foreign laws regulate Internet tracking software, the senders of commercial emails and text messages, website owners and other activities, and could impact the use of our inbound platform and potentially subject us to regulatory enforcement or private litigation.

Certain aspects of how our customers utilize our platform are subject to regulations in the United States, European Union and elsewhere. In recent years, U.S. and European lawmakers and regulators have expressed concern over the use of third-party cookies or web beacons for online behavioral advertising, and legislation adopted recently in the European Union requires informed consent for the placement of a cookie on a user’s device. Regulation of cookies and web beacons may lead to restrictions on our activities, such as efforts to understand users’ Internet usage. New and expanding “Do Not Track” regulations have recently been enacted or proposed that protect users’ right to choose whether or not to be tracked online. These regulations seek, among other things, to allow end users to have greater control over the use of private information collected online, to forbid the collection or use of online information, to demand a business to comply with their choice to opt out of such collection or use, and to place limits upon the disclosure of information to third party websites. These policies could have a significant impact on the operation of our inbound platform and could impair our attractiveness to customers, which would harm our business.

 

25


Table of Contents

Many of our customers and potential customers in the healthcare, financial services and other industries are subject to substantial regulation regarding their collection, use and protection of data and may be the subject of further regulation in the future. Accordingly, these laws or significant new laws or regulations or changes in, or repeals of, existing laws, regulations or governmental policy may change the way these customers do business and may require us to implement additional features or offer additional contractual terms to satisfy customer and regulatory requirements, or could cause the demand for and sales of our inbound platform to decrease and adversely impact our financial results.

In addition, the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003, or the CAN-SPAM Act, establishes certain requirements for commercial email messages and specifies penalties for the transmission of commercial email messages that are intended to deceive the recipient as to source or content. The CAN-SPAM Act, among other things, obligates the sender of commercial emails to provide recipients with the ability to opt out of receiving future commercial emails from the sender. The ability of our customers’ message recipients to opt out of receiving commercial emails may minimize the effectiveness of the email components of our inbound platform. In addition, certain states and foreign jurisdictions, such as Australia, Canada and the European Union, have enacted laws that regulate sending email, and some of these laws are more restrictive than U.S. laws. For example, some foreign laws prohibit sending unsolicited email unless the recipient has provided the sender advance consent to receipt of such email, or in other words has “opted-in” to receiving it. A requirement that recipients opt into, or the ability of recipients to opt out of, receiving commercial emails may minimize the effectiveness of our platform.

While these laws and regulations generally govern our customers’ use of our platform, we may be subject to certain laws as a data processor on behalf of, or as a business associate of, our customers. For example, laws and regulations governing the collection, use and disclosure of personal information include, in the United States, rules and regulations promulgated under the authority of the Federal Trade Commission, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 and state breach notification laws, and internationally, the Data Protection Directive in the European Union and the Federal Data Protection Act in Germany. If we were found to be in violation of any of these laws or regulations as a result of government enforcement or private litigation, we could be subjected to civil and criminal sanctions, including both monetary fines and injunctive action that could force us to change our business practices, all of which could adversely affect our financial performance and significantly harm our reputation and our business.

We are subject to governmental export controls and economic sanctions laws that could impair our ability to compete in international markets and subject us to liability if we are not in full compliance with applicable laws.

Our business activities are subject to various restrictions under U.S. export controls and trade and economic sanctions laws, including the U.S. Commerce Department’s Export Administration Regulations and economic and trade sanctions regulations maintained by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. If we fail to comply with these laws and regulations, we and certain of our employees could be subject to civil or criminal penalties and reputational harm. Obtaining the necessary authorizations, including any required license, for a particular transaction may be time-consuming, is not guaranteed, and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions laws prohibit certain transactions with U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments, persons and entities. Although we take precautions to prevent transactions with U.S. sanction targets, the possibility exists that we could inadvertently provide our solutions to persons prohibited by U.S. sanctions. This could result in negative consequences to us, including government investigations, penalties and reputational harm.

 

26


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Operating Results and Financial Condition

We may experience quarterly fluctuations in our operating results due to a number of factors, which makes our future results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or our guidance.

Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and are expected to fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, our past results may not be indicative of our future performance, and comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. In addition to the other risks described in this prospectus, factors that may affect our quarterly operating results include the following:

 

    changes in spending on marketing software by our current or prospective customers;

 

    pricing our inbound platform subscriptions effectively so that we are able to attract and retain customers without compromising our profitability;

 

    attracting new customers, increasing our existing customers’ use of our platform and providing our customers with excellent customer support;

 

    customer renewal rates and the amounts for which agreements are renewed;

 

    global awareness of our thought leadership and brand;

 

    changes in the competitive dynamics of our market, including consolidation among competitors or customers and the introduction of new products or product enhancements;

 

    changes to the commission plans, quotas and other compensation-related metrics for our sales representatives;

 

    the amount and timing of payment for operating expenses, particularly research and development, sales and marketing expenses and employee benefit expenses;

 

    the amount and timing of costs associated with recruiting, training and integrating new employees while maintaining our company culture;

 

    our ability to manage our existing business and future growth, including increases in the number of customers on our platform and the introduction and adoption of our inbound platform in new markets outside of the United States;

 

    unforeseen costs and expenses related to the expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure, including disruptions in our hosting network infrastructure and privacy and data security;

 

    foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; and

 

    general economic and political conditions in our domestic and international markets.

We may not be able to accurately forecast the amount and mix of future subscriptions, revenue and expenses and, as a result, our operating results may fall below our estimates or the expectations of public market analysts and investors. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, or below any guidance we may provide, the price of our common stock could decline.

If we do not accurately predict subscription renewal rates or otherwise fail to forecast our revenue accurately, or if we fail to match our expenditures with corresponding revenue, our operating results could be adversely affected.

Because our recent growth has resulted in the rapid expansion of our business, we do not have a long history upon which to base forecasts of renewal rates with customers or future operating revenue. As a result, our operating results in future reporting periods may be significantly below the expectations of the public market, equity research analysts or investors, which could harm the price of our common stock.

 

27


Table of Contents

Because we generally recognize revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the agreement, near term changes in sales may not be reflected immediately in our operating results.

We offer our inbound platform primarily through a mix of monthly, quarterly and single-year subscription agreements and generally recognize revenue ratably over the related subscription period. As a result, much of the revenue we report in each quarter is derived from agreements entered into during prior months, quarters or years. In addition, we do not record deferred revenue beyond amounts invoiced as a liability on our balance sheet. A decline in new or renewed subscriptions or marketing solutions agreements in any one quarter is not likely to be reflected immediately in our revenue results for that quarter. Such declines, however, would negatively affect our revenue and deferred revenue balances in future periods, and the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our platform, and potential changes in our rate of renewals, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Our subscription model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our total revenue and deferred revenue balance through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers must be recognized over the applicable subscription term.

We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

We face exposure to movements in currency exchange rates, which may cause our revenue and operating results to differ materially from expectations. Our operating results could be negatively affected depending on the amount of expense denominated in foreign currencies, primarily the Euro. As exchange rates vary, revenue, cost of revenue, operating expenses and other operating results, when re-measured, may differ materially from expectations. In addition, our operating results are subject to fluctuation if our mix of U.S. and foreign currency denominated transactions and expenses changes in the future. Although we may apply certain strategies to mitigate foreign currency risk, these strategies might not eliminate our exposure to foreign exchange rate fluctuations and would involve costs and risks of their own, such as ongoing management time and expertise, external costs to implement the strategies and potential accounting implications. Additionally, as we anticipate growing our business further outside of the United States, the effects of movements in currency exchange rates will increase as our transaction volume outside of the United States increases.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

There has been no prior market for our common stock and an active market may not develop or be sustained, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price, if at all.

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock has been determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our common stock following this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. An active or liquid market in our common stock may not develop upon closing of this offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable, which could adversely affect your ability to sell your shares and could depress the market price of our common stock.

Our stock price may be volatile and may decline regardless of our operating performance resulting in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.

The trading prices of the securities of technology companies, including providers of software via the cloud-based model, have been highly volatile. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our revenue and other operating results, including as a result of the addition or loss of any number of customers;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

28


Table of Contents
    the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

 

    failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in ratings and financial estimates and the publication of other news by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

    changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of cloud-based software or other technology companies, or those in our industry in particular;

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the trading of our common stock and in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;

 

    new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business or industry, including data privacy and data security;

 

    lawsuits threatened or filed against us;

 

    changes in key personnel; and

 

    other events or factors, including changes in general economic, industry and market conditions and trends.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies.

In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and adversely affect our business.

The concentration of our capital stock ownership with insiders will likely limit your ability to influence corporate matters including the ability to influence the outcome of director elections and other matters requiring stockholder approval.

We anticipate that our executive officers, directors, current five percent or greater stockholders and affiliated entities will together beneficially own approximately 54.4% of our common stock outstanding after this offering. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, will have significant influence over all matters that require approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. Corporate action might be taken even if other stockholders, including those who purchase shares in this offering, oppose them. This concentration of ownership might also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our company that other stockholders may view as beneficial.

We are an “emerging growth company” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced financial disclosure obligations, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are permitted to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. However, we are electing not to

 

29


Table of Contents

take advantage of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to not take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

We may take advantage of these provisions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company”. We would cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue; the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of this offering. If we take advantage of any of these reduced reporting burdens in future filings, the information that we provide our security holders may be different than you might get from other public companies in which you hold equity interests. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

As a public company, and particularly after we cease to be an “emerging growth company,” we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses than we incurred as a private company. We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, and the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE. These requirements have increased and will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and have made and will continue to make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting annually and the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures quarterly. In particular, beginning in 2015, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, will require us to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm potentially to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We have identified certain internal control deficiencies surrounding our systems and closing process. We have and will continue to remediate these deficiencies by investing in our financial systems and adding additional personnel, including outside consultants. As an emerging growth company, we expect to avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement that our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404. However, we may no longer avail ourselves of this exemption when we cease to be an emerging growth company. When our independent registered public accounting firm is required to undertake an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, the cost of our compliance with Section 404 will correspondingly increase. Our compliance with applicable provisions of Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management time on compliance-related issues as we implement additional corporate governance practices and comply with reporting requirements. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 applicable to us in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

 

30


Table of Contents

Furthermore, investor perceptions of our company may suffer if deficiencies are found, and this could cause a decline in the market price of our stock. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our stated operating results and harm our reputation. If we are unable to implement these requirements effectively or efficiently, it could harm our operations, financial reporting, or financial results and could result in an adverse opinion on our internal controls from our independent registered public accounting firm.

After we are no longer an emerging growth company, or sooner if we choose not to take advantage of certain exemptions set forth in the JOBS Act, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In that regard, we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge.

Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited, and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from growing.

Our business and operations may consume resources faster than we anticipate. In the future, we may need to raise additional funds to invest in future growth opportunities. Additional financing may not be available on favorable terms, if at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to invest in future growth opportunities, which could seriously harm our business and operating results. If we incur debt, the debt holders would have rights senior to common stockholders to make claims on our assets, and the terms of any debt could restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Furthermore, if we issue additional equity securities, stockholders will experience dilution, and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. As a result, our stockholders bear the risk of our future securities offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their interest.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. If our stockholders sell, or the market perceives that our stockholders intend to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly.

Upon completion of this offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014, we will have outstanding 30,361,826 shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of these shares, the 5,000,000 shares sold in this offering will be immediately freely tradable, and approximately 25,361,826 additional shares of common stock will be available for sale in the public market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus following the expiration of lock-up agreements. The representatives of the underwriters may release these stockholders from their lock-up agreements with the underwriters at any time and without notice, which would allow for earlier sales of shares in the public market.

Effective upon the completion of this offering, an aggregate of 1,973,551 shares of our common stock will be reserved for future issuance under our stock option plans, and 394,710 shares of our common stock will be reserved for future issuance under our ESPP. Shares registered under these registration statements on Form S-8 will be available for sale in the public market subject to vesting arrangements and exercise of options, the lock-up agreements described above and the restrictions of Securities Act Rule 144 in the case of our affiliates.

Additionally, after this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 20,200,445 shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file one or more registration statements covering their shares

 

31


Table of Contents

or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. If we were to register these shares for resale, they could be freely sold in the public market. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering, based on an assumed public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of the common stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of our capital stock. You will experience additional dilution upon exercise of any warrant, upon exercise of options to purchase common stock under our equity incentive plans, vesting of restricted stock units issued to our employees, if we further issue restricted stock to our employees under our equity incentive plans or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution”.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering and, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply the net proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment. We intend to use the net proceeds for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may use a portion of the net proceeds to us to expand our current business through acquisitions of other businesses, products and technologies. Until we use the net proceeds from this offering, we plan to invest them, and these investments may not yield a favorable rate of return. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law may delay or prevent an acquisition of our company.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, include provisions that:

 

    authorize “blank check” preferred stock, which could be issued by the board without stockholder approval and may contain voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock;

 

    provide for a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered three-year terms;

 

    specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or the president;

 

    prohibit stockholder action by written consent;

 

    establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

    provide that our directors may be removed only for cause;

 

 

32


Table of Contents
    provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

 

    specify that no stockholder is permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors;

 

    authorize our board of directors to modify, alter or repeal our amended and restated bylaws; and

 

    require supermajority votes of the holders of our common stock to amend specified provisions of our charter documents.

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us in certain circumstances.

Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

 

33


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, and these statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    our future financial performance, including our expectations regarding our revenue, cost of revenue, gross margin and operating expenses;

 

    maintaining and expanding our customer base and increasing our average subscription revenue per customer;

 

    the impact of competition in our industry and innovation by our competitors;

 

    our anticipated growth and expectations regarding our ability to manage our future growth;

 

    our predictions about industry and market trends;

 

    our ability to anticipate and address the evolution of technology and the technological needs of our customers, to roll-out upgrades to our existing software platform and to develop new and enhanced applications to meet the needs of our customers;

 

    our ability to maintain our brand and inbound marketing thought leadership position;

 

    the impact of our corporate culture and our ability to attract, hire and retain necessary qualified employees to expand our operations;

 

    the anticipated effect on our business of litigation to which we are or may become a party;

 

    our ability to successfully acquire and integrate companies and assets;

 

    our ability to stay abreast of new or modified laws and regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our business both in the United States and internationally; and

 

    our application of the net proceeds from this offering.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. The results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this

 

34


Table of Contents

prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

 

35


Table of Contents

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

This prospectus contains estimates and other statistical data, including those relating to our industry and the market in which we operate, that we have obtained or derived from industry publications and reports, including reports from AMI Partners, Corporate Executive Board (CEB), Dimensional Research, International Data Corporation (IDC), Mintigo, Nielsen and NM Incite. These industry publications and reports generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates, as there is no assurance that any of them will be reached. Based on our industry experience, we believe that the publications and reports are reliable and that the conclusions contained in the publications and reports are reasonable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the industry publications and reports.

This prospectus also contains information regarding the average increase in inbound leads experienced by our customers. We analyzed monthly user data analytics from 2012 and 2013 for 3,067 of our customers with between 10 and 2,000 employees, and compared data beginning in a customer’s third month using our platform against data in a customer’s twelfth month using our platform, to measure increases in the volume of inbound leads. “Leads” are defined as website visitors whose information and activities are captured by our platform’s lead tracking tool. Data was excluded for any months where the increase was greater than 500% and for customers that generated 10 or fewer leads. We believe these results are representative of the results experienced by our customers with between 10 and 2,000 employees.

 

36


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $90.3 million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds would be approximately $104.2 million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $4.7 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $18.6 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

The principal reasons for this offering are to create a public market for shares of our common stock and to facilitate our future access to public equity markets. We have not quantified or allocated any specific portion of the net proceeds or range of the net proceeds to any particular purpose. We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds we receive from this offering, including any net proceeds we receive from the exercise of the underwriters’ option to acquire additional shares of common stock in this offering, for general corporate purposes, including investing further in our sales and marketing and research and development efforts and payment of anticipated general and administrative expenses. We also intend to use proceeds from this offering to fund our growth strategies described elsewhere in this prospectus. We may use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of businesses, technologies or other assets that we believe are complementary to our own, although we have no agreements, commitments or understandings with respect to any such transaction.

We also expect to use approximately $18.0 million of the net proceeds to repay all of the outstanding principal and accrued interest on our revolving line of credit. We have used our revolving line of credit for general working capital purposes. The interest rate on our revolving line of credit is the bank’s prime rate plus 0.5%. The outstanding balance under our revolving line of credit is due in March 2016.

The amount of what, and timing of when, we actually spend for these purposes may vary significantly and will depend on a number of factors, including our future revenue and cash generated by operations and the other factors described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors.” Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in applying a portion of the net proceeds of this offering. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the remaining net proceeds in high quality, investment-grade instruments.

 

37


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock or any other securities. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions, the provision of then-existing debt instruments and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our credit facility prohibits, and future debt instruments may materially restrict, us from declaring or paying cash dividends on our capital stock.

 

38


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of June 30, 2014:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis to reflect (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 19,529,713 shares of our common stock, which will occur upon the closing of this offering, and (2) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur upon the closing of this offering; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (1) the pro forma adjustments described above, (2) our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of 5,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (3) our use of approximately $5.0 million of our net proceeds of this offering to repay all of our indebtedness outstanding under our revolving line of credit as of June 30, 2014.

The information below is illustrative only and our cash and capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     June 30, 2014  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
as  Adjusted (1) (2)
 
    

(unaudited)
(in thousands, except share and

per share amounts)

 

Cash

   $ 7,302      $ 7,302      $ 92,602   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revolving line of credit

     5,000        5,000          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 58,589,218 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     101,320                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

      

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 25,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                     

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 5,832,113 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 500,000,000 shares authorized, 25,361,826 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 500,000,000 authorized, 30,361,826 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     6        25        30   

Additional paid-in capital

     17,280        118,581        208,876   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (81     (81     (81

Accumulated (deficit) equity

     (123,816     (123,816     (123,816
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (106,611     (5,291     85,009   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ (291   $ (291   $ 85,009   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The pro forma as adjusted amounts shown do not reflect the drawdown under our revolving line of credit of an additional $13.0 million for general working capital purposes subsequent to June 30, 2014, all of which shall be repaid from net proceeds of this offering. Additionally, the pro forma as adjusted amounts do not take into account $1.5 million of offering costs that had already been paid as of June 30, 2014.

 

39


Table of Contents
(2) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) cash, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by $4.7 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, would increase cash, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by $18.6 million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, would decrease cash, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by $18.6 million.

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 25,361,826 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014 and excludes:

 

    4,808,985 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2014 with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.41 per share;

 

    1,168,791 shares of common stock subject to RSUs outstanding as of June 30, 2014;

 

    13,158 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2014 with an exercise price of $5.70 per share;

 

    290,445 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2007 Plan as of June 30, 2014; and

 

    1,973,551 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan and 394,710 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 ESPP, each of which will become effective in connection with this offering and contains provisions that will automatically increase its respective shares reserved each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

 

40


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering.

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of June 30, 2014 was $(23.5) million, or $(4.04) per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of June 30, 2014 was $(23.5) million, or $(0.93) per share, based on the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2014 into an aggregate of shares of common stock, which conversion will occur upon the completion of this offering.

After giving effect to the sale by us of 5,000,000 shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2014 would have been $66.8 million, or $2.20 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $3.13 per share to our existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $17.80 per share to investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $ 20.00   

Historical net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2014

   $ (4.04  
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2014

   $ (0.93  

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

     3.13     
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

       2.20   
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

     $ 17.80   

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by $0.16, and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $0.84, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. In addition, to the extent any outstanding options to purchase common stock are exercised, new investors would experience further dilution. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering would be $2.68 per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $17.32 per share.

The following table presents, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2014, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the completion of this offering, the differences between the existing stockholders and the new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us, which includes net proceeds received from the issuance of common stock and convertible preferred stock, cash received from the exercise of stock options, and the average price per share paid

 

41


Table of Contents

or to be paid to us at an assumed offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

     25,361,826         84   $ 94,370,565         49   $ 3.72   

New investors

     5,000,000         16     100,000,000         51   $ 20.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     30,361,826         100   $ 194,370,565         100   $ 6.40   

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full from us, our existing stockholders would own 82% and our new investors would own 18% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 25,361,826 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014 and excludes:

 

    4,808,985 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2014 with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.41 per share;

 

    1,168,791 shares of common stock subject to RSUs outstanding as of June 30, 2014;

 

    13,158 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2014 with an exercise price of $5.70 per share;

 

    290,445 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2007 Plan as of June 30, 2014; and

 

    1,973,551 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan, and 394,710 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 ESPP, each of which will become effective in connection with this offering and contains provisions that will automatically increase its respective shares reserved each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

To the extent that outstanding options or warrants are exercised and restricted stock units are settled, you will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities may result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

42


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 are derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Certain amounts set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 have been adjusted for the retrospective change in accounting policy for sales commissions (see Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements). Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:  

(in thousands)

 

Revenue:

             

Subscription

  $ 5,771      $ 13,636      $ 25,702      $ 45,870      $ 70,819      $ 31,829      $ 47,188   

Professional services and other

    844        1,751        2,851        5,734        6,815        3,247        4,084   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    6,615        15,387        28,553        51,604        77,634        35,076        51,272   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

             

Subscription (1)

    1,116        2,903        5,712        10,834        20,280        9,782        11,672   

Professional services and other (1)

    2,642        4,091        6,368        6,004        8,759        4,006        5,181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    3,758        6,994        12,080        16,838        29,039        13,788        16,853   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross profit

    2,857        8,393        16,473        34,766        48,595        21,288        34,419   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development (1)

    2,990        4,382        10,031        10,585        15,018        6,706        9,641   

Sales and marketing (1)

    8,031        14,075        24,088        34,949        53,158        24,026        33,020   

General and administrative (1)

    1,230        2,500        6,769        7,972        14,669        6,941        9,449   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    12,251        20,957        40,888        53,506        82,845        37,673        52,110   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (9,394     (12,564     (24,415     (18,740     (34,250     (16,385     (17,691
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

             

Interest income

    1        3        36        26        34        22        3   

Interest expense

           (12     (30     (63     (20     (3     (121

Other expense

                  (2     (1     (38     26        65   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    1        (9     4        (38     (24     45        (53
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (9,393     (12,573     (24,411     (18,778     (34,274     (16,340     (17,744

Preferred stock accretion

    97        123        87        81        54        27        27   

Deemed dividends to investors

                  973                               

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (9,490   $ (12,696   $ (25,471   $ (18,859   $ (34,328   $ (16,367   $ (17,771
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents
    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (2)

  $ (2.70   $ (3.53   $ (6.19   $ (4.01   $ (6.71   $ (3.23   $ (3.15

Weighted average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share (2)

    3,520        3,601        4,115        4,699        5,113        5,060        5,636   

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (3)

          $ (1.39     $ (0.71

Pro forma weighted average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited) (3)

            24,643          25,166   

 

(1) Stock-based compensation included in the consolidated statements of operations data above was as follows:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
    (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue
Subscription

  $      $ 4      $ 16      $ 27      $ 50      $ 20      $ 40   

Professional services and other

    14        36        131        100        211        66        152   

Research and development

    35        105        2,341        739        691        369        299   

Sales and marketing

    27        67        647        691        1,194        488        887   

General and administrative

    68        75        1,484        958        1,318        631        870   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 144      $ 287      $ 4,619      $ 2,515      $ 3,464      $ 1,574      $ 2,248   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(2) See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for further details on the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.
(3) See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for further details on the calculation of pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

 

    As of December 31,     As of June 30,
2014
 
    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013    
   

(in thousands)

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

           

Cash

  $ 17,218      $ 6,955      $ 13,972      $ 41,097      $ 12,643      $ 7,302   

Working capital, excluding deferred revenue

    18,005        7,831        12,875        39,934        13,803        9,901   

Total assets

    19,816        14,505        35,411        65,651        50,559        52,105   

Deferred revenue

    1,903        4,270        8,179        16,017        24,906        32,403   

Total liabilities

    2,774        8,728        17,053        27,621        42,514        57,396   

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    32,668        33,786        66,062        101,239        101,293        101,320   

Total stockholders’ deficit

  $ (15,626   $ (28,007   $ (47,702   $ (63,209   $ (93,248   $ (106,611

 

44


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this report, particularly in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Company Overview

We provide a cloud-based marketing and sales software platform that enables businesses to deliver an inbound experience. An inbound marketing and sales experience attracts, engages and delights customers by being more relevant, more helpful, more personalized and less interruptive than traditional marketing and sales tactics. Our software platform features integrated applications to help businesses attract visitors to their websites, convert visitors into leads, close leads into customers and delight customers so that they become promoters of those businesses. These integrated applications include social media, search engine optimization, blogging, website content management, marketing automation, email, CRM, analytics and reporting.

We designed our all-in-one platform from the ground up to enable businesses to provide an inbound experience to their prospects and customers. At the core of our platform is a single inbound database for each business that captures its customer activity throughout the customer lifestyle. Our platform uses our centralized inbound database to empower businesses to create more personalized interactions with customers, such as personalized emails, personalized social media alerts, personalized websites and targeted alerts for sales people. We provide a comprehensive set of integrated applications on our platform, which offers businesses ease of use, power and simplicity. We designed and built our platform to serve a large numbers of customers of any size with demanding use cases.

While our platform can scale to the enterprise, we focus on selling to mid-market businesses because we believe we have significant competitive advantages attracting and serving them. We efficiently reach these businesses at scale through our proven inbound go-to-market approach and more than 2,000 marketing agency partners worldwide. Our platform is particularly suited to serving the needs of mid-market business-to-business companies. These mid-market businesses seek an integrated, easy to implement and easy to use solution to reach customers and compete with organizations that have larger marketing and sales budgets. As of June 30, 2014, we had 11,624 customers of varying sizes in more than 70 countries, representing almost every industry.

Our platform is a multi-tenant, single code-based and globally available software-as-a-service, or SaaS, product delivered through web browsers or mobile applications. We sell our platform on a subscription basis and generated revenue of $28.6 million in 2011, $51.6 million in 2012 and $77.6 million in 2013, representing year-over-year increases of 81% in 2012 and 50% in 2013. We generated revenue of $35.1 million and $51.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively, representing a period-over-period increase of 46%. We had net losses of $24.4 million in 2011, $18.8 million in 2012 and $34.3 million in 2013 and $16.3 million and $17.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively, primarily due to increased investments in our growth.

We derive most of our revenue from subscriptions to our cloud-based software platform and related professional services, which consist of customer training and other consulting services. Subscription revenue accounted for 90.0% of our total revenue in 2011, 88.9% in 2012, 91.2% in 2013 and 90.7% and 92.0% in the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. We sell three product plans at different base prices on a subscription basis, each of which includes our core platform and integrated applications to meet the needs of the

 

45


Table of Contents

various customers we serve. Customers pay additional fees if the number of contacts stored and tracked in the customer’s database exceeds specified thresholds. We generate additional revenue based on the purchase of additional subscriptions and applications and the number of account users, subdomains and website visits. Substantially all of our customers’ subscriptions are one year or less in duration. Subscriptions are non-cancelable and are billed in advance on various schedules. Because the mix of billing terms for orders can vary from period to period, the annualized value of the orders we enter into with our customers will not be completely reflected in deferred revenue at any single point in time. Accordingly, we do not believe that change in deferred revenue is an accurate indicator of future revenue for a given period of time.

Professional services and other revenue accounted for 10.0% of our total revenue in 2011, 11.1% in 2012, 8.8% in 2013, and 9.3% and 8.0% in the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Our software is designed to be ready to use immediately after a new customer subscribes. Most of our customers purchase training services which are designed to help customers enhance their ability to attract, engage and delight their customers using our platform.

Our customer base has grown from over 5,783 customers at the end of 2011 to 11,624 customers as of June 30, 2014, which has resulted in rapid revenue growth. As of June 30, 2014, approximately 20% of our customers were located outside of the United States and these customers generated approximately 21% of our total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014. We opened our first international office in Dublin, Ireland in January 2013 as part of our geographic expansion. We plan to further grow our international business and expand to other geographies.

We have focused on rapidly growing our business and plan to continue to make investments to help us address some of the challenges facing us to support this growth, such as demand for our platform by existing and new customers, significant competition from other providers of marketing software and related applications and rapid technological change in our industry. We believe that the growth of our business is dependent on many factors, including our ability to expand our customer base, increase adoption of our platform within existing customers, develop new products and applications to extend the functionality of our platform and provide a high level of customer service. We expect to increase our investment in sales and marketing as we continue to expand our sales teams, increase our marketing activities and grow our international operations. We also expect to increase our investment in research and development as we continue to introduce new products and applications to extend the functionality of our platform. We also intend to invest in maintaining a high level of customer service and support which we consider critical for our continued success. We plan to continue investing in our data center infrastructure and services capabilities in order to support continued future customer growth. We also expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of both our growth and the infrastructure required to be a public company. We expect to use the proceeds from this offering to fund these growth strategies and do not expect to be profitable in the near term.

We believe that these investments will result in an increase in our subscription revenue base and improvement in the retention of this base. This will result in revenue increasing faster than the increase in sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative expenses as we reach economies of scale. With this increased operating leverage, we expect our gross and operating margins to increase in the long term. However, we will incur losses in the short term. If we are unable to achieve our revenue growth objectives, including a high rate of renewals of our customer agreements, we may not be able to achieve profitability.

 

46


Table of Contents

Key Business Metrics

We use the following key business metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. Our key business metrics may be calculated in a manner different than similar key business metrics used by other companies.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  

Total customers

     5,783        8,159        10,111        8,989        11,624   

Average subscription revenue per customer

   $ 5,395      $ 6,580      $ 7,752      $ 7,566 (1)     $ 8,823 (1)  

Subscription dollar retention rate

     71.6     82.4     82.9     84.9     90.3

Customer Acquisition Cost, or CAC

   $ 6,671      $ 8,279      $ 11,645      $ 11,533      $ 11,778   

 

(1) Average subscription revenue per customer for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 is presented here and elsewhere in this prospectus on an annualized basis.

Total Customers.  We believe that our ability to increase our customer base is an indicator of our market penetration and growth of our business as we continue to expand our sales force and invest in marketing efforts. We define our total customers at the end of a particular period as the number of business entities or individuals with one or more paid subscriptions to our marketing platform, either paid directly or through an agency partner. We do not include in total customers business entities or individuals with one or more paid subscriptions solely for our Sidekick product. More than 130,000 individuals with a free or paid Sidekick account used our Sidekick product during August 2014. A single customer may have separate paid subscriptions for separate websites, but we count these as one customer if the subscriptions are managed by the same business entity or individual. For more information about our customers, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Business—Our Customers.”

Average Subscription Revenue per Customer. We believe that our ability to increase the average subscription revenue per customer is an indicator of our ability to grow the long-term value of our existing customer relationships. We define average subscription revenue per customer during a particular period as subscription revenue from our total customers during the period divided by the average total customers during the same period. Our average subscription revenue per customer was $8,478 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and $8,670 for the six months ended June 30, 2014. We expect our average subscription revenue per customer to continue to increase over time.

Subscription Dollar Retention Rate. We believe that our ability to retain and expand a customer relationship is an indicator of the stability of our revenue base and the long-term value of our customers. We assess our performance in this area using a metric we refer to as our Subscription Dollar Retention Rate. We compare the aggregate Contractual Monthly Subscription Revenue of our customer base as of the beginning of each month, which we refer to as Retention Base Revenue, to the aggregate Contractual Monthly Subscription Revenue of the same group of customers at the end of that month, which we refer to as Retained Subscription Revenue. We define Contractual Monthly Subscription Revenue as the total amount of subscription fees contractually committed to be paid for a full month under all of our customer agreements, excluding any commissions owed to our partners. We do not include in Contractual Monthly Subscription Revenue any subscription fees contractually committed to be paid by business entities or individuals with subscriptions solely for our Sidekick product. Our Subscription Dollar Retention Rate for a given period is calculated by first dividing Retained Subscription Revenue by Retention Base Revenue for each month in the period, calculating the weighted average of these rates using the Retention Base Revenue for each month in the period, and then annualizing the resulting rates. Our Subscription Dollar Retention Rate was 86.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 88.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

Customer Acquisition Cost. We believe that customer acquisition cost, or CAC, is an indicator of the efficiency of our sales and marketing programs in acquiring new customers. We calculate CAC by dividing our total sales and marketing expenses during a particular period, excluding the stock-based compensation included

 

47


Table of Contents

in sales and marketing expenses, by our total new customers added during the same period. We define our total new customers during a particular period as the number of new business entities or individuals who entered into one or more paid subscriptions to our marketing platform, either paid directly or through an agency partner, during the period. We do not include in total new customers business entities or individuals with one or more paid subscriptions solely for our Sidekick product. A single new customer may have separate paid subscriptions for separate websites, but we count these as one new customer if the subscriptions are managed by the same business entity or individual. Our CAC was $10,895 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and $11,334 for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

Key Components of Consolidated Statements of Operations

Revenue

We derive our revenue from two major sources, revenue from subscriptions to our inbound platform and professional services and other revenue consisting mainly of training and consulting fees.

Subscription based revenue is derived from customers using our software platform for their inbound marketing and sales needs. Our software platform includes integrated applications that allow businesses to manage social media, search engine optimization, blogging, website content, marketing automation, email, analytics and reporting. Substantially all of our customers’ subscriptions are one year or less in duration. Subscriptions are non-cancelable and are billed in advance on various schedules. All subscription fees that are billed in advance of service are recorded in deferred revenue. Subscription based revenue is recognized net of consideration paid to marketing agency partners when the agency partner purchases the subscription directly from us, as in these instances our customer is the partner and our remaining obligations are to the partner.

Professional services and other revenue are derived primarily from training and other consulting fees. The training provided to customers typically involves an inbound marketing consultant. An inbound marketing consultant will typically work with our customers to enhance their understanding of how to attract leads and convert them into customers through search engine optimization, social media, blogging and other content. Training is generally sold in connection with a customer’s initial subscription and is billed in advance. The training is also available to be purchased separately following a customer’s purchase of its initial subscription and our marketing agency partners routinely provide the same training to customers.

Cost of Revenue and Operating Expenses

Cost of Revenue

Cost of subscription revenue consists primarily of managed hosting providers and other third-party service providers, employee-related costs including payroll, benefits and stock-based compensation expense for our customer support team, amortization of capitalized software development costs and acquired technology, and allocated overhead costs, which we define as rent, facilities and costs related to information technology, or IT.

Cost of professional services and other revenue consists primarily of personnel costs of our professional services organization, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, as well as allocated overhead costs.

We expect that cost of subscription and professional services and other revenue will increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in growing our business. Over time, we expect to gain benefits of scale associated with our costs of hosting our software platform relative to subscription revenues, resulting in improved subscription gross margin. We expect to continue to generate negative gross margins related to professional services in the near term.

 

48


Table of Contents

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs of our development team, including payroll, benefits and stock-based compensation expense and allocated overhead costs. We capitalize certain software development costs that are attributable to developing new products and adding incremental functionality to our software platform and amortize such costs as costs of subscription revenue over the estimated life of the new product or incremental functionality, which is generally two years. We focus our research and development efforts on improving our products and developing new ones, delivering new functionality and enhancing the customer experience. We believe delivering new functionalities for our customers is an integral part of our solution and provides our customers with access to a broad array of options and information critical to their marketing efforts. We expect to continue to make investments in and expand our offerings to enhance our customers’ experience and satisfaction and attract new customers. We expect research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to increase the functionality of our software platform.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel costs of our sales and marketing employees, including sales commissions and incentives, benefits and stock-based compensation expense, marketing programs, including lead generation, costs of our annual INBOUND conference, and other brand building expenses and allocated overhead costs. We defer certain sales commissions related to acquiring new customers and amortize them ratably over the term of the corresponding subscription agreement. Sales and marketing expenses also include commissions paid to our marketing agency partners when we are the primary obligor for providing the subscription that has been purchased.

We plan to continue to expand sales and marketing to grow our customer base and increase sales to existing customers. This growth will include adding sales personnel and expanding our marketing activities to continue to generate additional leads and build brand awareness. We expect sales and marketing expenses will increase as a result of hiring net new quota-carrying sales representatives in the United States and worldwide, adding to the marketing staff and expanding our annual INBOUND conference. Over time, we expect sales and marketing expenses will decline as a percentage of total revenue.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses consist of personnel costs and related expenses for executive, finance, legal, human resources, employee-related information technology, administrative personnel, including payroll, benefits and stock-based compensation expense; professional fees for external legal, accounting and other consulting services; and allocated overhead costs. We expect that general and administrative expenses will increase on an absolute dollar basis but decrease as a percentage of total revenue as we focus on processes, systems and controls to enable the our internal support functions to scale with the growth of our business. We also anticipate increases to general and administrative expenses as we incur the costs of compliance associated with being a publicly traded company, including audit and consulting fees.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) consists primarily of interest expense and foreign currency gains and losses. We have historically had a minimal amount of debt outstanding on which we pay interest. The addition of our Dublin, Ireland office in 2013 has increased our exposure to foreign currencies, particularly the Euro.

 

49


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth certain consolidated financial data in dollar amounts and as a percentage of total revenue. Certain amounts and percentages set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 have been adjusted for the retrospective change in accounting policy for sales commissions (see Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements).

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
    

(in thousands)

 

Revenue:

          

Subscription

   $ 25,702      $ 45,870      $ 70,819      $ 31,829      $ 47,188   

Professional services and other

     2,851        5,734        6,815        3,247        4,084   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     28,553        51,604        77,634        35,076        51,272   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

          

Subscription

     5,712        10,834        20,280        9,782        11,672   

Professional services and other

     6,368        6,004        8,759        4,006        5,181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     12,080        16,838        29,039        13,788        16,853   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     16,473        34,766        48,595        21,288        34,419   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     10,031        10,585        15,018        6,706        9,641   

Sales and marketing

     24,088        34,949        53,158        24,026        33,020   

General and administrative

    
6,769
  
    7,972        14,669        6,941        9,449   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     40,888        53,506        82,845        37,673        52,110   

Loss from operations

     (24,415     (18,740     (34,250     (16,385     (17,691
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

          

Interest income

     36        26        34        22        3   

Interest expense

     (30     (63     (20     (3     (121

Other expense

     (2     (1     (38     26        65   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     4        (38     (24     45        (53
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (24,411   $ (18,778   $ (34,274   $ (16,340   $ (17,744
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
    

(as a percentage of total revenue)

 

Revenue:

          

Subscription

     90     89     91     91     92

Professional services and other

     10        11        9        9        8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100        100        100        100        100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

          

Subscription

     20        21        26        28        23   

Professional services and other

     22        12        11        11        10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     42        33        37        39        33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     58        67        63        61        67   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     35        21        19        19        19   

Sales and marketing

     84        68        68        68        64   

General and administrative

     24        15        19        20        18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     143        104        107        107        102   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (85     (37     (44     (47     (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     0        0        0        0        0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (85 )%      (37 )%      (44 )%      (47 )%      (35 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 Compared to the Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,      Change  
         2013              2014          Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Subscription

   $ 31,829       $ 47,188       $ 15,359         48

Professional services and other

     3,247         4,084         837         26
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 35,076       $ 51,272       $ 16,196         46
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Subscription revenue increased 48% for the six months ended June 30, 2014 due to an increase in total customers, which grew from 8,989 as of June 30, 2013 to 11,624 as of June 30, 2014, and an increase in average annualized subscription revenue per customer, which grew from $7,425 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to $8,670 for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The growth in total customers was primarily driven by our increased sales representative capacity to meet market demand. The increase in average subscription revenue per customer was driven primarily by new customers purchasing our higher price product plans, existing customers increasing their use of our products and existing customers purchasing additional subscriptions.

The 26% increase in professional services and other revenue resulted primarily from the delivery of training services for subscriptions sold.

Total Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Change  
         2013             2014         Amount      %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Total cost of revenue

   $ 13,788      $ 16,853      $ 3,065         22

Gross profit

     21,288        34,419        13,131         62

Gross margin

     61     67     

 

51


Table of Contents

Total cost of revenue increased 22% for the six months ended June 30, 2014 primarily due to an increase in subscription and hosting costs, employee-related costs and amortization of developed and acquired technology. The increase in gross margin was primarily driven by improved leverage of our hosting costs relative to growth in subscription revenue.

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Change  
         2013             2014         Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Subscription cost of revenue

   $ 9,782      $ 11,672      $ 1,890         19

Percentage of subscription revenue

     31     25     

Subscription cost of revenue increased 19% for the six months ended June 30, 2014 primarily due to increases in employee-related costs and amortization of capitalized software development costs. Employee-related costs increased $1.0 million as a result of increased headcount from 64 employees at June 30, 2013 to 79 employees at June 30, 2014 as we continue to grow our customer support organization to support our customer growth and improve service levels and offerings. Amortization of capitalized software development costs increased $0.6 million due to continued development of our software platform.

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Change  
         2013             2014         Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Professional services and other cost of revenue

   $ 4,006      $ 5,181      $ 1,175         29

Percentage of professional services and other revenue

     123     127     

Professional services and other costs of revenue increased 29% for the six months ended June 30, 2014 primarily due to an increase in employee related costs. Employee-related costs increased $1.1 million as a result of increased headcount from 69 employees at June 30, 2013 to 85 employees at June 30, 2014 as we continue to grow our professional services organization to support our customer growth and improve service levels and offerings.

Research and Development

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Change  
         2013             2014         Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Research and development

   $ 6,706      $ 9,641      $ 2,935         44

Percentage of total revenue

     19     19     

Research and development expenses increased 44% for the six months ended June 30, 2014 primarily due to an increase in employee-related costs. Employee-related costs increased $2.7 million as a result of increased headcount from 91 employees at June 30, 2013 to 127 employees at June 30, 2014 as we continue to grow our engineering organization to develop new products and continue to develop our existing software platform.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Change  
         2013             2014         Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Sales and marketing

   $ 24,026      $ 33,020      $ 8,994         37

Percentage of total revenue

     68     64     

Sales and marketing expenses increased 37% for the six months ended June 30, 2014 primarily due to increases in employee-related costs and third-party agency partner commissions. Employee-related costs increased $6.2 million as a result of increased headcount from 292 employees at June 30, 2013 to 351 employees

 

52


Table of Contents

at June 30, 2014 as we continue to expand our selling and marketing organizations to grow our customer base. Partner commissions increased $0.9 million as a result of increased revenue generated through our marketing agency partners.

General and Administrative

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Change  
         2013             2014         Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)         

General and administrative

   $ 6,941      $ 9,449      $ 2,508         36

Percentage of total revenue

     20     18     

General and administrative expenses increased 36% for the six months ended June 30, 2014 primarily due to an increase in employee-related costs. Employee-related costs increased $1.5 million as a result of increased headcount from 53 employees at June 30, 2013 to 77 employees at June 30, 2014 as we continue to grow our business and require additional personnel to support our expanded operations.

Other Income (Expense)

 

         Six Months Ended June 30,         Change  
         2013              2014         Amount     %  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Other income (expense)

   $ 45       $ (53   $ (98     *   

Percentage of total revenue

     *         *       

 

* not meaningful

Other income (expense) includes interest income and expense and the impact of foreign currency transaction gains and losses. Other income (expense) is not significant for any period presented.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2013

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change  
         2012              2013          Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Subscription

   $ 45,870       $ 70,819       $ 24,949         54

Professional services and other

     5,734         6,815         1,081         19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 51,604       $ 77,634       $ 26,030         50
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Subscription revenue increased 54% during 2013 due to an increase throughout the year in total customers, which grew from 8,159 as of December 31, 2012 to 10,111 as of December 31, 2013, and an increase in average subscription revenue per customer, which grew from $6,580 in 2012 to $7,752 in 2013. The growth in total customers was primarily driven by our increased sales representative capacity to meet market demand. The increase in average subscription revenue per customer was driven primarily by new customers purchasing our higher price product plans, existing customers increasing their use of our products and existing customers purchasing additional subscriptions.

The 19% increase in professional services and other revenue resulted primarily from the delivery of training services for subscriptions sold.

 

53


Table of Contents

Total Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
         2012             2013         Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Total cost of revenue

   $ 16,838      $ 29,039      $ 12,201         72

Gross profit

     34,766        48,595        13,829         40

Gross margin

     67     63     

Total cost of revenue increased 72% during 2013 primarily due to an increase in subscription and hosting costs, employee-related costs, amortization of developed and acquired technology and allocated overhead expenses. The decrease in gross margin was primarily driven by our increased investment in subscription and hosting services as well as the amortization of developed and acquired technologies and allocated overhead expenses.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
         2012             2013         Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Subscription cost of revenue

   $ 10,834      $ 20,280      $ 9,446         87

Percentage of subscription revenue

     24     29     

Subscription and hosting costs increased $5.4 million due to growth in our customer base from 8,159 customers at December 31, 2012 to 10,111 customers at December 31, 2013 along with higher costs associated with maintaining multiple hosting platforms while we migrated to a new version of our software. Employee-related costs increased $2.1 million as a result of increased headcount from 28 employees at December 31, 2012 to 74 employees at December 31, 2013 as we continue to grow our customer support organization to support our customer growth and improve service levels and offerings. Amortization of capitalized software development costs increased $1.1 million due to continued development of our software platform. Allocated overhead expenses increased $0.8 million primarily due to increased rent expense and depreciation of capital equipment as we continue to grow our business and expand headcount as discussed above.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
         2012             2013         Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Professional services and other cost of revenue

   $ 6,004      $ 8,759      $ 2,755         46

Percentage of professional services and other revenue

     105     129     

Professional services and other costs increased 46% during 2013 primarily due to an increase in employee related costs. Employee-related costs increased $2.0 million as a result of increased headcount from 53 employees at December 31, 2012 to 81 employees at December 31, 2013 as we continue to grow our professional services organization to support our customer growth and improve service levels and offerings. Allocated overhead expenses increased $0.7 million primarily due to increased rent expense and depreciation of capital equipment as we continue to grow our business and expand headcount as discussed above.

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
         2012             2013         Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Research and development

   $ 10,585      $ 15,018      $ 4,433         42

Percentage of total revenue

     21     19     

Research and development expenses increased 42% during 2013 primarily due to increases in employee-related costs and allocated overhead costs. Employee-related costs increased $3.6 million as a result of increased headcount of 74 employees at December 31, 2012 compared to 110 employees at December 31, 2013 as we

 

54


Table of Contents

continue to grow our engineering organization to develop new products and continue to develop our existing software platform. Allocated overhead costs increased $0.8 million primarily due to increased rent expense and depreciation of capital equipment as we continue to grow our business and expand headcount as discussed above.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
         2012             2013         Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Sales and marketing

   $ 34,949      $ 53,158      $ 18,209         52

Percentage of total revenue

     68     68     

Sales and marketing expenses increased 52% during 2013 primarily due to increases in employee-related costs, third-party agency partner commissions and allocated overhead costs. Employee-related costs increased $13.7 million as a result of increased headcount from 231 employees at December 31, 2012 to 340 employees at December 31, 2013 as we continue to expand our selling and marketing organizations to grow our customer base. Partner commissions increased $1.2 million as a result of increased revenue generated through our marketing agency partners.

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
         2012             2013         Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)         

General and administrative

   $ 7,972      $ 14,669      $ 6,697         84

Percentage of total revenue

     15     19     

General and administrative expenses increased 84% during 2013 primarily due to increases in employee-related costs and professional fees. Employee-related costs increased $5.4 million as a result of increased headcount from 43 employees at December 31, 2012 to 63 employees at December 31, 2013 as we continue to grow our business and require additional personnel to support our expanded operations. Professional fees increased $1.3 million a result of our preparatory and audit work associated with our potential initial public offering and to support our international expansion activities.

Other Income (Expense)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
     2012     2013     Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Other income (expense)

   $ (38   $ (24   $ 14         *   

Percentage of total revenue

     *        *        

 

* not meaningful

Other income (expense) includes interest income and expense and the impact of foreign currency transaction gains and losses. Other income (expense) is not significant for any period presented.

 

55


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2012

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Change  
           2011                  2012            Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Subscription

   $ 25,702       $ 45,870       $ 20,168         78

Professional services and other

     2,851         5,734         2,883         101   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 28,553       $ 51,604       $ 23,051         81
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Subscription revenue increased 78% during 2012 due to an increase throughout the year in total customers, which grew from 5,783 as of December 31, 2011 to 8,159 as of December 31, 2012, and an increase in average subscription revenue per customer, which grew from $5,395 in 2011 to $6,580 in 2012. The growth in total customers was primarily driven by our increased sales representative capacity to meet market demand. The increase in average subscription revenue per customer was driven primarily by new customers purchasing our higher price products, existing customers increasing their use of our products and existing customers purchasing additional subscriptions.

The 101% increase in professional services and other revenue resulted primarily from the delivery of training services for subscriptions sold.

Total Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
           2011                 2012           Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Total cost of revenue

   $ 12,080      $ 16,838      $ 4,758         39

Gross profit

     16,473        34,766        18,293         111

Gross margin

     58     67     

Total cost of revenue increased 39% during 2012 primarily due to increases in subscription and hosting costs, employee-related costs, amortization of developed and acquired technology and allocated overhead costs.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
           2011                 2012           Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Subscription cost of revenue

   $ 5,712      $ 10,834      $ 5,122         90

Percentage of subscription revenue

     22     24     

Subscription and hosting costs increased $3.5 million due to growth in our customer base from 5,783 customers at December 31, 2011 to 8,159 customers at December 31, 2012. Employee-related costs increased $0.7 million as a result of increased headcount from 16 employees at December 31, 2011 to 28 employees at December 31, 2012 as we continue to grow our customer support organization to support our customer growth and improve service levels and offerings. Amortization of capitalized software development costs increased $0.8 million due to continued development of our software platform. Allocated overhead expenses increased $0.1 million primarily due to increased rent expense and depreciation of capital equipment as we continue to grow our business and expand headcount as discussed above.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
           2011                 2012           Amount     %  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Professional services and other cost of revenue

   $ 6,368      $ 6,004      $ (364     (6 )% 

Percentage of professional services and other revenue

     223     105    

Professional services and other cost of revenue remained consistent in 2011 and 2012.

 

56


Table of Contents

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
           2011                 2012           Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Research and development

   $ 10,031      $ 10,585      $ 554         6

Percentage of total revenue

     35     21     

Employee-related costs increased $2.2 million as a result of increased headcount from 62 employees at December 31, 2011 to 74 employees at December 31, 2012 as we continued to grow our engineering organization to develop new products and continue to develop our existing software platform. Allocated overhead costs increased $0.2 million primarily due to increased rent expense and depreciation of capital equipment as we continue to grow our business and expand headcount as discussed above. This was offset by a $1.9 million one-time non-cash expense in 2011 associated with an investor purchase of employee stock at a premium over fair value. See note 10 of our consolidated financial statements.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
           2011                 2012           Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)         

Sales and marketing

   $ 24,088      $ 34,949      $ 10,861         45

Percentage of total revenue

     84     68     

Employee-related costs increased $8.2 million a result of increased headcount from 145 employees at December 31, 2011 to 231 employees at December 31, 2012 as we continued to expand our selling and marketing organizations to support our increased our customer base. Partner commissions increased as a result of increased revenue generated through our marketing agency partners.

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
           2011                 2012           Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)         

General and administrative

   $ 6,769      $ 7,972      $ 1,203         18

Percentage of total revenue

     24     15     

Employee-related costs increased $2.7 million a result of increased headcount from 21 employees at December 31, 2011 to 43 employees at December 31, 2012 as we continued to grow our business and require additional personnel to support our expanded operations. This was offset by a $1.3 million one-time non-cash expense in 2011 associated with an investor purchase of employee stock at a premium over fair value. See Note 10 of our consolidated financial statements.

Other Income (Expense)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Change  
           2011                  2012           Amount     %  
     (dollars in thousands)        

Other income (expense)

   $ 4       $ (38   $ (42     *   

Percentage of total revenue

     *         *       

 

* not meaningful

Other income (expense) includes interest income and expense and the impact of foreign currency gains and losses. Other income (expense) is not significant for any period presented.

 

57


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our quarterly consolidated statements of operations for each of the four quarters in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and June 30, 2014. Certain amounts and percentages set forth below for the year ended December 31, 2012 have been adjusted for the retrospective change in accounting policy for sales commissions (see Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements). We have prepared the quarterly consolidated statements of operations data on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the financial information reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of this data. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2013
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
 
    (in thousands)        

Revenue:

                   

Subscription

  $ 9,345      $ 10,598      $ 12,132      $ 13,795      $ 15,244      $ 16,585      $ 18,416      $ 20,574      $ 22,285      $ 24,903   

Professional services and other

    1,192        1,450        1,552        1,540        1,496        1,751        1,763        1,805        1,889        2,195   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    10,537        12,048        13,684        15,335        16,740        18,336        20,179        22,379        24,174        27,098   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

                   

Subscription (1)

    2,091        2,358        2,939        3,446        4,630        5,152        5,114        5,384        5,547        6,125   

Professional services and other (1)

    1,513        1,490        1,474        1,527        1,810        2,195        2,268        2,486        2,567        2,614   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    3,604        3,848        4,413        4,973        6,440        7,347        7,382        7,870        8,114        8,739   

Total gross profit

    6,933        8,200        9,271        10,362        10,300        10,989        12,797        14,509        16,060        18,359   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development (1)

    2,516        2,437        2,710        2,922        2,870        3,836        4,271        4,041        4,693        4,948   

Sales and marketing (1)

    7,862        7,980        9,346        9,761        11,604        12,422        14,739        14,393        15,926        17,094   

General and administrative (1)

    1,319        1,514        2,067        3,072        3,405        3,536        3,287        4,441        4,855        4,594   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    11,697        11,931        14,123        15,755        17,879        19,794        22,297        22,875        25,474        26,636   

Loss from operations

    (4,764     (3,731     (4,852     (5,393     (7,579     (8,805     (9,500     (8,366     (9,414     (8,277
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

                   

Interest income

    6        6        5        9        13        9        7        5        2        1   

Interest expense

    (6     (54     (2     (1     (2     (1            (17     (51     (70

Other expense

           (1     (2     2        32        (6     (18     (47     (2     67   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

           (49     1        10        43        2        (11     (59     (51     (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (4,764   $ (3,780   $ (4,851   $ (5,383   $ (7,536   $ (8,803   $ (9,511   $ (8,425   $ (9,465   $ (8,279
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1) Stock-based compensation included in the consolidated statement of operations data was as follows:

 

  

     

Cost of revenue:

                   

Subscription

           6        10        11        8        12        6        24        16        24   

Professional services and other

           45        28        27        26        40        56        89        69        83   

Research and development

    152        180        195        212        174        195        189        133        146        153   

Sales and marketing

    106        147        196        242        233        255        278        428        412        475   

General and administrative

    179        166        275        338        331        300        292        395        429        441   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 437      $ 544      $ 704      $ 830      $ 772      $ 802      $ 821      $ 1,069      $ 1,072      $ 1,176   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
    September 30,
2013
    December 31,
2013
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
 
    (as a percentage of total revenue)        

Revenue:

                   

Subscription

    89     88     89     90     91     90     91     92     92     92

Professional services and other

    11        12        11        10        9        10        9        8        8        8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    100        100        100        100        100        100        100        100        100        100   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of Revenue:

                   

Subscription

    20        20        21        22        28        28        25        24        23        23   

Professional services and other

    14        12        11        10        11        12        12        11        11        10   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    34        32        32        32        38        40        37        35        34        33   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross profit

    66        68        68        68        62        60        63        65        66        67   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development

    24        20        20        19        18        21        21        18        19        18   

Sales and marketing

    75        66        68        64        69        68        73        64        66        63   

General and administrative

    12        13        15        20        20        19        16        20        20        17   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    111        99        103        103        107        108        110        102        105        98   

Loss from operations

    (45     (31     (35     (35     (45     (48     (47     (37     (39     (31
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

                   

Interest income

                                                                     

Interest expense

                                                                     

Other expense

                                                                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

                                                                     

Net loss

    (45 )%      (31 )%      (35 )%      (35 )%      (45 )%      (48 )%      (47 )%      (37 )%      (39 )%      (31 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We have historically experienced some seasonality in terms of when we enter into customer agreements for our services, mostly around the time where we change or increase our pricing structure for new customers. This seasonality is reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes is not immediately apparent, in our revenue, because we recognize subscription revenue over the term of the customer agreement, and substantially all of our customer agreements have terms of one year or less. As a result, a slowdown in our ability to enter into customer agreements may not be apparent in our revenue for the quarter, as the revenue recognized in any quarter is primarily from customer agreements entered into in prior quarters. Historical patterns should not be considered a reliable indicator of our future sales activity or performance.

Our revenue has increased over the periods presented above due to new customers purchasing our higher price product plans, existing customers increasing their use of our products and existing customers purchasing additional subscriptions. Our operating expenses generally have increased sequentially in every quarter primarily due to increases in headcount and other related expenses to support our growth. We anticipate our operating expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars in future periods as we invest in the long-term growth of our business.

Our gross margin declined in the first and second quarters of 2013 as we invested in growing our customer support organization and incurred higher costs associated with maintaining multiple hosting platforms while we migrated to a new version of our software. Our gross margin improved in the third and fourth quarters of 2013 and first and second quarters of 2014 as a result of increased revenue and decreased hosting costs.

 

59


Table of Contents

In addition, we may experience variances in total customers over a particular quarter for a variety of business reasons, and the extent to which we gain or lose customers over a particular quarter will not necessarily correlate to the changes in revenue in that quarter or in future periods. As a result of the foregoing factors, a slowdown in our ability to enter into customer agreements or to renew customer agreements may not be apparent in our revenue for the quarter, as the revenue recognized in any quarter is primarily from customer agreements entered into in prior quarters. In addition, we typically host our annual INBOUND conference in the third quarter of the year, increasing sales and marketing costs during that quarter.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of liquidity are cash, net accounts receivable and our credit facilities. The following table shows cash, working capital, net cash used in operating activities, net cash used in investing activities, and net cash provided by financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
    

(in thousands)

    (unaudited)  
              

Cash

   $ 13,972      $ 41,097      $ 12,643      $ 28,507      $ 7,302   

Working capital

     4,888        24,218        (10,859     6,744        (22,091

Net cash used in operating activities

     (12,529     (5,807     (19,808     (7,405     (4,894

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,834     (2,393     (9,170     (5,229     (5,876

Net cash provided by financing activities

     21,380        35,335        514        74        5,457   

Our cash at June 30, 2014 was held for working capital purposes. We believe our working capital and available borrowing amounts under our credit facilities are sufficient to support our operations for at least the next 12 months. If we decide in the future to pursue strategic acquisitions, we may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to fund those types of investments. $0.8 million of our cash at June 30, 2014 was held in accounts outside the United States. These funds would be subject to U.S. federal taxation if repatriated, with such tax liability partially offset by foreign tax credits, however we do not intend to repatriate these funds.

In September 2014, we amended our loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank to combine our $5.0 million growth capital line of credit and $30.0 million revolving line of credit into a single $35.0 million revolving line of credit. The interest rate on the new revolving line of credit is the bank’s prime rate plus 0.5% and is due in full in March 2016. Since June 30, 2014, we have drawn down an additional $13.0 million for a total outstanding amount of $18.0 million.

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities consists primarily of net loss adjusted for certain non-cash items, including stock-based compensation, depreciation and amortization and other non-cash charges, net. We expect that we will continue to use cash from operating activities in 2014 as we continue to invest in and grow our business.

Net cash used in operating activities during the six months ended June 30, 2014 primarily reflected our net loss of $17.7 million, offset by non-cash expenses that included $3.0 million of depreciation and amortization, $2.2 million in stock-based compensation, $0.3 million of provision for doubtful accounts and $0.2 million of non-cash rent expense. Working capital sources of cash included a $7.5 million increase in deferred revenue primarily resulting from the growth in the number of customers invoiced during the period and a $1.2 million increase in deferred rent associated with reimbursements by our landlord for leasehold improvements. These sources of cash were offset by a $2.3 million decrease in accounts receivable as a result of increased billings to customers consistent with the overall growth of the business.

 

60


Table of Contents

Net cash used in operating activities during the six months ended June 30, 2013 primarily reflected our net loss of $16.3 million, offset by non-cash expenses that included $2.0 million of depreciation and amortization, $1.6 million in stock-based compensation and $0.3 million of provision for doubtful accounts and $0.1 million of non-cash rent expense. Working capital sources of cash included a $4.9 million increase in deferred revenue primarily resulting from the growth in the number of customers invoiced during the period and a $1.3 million increase in accounts payable as a result of paying down incremental payables after period-end. These sources of cash were offset by a $1.0 million decrease in accounts receivable as a result of increased billings to customers consistent with the overall growth of the business.

Net cash used in operating activities during 2013 primarily reflected our net loss of $34.3 million, offset by non-cash expenses that included $4.5 million of depreciation and amortization, $3.5 million in stock-based compensation, $0.5 million of provision for doubtful accounts and $0.9 million of non-cash rent expense. Working capital sources of cash included an $8.8 million increase in deferred revenue primarily resulting from the growth in the number of customers invoiced during the period and a $4.3 million increase in accrued expenses as a result of a higher level of expenses consistent with the overall growth of the business. These sources of cash were offset by a $2.5 million decrease in accounts receivable as a result of increased billings to customers consistent with the overall growth of the business, a $3.4 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets resulting from a prepayment to one of our third party hosting service providers, a $1.2 million decrease in accounts payable resulting from paying down our accounts payable after year-end, and a $1.2 million decrease in deferred commission expense due to increased commission costs consistent with the overall growth of the business. The change in net cash used in operating activities from 2012 to 2013 is primarily due to increases in payments for employee payroll as we continued to invest in and grow our business.

Net cash used in operating activities during 2012 primarily reflected our net loss of $18.8 million, offset by non-cash expenses that included $2.7 million of depreciation and amortization, $2.5 million in stock-based compensation, $0.4 million of provision for doubtful accounts and $0.1 million of interest expense. Working capital sources of cash included a $7.8 million increase in deferred revenue due to the growth in the number of customers invoiced during the period, a $2.1 million increase in accrued expenses resulting from a higher level of expenses consistent with the overall growth of the business and a $1.2 million increase in accounts payable as a result of paying down incremental payables after year-end. These sources of cash were partially offset by a $3.1 million decrease in accounts receivable as a result of increased billings to customers consistent with the overall growth of the business. Net cash used in operating activities decreased from 2011 compared to 2012 because we sold more subscriptions with upfront payment terms and did not increase our headcount during the first half of 2012 at the same rate as we did in 2011.

Net cash used in operating activities during 2011 primarily reflected our net loss of $24.4 million, offset by non-cash expenses that included $1.9 million of depreciation and amortization, $4.6 million in stock-based compensation and $0.3 million of provision for doubtful accounts. Working capital sources of cash included a $3.7 million increase in deferred revenue resulting from the growth in the number of customers invoiced during the period and a $4.1 million increase in accrued expenses as a result of result of a higher level of expenses consistent with the overall growth of the business. These sources of cash were partially offset by a $1.4 million decrease in accounts receivable as a result of increased billings to customers consistent with the overall growth of the business and a $1.4 million decrease in deferred commission expense due to increased commission costs consistent with the overall growth of the business.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Our investing activities have consisted primarily of property and equipment purchases for computer-related equipment and capitalization of software development costs. Capitalized software development costs are related to new products or improvements to our existing software platform that expands the functionality for our customers. As our business grows, we expect that we will continue to invest in the expansion of, and improvements to, our leased spaces, both domestically and internationally.

 

61


Table of Contents

Net cash used in investing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2014 was $5.9 million. This consisted primarily of $4.9 million of purchased property and equipment and $2.4 million of capitalized software development costs, offset by $1.5 million of cash released from restrictions associated with the lease of our headquarters. In the six months ended June 30, 2014 we continued to invest in improvements to our leased space.

Net cash used in investing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2013 was $5.2 million. This consisted primarily of $2.3 million of purchased property and equipment, $1.5 million of capitalized software development costs and $1.2 million in cash restrictions related to a lease amendment to occupy more space in our headquarters. In the six months ended June 30, 2013 we continued to invest in improvements to our leased space.

Net cash used in investing activities during 2013 was $9.2 million. This consisted primarily of $4.4 million of purchased property and equipment and $3.4 million of capitalized software development costs. In 2013, we expanded our operations and the leased space of our headquarters in Cambridge, Massachusetts, and also invested in improvements to the leased space. In addition, we were required to restrict a portion of our cash balance as a security deposit for the additional leased space.

Net cash used in investing activities during 2012 was $2.4 million. This consisted primarily of $0.3 million to purchase property and equipment and $2.3 million of capitalized software development costs.

Net cash used in investing activities during 2011 was $1.8 million. This consisted primarily of $1.2 million to purchase property and equipment and $1.7 million of capitalized software development costs, and was partially offset by $1.0 million in cash we acquired in connection with the acquisition of Performable.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Our primary financing activities have consisted primarily of issuances of convertible preferred stock and debt to fund our operations and proceeds from the exercises of options. Cash flows used in financing activities in prior years consists primarily of repayment of long-term debt.

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, cash provided by financing activities consisted primarily of $2.0 million of proceeds received from option exercises and $5.0 million of proceeds received from the issuance of long-term debt. These sources of cash were offset by $1.5 million of payments of initial public offering costs.

For the six months ended June 30, 2013, cash provided by financing activities consisted primarily of $0.1 million of proceeds received from option exercises.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, cash provided by financing activities consisted primarily of $0.6 million of proceeds received from option exercises and was offset by $0.1 million used to repay capital leases.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, cash provided by financing activities was $35.3 million, consisting primarily of $35.1 million of net proceeds received from the issuance of Series E preferred stock and $0.7 million of proceeds received from option exercises, and was offset by $0.4 million used to repay long-term debt and $0.1 million used to repay capital leases.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, cash provided by financing activities was $21.4 million, consisting primarily of $21.3 million of net proceeds received from the issuance of Series D preferred stock and $0.2 million of proceeds received from option exercises, and was partially offset by $0.1 million used to repay long-term debt.

During the six months ended June 30, 2014, we increased our credit facilities to a total of $35.0 million and extended the term we could borrow on our capital line of credit through December 2014 and on our revolving line of credit through March 2016. We currently anticipate that our cash from operations and proceeds available under our credit facilities will be sufficient to meet our operational cash needs for at least the next twelve months.

 

62


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In preparing our financial statements, we make estimates, assumptions and judgments that can have a significant impact on our reported revenues, results of operations and net income or loss, as well as on the value of certain assets and liabilities on our balance sheet during and as of the reporting periods. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are necessary because future events and their effects on our results and the value of our assets cannot be determined with certainty, and are made based on our historical experience and on other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates may change as new events occur or additional information is obtained, and we may periodically be faced with uncertainties, the outcomes of which are not within our control and may not be known for a prolonged period of time. Because the use of estimates is inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We primarily generate revenue from multiple element arrangements, which typically include subscriptions to our online software solution and training and consulting services. Our customers do not have the right to take possession of the online software solution. Revenue from subscriptions, including additional fees for items such as incremental contacts, is recognized ratably over the subscription period beginning on the date the subscription is made available to customers. Substantially all subscription contracts are one year or less. We recognize revenue from training and consulting services as the services are provided. Amounts billed that have not yet met the applicable revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue.

As part of accounting for multiple element arrangements, we must assess if each component has value on a standalone basis and should be treated as a separate unit of accounting. There is an in-depth process that we undergo to determine the standalone value for each component where we determine if an individual component could be sold by itself or if the component is sold by other third parties. If the component has standalone value upon delivery, we account for each component separately. Subscription services have standalone value as they are often sold separate from all other services. Training and consulting services also have standalone value as they are sold separately by us and by third parties.

We allocate total arrangement fees to each element in a multiple element arrangement based on the relative selling price hierarchy of each element. We are not able to establish vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, the most reliable level of allocating standalone value, for our subscription and training and consulting services because of our pricing practices. We note that third party evidence, or TPE, the second most reliable level of allocating standalone value, is not appropriate for determining the standalone value for any of our services because the pricing for any similar third party subscription or training or consulting services is inconsistent. Therefore, we rely on best estimate of selling price, or BESP, to allocate value to the various components of our arrangements.

To determine BESP, we consider the median actual sales price of each type of subscription and training and consulting services. We then establish a reasonable range around the median pricing, typically plus or minus 20% of the median selling price. For any transactions where a deliverable falls outside of this range, we reallocate arrangement consideration amongst the deliverables using their respective median selling prices.

We pay our marketing agency partners a commission of the subscription sales price for sales to customers. The classification of the commission paid on our consolidated statements of operations depends on who is purchasing our subscription. In instances where the customer is purchasing the subscription, we are the primary obligor and record the commission paid to the agency partner as sales and marketing expense. When the agency partner purchases the subscription directly from us, we net the consideration paid to the partner against the

 

63


Table of Contents

associated revenue we recognize, as in these instances our customer is the partner and our remaining obligations are to the partner. We also do not believe we receive a tangible benefit from the payment back to the partner.

If our judgments change we would not expect to see a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Capitalized Software Development Costs

Software development costs consist of certain payroll and stock compensation costs incurred to develop functionality for our software platform, as well as certain upgrades and enhancements that are expected to result in enhanced functionality. We capitalize certain software development costs for new offerings as well as upgrades to our existing software platform. We amortize these development costs over the estimated useful life of two years on a straight-line basis. We believe there are two key estimates within the capitalized software balance, which are the determination of the useful life of the software and the determination of the amounts to be capitalized.

We determined that a two year life is appropriate for our internal-use software based on our best estimate of the useful life of the internally developed software after considering factors such as continuous developments in the technology, obsolescence and anticipated life of the service offering before significant upgrades. Based on our prior experience, internally generated software will generally remain in use for a minimum of two years before being significantly replaced or modified to keep up with evolving customer needs. While we do not anticipate any significant changes to this two year estimate, a change in this estimate could produce a material impact on our financial statements. For example, if we received information that indicated the useful life of all internally developed software was one year rather than two, our capitalized software balance would decrease by approximately 50% and our amortization expense would increase by 50% in the year of adoption of the change in estimate.

We determine the amount of internal software costs to be capitalized based on the amount of time spent by our developers on projects. Costs associated with building or significantly enhancing our software platform are capitalized, while costs associated with planning new developments and maintaining our software platform are expensed as incurred. There is judgment involved in estimating the stage of development as well as estimating time allocated to a particular project. A significant change in the time spent on each project could have a material impact on the amount capitalized and related amortization expense in subsequent periods.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize compensation expense for equity awards based on the fair value of the award and on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award based on the estimated portion of the award that is expected to vest.

Inherent in the valuation and recording of stock-based compensation, there are several estimates that we make, including in regard to valuation and expense that will be incurred. We apply estimated forfeiture rates to the awards based on analyses of historical data, including termination patterns, employee position and other factors. This is done to record the expense we expect to actually incur for employees that provide the required service time.

We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to measure the fair value of our option awards when they are granted. We estimate the value of common stock at the grant date with the help of an independent third party service provider. See “Valuation of Common Stock” below for further discussion of the valuation process. We use the daily historical volatility of companies we consider to be our peers. To determine our peer companies, we used the following criteria: software or software-as-a-service companies; similar histories and relatively comparable financial leverage; sufficient public company trading history; and in similar businesses and geographical markets. We used the peers’ stock price volatility over the expected life of our granted options to

 

64


Table of Contents

calculate the expected volatility. The expected term of employee option awards is determined using the average midpoint between vesting and the contractual term for outstanding awards, or the simplified method, because we do not yet have a sufficient history of option exercises. We consider this appropriate as we plan to see significant changes to our equity structure in the future and there is no other method that would be more indicative of exercise activity. The risk-free interest rate is based on the rate on U.S. Treasury securities with maturities consistent with the estimated expected term of the awards. We have not paid dividends and do not anticipate paying a cash dividend in the foreseeable future and, accordingly, use an expected dividend yield of zero.

The following table summarizes the assumptions, other than fair value of our common stock, relating to our stock options granted in the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, and in the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2011      2012      2013     2013     2014  
                         (unaudited)  

Dividend yield

                                     

Expected volatility

     49 - 52      48 - 51      46.8 - 54.7     47 - 53     47 - 51

Risk-free interest rate

     0.79 - 2.45      0.56 - 1.23      0.82 - 1.86     0.82 - 1.0     1.84 - 1.98

Expected term (in years)

     6.0         3.5 - 6.5         4.6 - 6.5        4.7 - 6.5        5.0 - 6.5   

In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures. We will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and other factors. Changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in our financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the share-based compensation expense recognized in our financial statements.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected term and forfeiture rate utilized in our stock-based compensation expense calculations on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may refine our estimates of expected volatility, expected term and forfeiture rates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

During 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014, we granted 1.19 million restricted stock unit awards, or RSUs, to certain directors, executives and key employees. Our stock-based compensation expense for RSUs is estimated at the grant date based on the fair value of our common stock. The RSUs vest upon the satisfaction of both a service condition and a performance condition. The service condition for a majority of the RSUs is satisfied over a period of four years. The performance condition will be satisfied on the earlier of (i) a sale of our company or (ii) the date that is six months following our initial public offering, in either case, prior to the earlier of (A) the expiration date or (B) the tenth anniversary of the grant date.

 

65


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2014, no stock-based compensation expense had been recognized for RSUs because a qualifying event for the awards’ vesting was not probable. In the quarter in which this offering is completed, we will begin recording stock-based compensation expense based on the grant-date fair value of the RSUs using the accelerated attribution method, net of estimated forfeiture. The following table summarizes, on an unaudited pro forma basis, the stock-based compensation expense related to the RSUs that we would incur during the quarter in which this offering is completed, assuming this offering was effective on June 30, 2014:

 

As of June 30, 2014

  

From Award Issue Date to June 30, 2014

Vested RSUs
Outstanding (1)

  

Unvested RSUs
Outstanding (2)

  

Pro Forma Stock-Based Compensation Expense

(in thousands)    (in thousands)

249

  

920

  

8,184

 

(1) For purposes of this table, “Vested” RSUs represent the shares underlying RSUs for which the service condition had been satisfied as of June 30, 2014.
(2) For purposes of this table, “Unvested” RSUs represent the shares underlying RSUs for which the service condition had not been satisfied as of June 30, 2014.

We estimate that the remaining unrecognized stock-based compensation expense relating to the RSUs would be approximately $7.2 million, after giving effect to estimated forfeitures and would be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.3 years if this offering became effective on June 30, 2014.

The following table estimates future stock-based compensation expense related to all outstanding equity awards, inclusive of the pro forma impact of RSUs discussed above, net of estimated forfeitures. The table does not take into account any stock-based compensation expense related to future awards that may be granted to employees, directors, or other service providers.

 

     2014      2015      2016      2017      2018      Total  
     (unaudited, in thousands)  

Performance awards

     2,849         2,957         1,115         244         9         7,174   

Stock-based awards with only service conditions

     2,413         4,095         2,667         1,036         271         10,482   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,262         7,052         3,782         1,280         280         17,656   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation of Common Stock

Given the absence of an active market for our common stock prior to our initial public offering, our board of directors was required to estimate the fair value of our common stock at the time of each option grant based upon several factors, including its consideration of input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations.

The exercise price for all stock options granted was at the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock, as estimated on the date of grant by our board of directors in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Each fair value estimate was based on a variety of factors, which included the following:

 

    our historical operating and financial performance;

 

    a discounted cash flow analysis;

 

    the market performance of comparable publicly traded technology companies;

 

    the identification and analysis of mergers and acquisitions of comparable technology companies;

 

    the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

66


Table of Contents
    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event such as an initial public offering or sale given prevailing market conditions and the nature and history of our business;

 

    any adjustments necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock; and

 

    U.S. and global economic market conditions.

We granted the following stock-based awards since January 1, 2013:

 

Grant Date

   Options
or RSUs
   Number
of
Awards
Granted
     Exercise
Price($)
     Award
Fair
Value at
Grant
Date($)
     Aggregate
Award
Fair
Value($)
 

February 6, 2013

   Options      138,417         13.14         6.09         842,960   

February 6, 2013

   RSUs      716,667         N/A         13.14         9,417,004   

March 8, 2013

   Options      5,000         13.14         6.06         30,300   

March 8, 2013

   RSUs      33,333         N/A         13.14         437,996   

May 30, 2013

   Options      278,396         13.41         6.72         1,870,821   

July 17, 2013

   Options      97,167         13.56         6.84         664,622   

October 24, 2013

   Options      162,667         14.40         7.20         1,171,202   

October 24, 2013

   RSUs      8,333         N/A         14.40         119,995   

November 4, 2013

   Options      100,000         14.40         7.26         726,000   

November 4, 2013

   RSUs      100,000         N/A         14.40         1,440,000   

December 4, 2013

   Options      148,033         14.67         7.32         1,083,602   

January 29, 2014

   Options      477,290         16.14         8.07         3,851,730   

January 29, 2014

   RSUs      249,417         N/A         16.14         4,025,590   

June 11, 2014

   Options      307,151         16.95         8.37         2,570,854   

June 11, 2014

   RSUs      79,300         N/A         16.95         1,344,135   

July 30, 2014

   Options      82,801         17.76         8.13         673,172   

July 30, 2014

   RSUs      11,333         N/A         17.76         201,274   

September 25, 2014

   Options      61,333         20.00         9.10         558,130   

September 25, 2014

   RSUs      275,000         N/A         20.00         5,500,000   

In connection with these fair value estimates for grants prior to September 2014, our common stock was generally estimated or reconciled using an income and market approach.

Under the income approach, the enterprise value is estimated by performing a discounted cash flow, or DCF, analysis. The fair value of our common stock determined in connection with the grants prior to 2014, was 50% weighted using the DCF analysis. The fair value of our common stock determined in connection with the grants made in 2014 was 40% weighted using the DCF analysis. The DCF analysis requires the development and analysis of the forecasted future financial performance of the company, including revenues, operating expenses and taxes, as well as working capital and capital asset requirements. The discrete forecast period analyzed extends to the point at which the company will be expected to have reached a steady state of growth and profitability. The projected cash flows are then discounted to a present value employing a discount rate that properly accounts for the estimated market weighted average cost of capital, as well as any risk unique to our cash flows. Finally, an assumption is made regarding the sustainable long-term rate of growth beyond the discrete forecast period, and a residual value is estimated and discounted to a present value. The sum of the present value of the discrete cash flows and the residual, or “terminal,” value represents the estimated fair value of the total enterprise value of the company. This value is then adjusted for non-operational assets, liabilities and interest bearing debt to conclude the equity value of the company.

Under the market approach, the enterprise value is estimated by performing a guideline public company, or GPC analysis, and a guideline transaction, or GT, analysis. The fair value of our common stock determined in connection with the grants prior to 2014, was 30% weighted using the GPC analysis and 20% using the GT

 

67


Table of Contents

analysis. The fair value of our common stock determined in connection with the grants made in 2014 were 40% weighted using the GPC analysis and 20% using the GT analysis.

The GPC analysis is based upon the premise that indications of value for a given entity can be estimated based upon the observed valuation multiples of comparable public companies, the equity of which is freely-traded by investors in the public securities markets. The first step in this analysis involves the selection of a peer group of companies from which it is believed relevant data can be obtained. The second step involves the calculation of the relevant valuation multiple or multiples for each company in the peer group. The final step involves the selection and application of the appropriate multiples to the relevant financial metrics of our company. Depending upon the nature of the multiple, the resulting value indication may then be adjusted for non-operational assets, liabilities and interest bearing debt to conclude the equity value of the company.

The guideline transaction analysis is based upon the premise that indications of value for a given entity can be estimated based upon the valuation multiples implied by transactions involving companies that are comparable to the subject company. The first step in this analysis involves the identification of transactions from which it is believed relevant data can be obtained. The second step involves the calculation of the relevant valuation multiple or multiples for each transaction in the comparable group. The final step involves the selection and application of the appropriate multiples to the relevant financial metrics of our company. Depending upon the nature of the multiple, the resulting value indication may then be adjusted for non-operational assets, liabilities and interest bearing debt to conclude the equity value.

Once the equity value is estimated it is then allocated among the various classes of securities to arrive at the fair value of the common stock. For this allocation, the OPM was used for all grants. The OPM entails allocating the equity value to the various share classes based upon their respective claims on a series of call options with strike prices at various value levels depending upon the rights and preferences of each class. A Black-Scholes option pricing model is employed to value the options, with an option term assumption consistent with management’s expected time to a liquidity event and a volatility assumption based on the estimated stock price volatility of a peer group of comparable public companies over a similar term. The differential in value between each successive option represents the value of that tranche, which is then allocated to all the share classes based on their percentage ownership claim at that level of value.

For each grant date the board and management estimated two different liquidity event scenarios (non-initial public offering and initial public offering) which were then applied to two different option pricing models (non- initial public offering and initial public offering) and weighted based on the board management’s expectations.

Applying the non- initial public offering and initial public offering OPMs result in an estimated marketable, minority fair value of our common stock for each grant date. A discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM, based both on an option based approach (put option) and empirical evidence from sources incorporating studies of companies with characteristics similar to ours is then applied, yielding a fair value of our common stock on a non-marketable, minority interest basis.

In connection with the determination by our board of directors of the fair value of our common stock for purposes of the September 25, 2014 equity grants, we assumed the completion of this offering and that a public market for our common stock had been created. We also considered the valuation range proposed by the underwriters, evidenced by the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus relative to our financial results, current economic and market conditions, the removal of any illiquidity discount and a 100% weighting that we would complete this offering. After such considerations, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $20.00 per share as of September 25, 2014, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus and granted stock options with an exercise price of $20.00 per share as well as restricted stock units on such date.

 

68


Table of Contents

Goodwill Impairment

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired entity over the net fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is assessed for impairment at least annually. We perform our annual impairment assessment on November 30 of each year. We operate under one reporting unit and as a result, evaluate goodwill impairment based on our fair value as a whole.

To determine the number of operating segments and reporting units that are present, we analyzed whether there is any customer, product or geographic information that drives the chief operating decision maker (our chief executive and operating officers) decisions on how to allocate resources and whether any segment management exists. Management has concluded that operating decisions are made at the consolidated company level and there is no segment management in place that reviews results of operations with the chief operating decision maker.

In assessing goodwill for impairment, an entity has the option to assess qualitative factors to determine whether events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying value, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. An entity can choose not to perform a qualitative assessment for any of its reporting units, and proceed directly to the use of the two-step impairment test.

When assessing goodwill for impairment for the year ended December 31, 2013, we decided to use the two-step quantitative analysis. We determined our enterprise value used a weighted average of (1) an income approach using a discounted cash flow analysis and (2) a market approach using comparable public company metrics to determine the fair value of our one reporting unit, the consolidated company. Based on the results of our most recent annual assessment performed on November 30, 2013, we concluded that the fair value of our reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount and there was no impairment of goodwill.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Contractual obligations are cash that we are obligated to pay as part of certain contracts that we have entered during our course a business. Below is a table that shows the projected outlays as of December 31, 2013:

 

            Payments due in:  
     Total      Less
than
1 Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More
than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Capital lease obligation

   $ 324       $ 135       $ 189       $       $   

Operating leases obligations

     38,690         4,257         10,730         11,995         11,708   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 39,014       $ 4,392       $ 10,919       $ 11,995       $ 11,708   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In October 2013, the Company extended its capital lease agreement for the purchase of equipment and financing of maintenance and installation costs with an original fair value of $299,000. The lease is payable in 36 monthly payments through September 2016. The total outstanding balance, including interest, financed under capital leases was $324,000 as of December 31, 2013 and $224,000 as of June 30, 2014.

The Company leases its office facilities under non-cancelable operating leases. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has leases that expire at various dates through 2020.

 

69


Table of Contents

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no material off-balance sheet arrangements at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, exclusive of operating leases and indemnifications on officers, directors and employees for certain events or occurrences while the officer, director or employee is, or was, serving at the Company’s request in such capacity.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We are not currently subject to significant foreign currency exchange risk. However, we have foreign currency risks related to our revenue and operating expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the Euro and British Pound Sterling. Decreases in the relative value of the U.S. dollar to other currencies may negatively affect our revenue and other operating results as expressed in U.S. dollars.

We have experienced and will continue to experience fluctuations in our net loss as a result of transaction gains or losses related to revaluing certain current asset and current liability balances that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the entities in which they are recorded. We recognized immaterial amounts of foreign currency gains and losses in each of the three years presented. We have not engaged in the hedging of our foreign currency transactions to date, we are evaluating the costs and benefits of initiating such a program and may in the future hedge selected significant transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar as we expand our international operation and our risk grows.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

We hold cash for working capital purposes. We do not have material exposure to market risk with respect to investments, as any investments we enter into are primarily highly liquid investments. We have a growth capital credit line and a revolving credit line which we had not utilized as of March 31, 2014. In the second quarter of 2014 we borrowed $5.0 million under the revolving credit line. The interest rate associated with the growth capital line is the prime lending rate plus 1%. The interest rate associated with the revolving line is the prime lending rate. A 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would not result in a material change in either our obligations under the lines of credit, even at the borrowing limit, or in the returns on our cash

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business. However, if our costs, in particular personnel, sales and marketing and hosting costs, were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Emerging Growth Company Status

Section 107 of the Jumpstart Our Small Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to not take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

 

70


Table of Contents

FOUNDERS’ LETTER FROM BRIAN HALLIGAN AND DHARMESH SHAH

Raise your hand if you know a business that would like more visitors to its website, more leads for its sales team—and more customers to fuel growth. Chances are your hand is up. We all know businesses that want to grow. There are millions of them.

Now, raise your hand if you love getting cold calls from eager sales people during dinner. Or spam emails with irrelevant offers in your inbox. How about pop-up ads when you’re trying to read an article on the Internet? No hands up? Didn’t think so. And, as it turns out, most other people share your sentiment.

The problem is that there’s a fundamental mismatch between how organizations are marketing and selling their offerings—and the way that people actually want to shop and buy.

The story behind a startlingly simple observation.

In 2004, we met as graduate students at MIT. Brian was helping venture-backed startups with their go-to-market strategy. He noticed something curious: the tried and true tactics (trade shows, email blasts and cold calling) that had worked at his previous companies simply weren’t effective anymore. Prospective customers had gotten really good at blocking out interruptive marketing and sales tactics.

Meanwhile, Dharmesh started a blog called OnStartups with reflections on entrepreneurship. The blog gained mass appeal and massive traffic, surprising us both. One topic interested us: why was a tiny blog written by a grad student with no budget able to get so much more traffic and interest than companies with professional marketing teams and big budgets?

Madison Avenue, we have a problem.

After many meetings, much coffee and the occasional wine or Belgian beer (a favorite for both of us), we came to a startlingly simple observation. People do not want to be interrupted by marketers or harassed by sales people. They want to be helped.

The world has changed dramatically: people no longer live, work, shop and buy as they did a decade or two ago. And yet, businesses still try to market and sell like it’s 1999.

Inbound: a more effective way to attract, engage, and delight.

Nothing is more powerful than an idea whose time has come.

We started talking about this transformation in how people shop and buy. We called the traditional method “outbound”—because it was fundamentally about pushing a message out, and started calling the new way “inbound.” Inbound is about pulling people in by sharing relevant information, creating useful content and generally being helpful .

The response was overwhelmingly positive and incredibly exciting. Inbound was an idea whose time had come.

Getting businesses off the sidelines and into the game.

The next question was—if the concept of inbound was so easy to understand and inspiring, why weren’t more businesses doing it? Why were millions of businesses sitting on the sidelines instead of tapping into the power of this transformation?

 

71


Table of Contents

The reason was clear: it was too hard to get started.

There were content management systems and SEO tools and social media applications and marketing automation tools and on...and on...and on. Many of these individual tools were great—but the task of gluing them together was Herculean. It wasn’t within the realm of mere mortals.

The issue wasn’t a lack of tools, but that there were too many . Too many products to learn. Too many passwords to remember. Too many bills to pay. And, too many phone numbers to call for help. We wanted to stop the madness.

We started HubSpot with one simple goal: make it easier to get going with inbound, so businesses could get growing. One platform to learn. One password to remember. One bill to pay. And, one phone number to call. One integrated system, designed from the ground up to transform how organizations market and sell.

Culture Code as competitive advantage.

To achieve our vision of transforming how organizations market and sell, we had to attract and retain the best people in the world. HubSpot’s culture is predicated on radical transparency, individual autonomy and enlightened empathy. We codified and publicly shared our approach to this different kind of workplace in HubSpot’s Culture Code slide deck. It has been viewed over a million times, shared on social media thousands of times, and received remarkable acclaim.

Our culture is a powerful weapon in the battle for amazing people.

A funny thing happened along the way…

When we started HubSpot in a tiny one-room office a block from the MIT campus, we thought we were starting a software company. We were wrong. We had not just started a software company, we had sparked an entire movement.

We believe we’re still in the early innings of what the inbound movement can and will become, and that we’ve built a company and a community that is ambitious, crazy and talented enough to transform how the world’s organizations market and sell.

We are very grateful to our 11,624 customers, 2,000 plus marketing agency partners, and millions of fans who support our mission to make the world inbound.

Success is making those that believed in you look brilliant.

We will work passionately to make you look brilliant.

Thanks for joining us on this journey.

Cheers,

Brian Halligan & Dharmesh Shah

 

72


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We provide a cloud-based marketing and sales software platform that enables businesses to deliver an inbound experience. An inbound marketing and sales experience attracts, engages and delights customers by being more relevant, more helpful, more personalized and less interruptive than traditional marketing and sales tactics. Our software platform features integrated applications to help businesses attract visitors to their websites, convert visitors into leads, close leads into customers and delight customers so that they become promoters of those businesses. These integrated applications include social media, search engine optimization, blogging, website content management, marketing automation, email, CRM, analytics and reporting.

People have transformed how they consume information, research products and services, make purchasing decisions and share their views and experiences. Today, customers are blocking out the tactics from the traditional marketing and sales playbook, such as cold calls, unsolicited emails and disruptive advertisements. Customers are taking more control of the purchasing process by using technology, including search engines and social media, to research products and services. Despite this transformation, most businesses are using an outdated marketing and sales playbook that is essentially the same today as it was 10 years ago. To compete effectively, we believe businesses need to deliver an inbound experience by adopting new strategies and technologies to attract, engage and delight customers.

We designed our all-in-one platform from the ground up to enable businesses to provide an inbound experience to their prospects and customers. At the core of our platform is a single inbound database for each business that captures its customer activity throughout the customer lifecycle. Our platform uses our centralized inbound database to empower businesses to create more personalized interactions with customers, such as personalized emails, personalized social media alerts, personalized websites and targeted alerts for sales people. We provide a comprehensive set of integrated applications on our platform, which offers businesses ease of use, power and simplicity. We designed and built our platform to serve a large numbers of customers of any size with demanding use cases.

While our platform can scale to the enterprise, we focus on selling to mid-market businesses, which we define as businesses that have between 10 and 2,000 employees, because we believe we have significant competitive advantages attracting and serving them. We efficiently reach these businesses at scale through our proven inbound go-to-market approach and more than 2,000 marketing agency partners worldwide. Our platform is particularly suited to serving the needs of mid-market B2B companies. These mid-market businesses seek an integrated, easy to implement and easy to use solution to reach customers and compete with organizations that have larger marketing and sales budgets. As of June 30, 2014, we had 11,624 customers of varying sizes in more than 70 countries, representing almost every industry.

We have a leading brand in the cloud-based inbound marketing and sales software industry. Our brand recognition comes from our thought leadership, including our blog, which attracts more than 1.5 million visits each month, and our commitment to innovation. Our founders, Brian Halligan and Dharmesh Shah, wrote the best-selling marketing book Inbound Marketing: Get Found Using Google, Social Media and Blogs . We also have one of the largest social media followings in our industry and our INBOUND conference is one of the largest inbound industry events, with over 10,000 registered attendees in 2014.

We sell our platform on a subscription basis. Our total revenue increased from $28.6 million in 2011, to $51.6 million in 2012 to $77.6 million in 2013, representing year-over-year increases of 81% in 2012 and 50% in 2013. Our total revenue increased from $35.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to $51.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, representing a period-over-period increase of 46%. We had net losses of $24.4 million in 2011, $18.8 million in 2012, $34.3 million in 2013, $16.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, and $17.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

 

73


Table of Contents

Industry Background

People Have Changed How They Interact with Businesses

We believe an effective way to illustrate how people have transformed the way they consume information, research products and services, make purchasing decisions and share their views and experiences is by describing two hypothetical people—Traditional Ted and Modern Meghan.

Traditional Ted is an executive at a 300 person company in 2004. He keeps up to date on his industry by attending trade shows and reading the monthly industry print publication, often scanning the ads to see the vendors’ new products. He gets a fair amount of unsolicited emails from salespeople and marketers and sees an increasing number of ads on websites he visits. He also takes sales calls from vendors to stay current on industry developments. Ted opens his mail daily, and when his phone rings, he answers it because it is a critical communication tool. When Ted is looking for a new vendor, he will try to recall the ads he has seen recently or go through the brochures he has been mailed which he keeps in a file in his desk. If Ted is frustrated with a vendor, he calls the vendor and tells a couple of his colleagues about his bad experience. To relax, Ted watches TV and reads the newspaper, both of which contain advertisements.

Modern Meghan is an executive at a 300 person company in 2014. She keeps up to date on her industry by reading a number of industry blogs, following key companies and influencers on Twitter and LinkedIn and listening to podcasts in her car during her commute. She has an ad blocker running in her web browser and an email filter to block out unwanted messages. She rarely checks her mail because it is mostly “junk.” Meghan does not have a landline phone because “only salespeople call me there,” and she never answers her smartphone unless she recognizes the number. Meghan spends much more time on her phone using apps and the web than she does talking on it. If she is looking for a vendor for something her company needs, she starts by searching on Google and then asking her peers in her LinkedIn network about their experiences with different vendors. She does not even bother to talk to any of the vendor’s salespeople until she has narrowed the list and has already completed most of her decision-making process. When Meghan has trouble with one of her vendors, she contacts the vendor, but if she is not satisfied with the response, she sometimes writes a negative review online and posts a link to it on Twitter. In her free time, Meghan relaxes by watching TV shows she has previously recorded on her DVR so she can fast forward through the commercials.

We believe all of us are becoming more like Modern Meghan and less like Traditional Ted. Yet, most businesses are still doing marketing, sales and service as if everyone is like Ted. To be effective today, businesses need to transform to attract, engage and delight customers like Meghan.

The Traditional Business Playbook is Broken

Traditionally, most businesses have followed the same marketing and sales playbook to generate leads, close sales and provide support to their customers. Today, however, customers are increasingly selecting their own communication channels and expecting personalized experiences. They are blocking out traditional marketing and sales tactics, such as cold calls, unsolicited emails and disruptive advertisements, and instead, they are using search engines and social media to research products and services before they contact a vendor. Customers are increasingly taking more control of the purchasing process and influencing the purchasing behavior of others.

Customers are blocking out traditional marketing and sales tactics. Customers are ignoring traditional marketing and sales tactics, often by using technology to block them out. For example:

 

    There are over 223 million phone numbers that have been placed on the U.S. Do Not Call registry.

 

    91% of people have unsubscribed from email marketing lists.

 

    Email services and spam filters are increasingly enabling customers to filter out and de-prioritize promotional messages.

 

74


Table of Contents
    68% of people who record TV content do so to skip advertisements, according to a recent Motorola Mobility study based on data collected in December 2012.

 

    Online advertising has limited engagement. According to DoubleClick, as of March 26, 2014, overall 3-month average industry click-through rates on display ads is only 0.2%.

Customers are taking control of the purchasing process. Customers can now get the information they need on their own terms. Using search engines, social media and websites, customers can research vendors and actively seek recommendations from members of their social networks. As a result, customers no longer need to talk to a salesperson until they have completed most of their purchasing decision. This limits the amount of influence businesses can have on purchase decisions when using the traditional business playbook. A 2012 Corporate Executive Board (CEB) study of more than 1,400 business-to-business customers across industries revealed that 57% of a typical purchase decision is already made before a customer even talks to a supplier.

Customers are influencing the purchasing behaviors of others. Customers are relying less on the promotional material from businesses and instead using online reviews and input from other purchasers to make their purchasing decision. Such social behavior is self-reinforcing: social buyers themselves are social sellers who influence others’ purchasing decisions. According to a survey conducted by Dimensional Research in 2013, 88% of respondents said that online reviews influenced their buying decisions. In addition, the Social Media Report published by Nielsen and NM Incite in 2011 revealed that 60% of consumers researching products through multiple online sources learned about a specific brand or retailer through social networking sites.

Businesses Need a New Playbook—The Inbound Experience

Businesses need a more effective way to attract, engage and delight customers who have access to an abundance of information and an ability to block traditional marketing and sales tactics. To do this, businesses need to deliver an inbound experience, which enables them to be more helpful, more relevant and less interruptive to their customers.

To deliver an inbound experience, businesses need to transform how they market, sell and serve customers.

 

    Marketing: Businesses need to attract potential customers by maximizing search engine rankings, having an engaging social media presence, and creating and distributing useful and relevant content. Businesses need to personalize their customer interactions on websites, in social media and in emails to engage customers.

 

    Sales: Businesses need to build relationships with potential customers and become their trusted advisors. They must learn about and react to the signals being sent by customers through websites, social media and emails, to provide personalized and helpful responses.

 

    Service: Businesses need to delight their customers and inspire them to become vocal promoters by exceeding their expectations. Every customer has a stronger, more public voice today through blogs and social media, underscoring the importance of positive reviews and referrals in building a quality brand.

Existing Applications are Not Adequate for an Integrated Inbound Experience

Today, businesses often use a variety of point applications for their marketing and sales efforts, including advertising, marketing automation, content management, blogging, social media management, analytics, sales management and CRM. Most of these point applications were not designed to deliver an inbound experience. Typically, they do not provide a central view of all customer interactions across channels, are difficult and expensive to implement and use together, and make it hard to measure results. We believe that these existing point applications were not designed with the platform, architecture and functionality necessary to deliver a seamless integrated inbound experience.

 

75


Table of Contents

Not Designed for an Inbound Experience. Traditional marketing applications through rely on advertising and cold calling for lead generation instead of inbound methods. These applications are not designed to personalize and optimize every interaction with customers on websites, in social media and by email across devices, and do not typically allow sales and service teams to see the signals their prospects are sending in real time.

No Centralized Inbound Database of Customer Interactions. Businesses typically need to use one point application for website content management, a different point application for blogging, another point application for social media management, another point application for email and marketing automation, another point application for content personalization, another point application for analytics, another point application for sales management and CRM, and yet another point application to alert salespeople of key customer signals in real time. This disparate collection of point applications makes it difficult to get a 360-degree view of a customer’s interactions and use that data to provide a better customer experience and drive a more effective marketing and sales process. In addition, existing point applications are typically not designed to manage, process and analyze all of the customer data created by these various touchpoints because they use older technologies, not big data technologies such as HBase, Hadoop that are designed for massive scale.

Difficult and Expensive to Implement and Use. Using a collection of disparate point applications means a separate implementation process for each. Often businesses will need to use outside consultants or hire new employees with specific technical expertise to implement and use these different applications, resulting in significant additional costs. This collection of disparate point applications also requires that businesses manage a variety of different log-ins and user interfaces, as well as get support from different vendors, often just to do something the business sees as one process, such as running a marketing campaign. While ease of implementation and use are important for businesses of all sizes, they are critical for mid-market businesses.

Hard to Measure Results. Because all the customer touchpoints through the marketing, sales and service processes are typically stored in different disconnected point applications, it is very difficult to get a 360-degree view of a customer’s interactions and measure the effectiveness of marketing and sales programs. Businesses will often purchase yet another application to try to measure results across their multiple applications, adding even more expense and complexity to an already complex collection of different point applications.

Market Opportunity

We believe there is a large market opportunity created by the fundamental transformation in marketing and sales. Businesses of nearly all sizes and in nearly all industries can benefit from delivering an inbound experience to attract, engage and delight their customers. We focus on selling our platform to mid-market businesses. As of June 30, 2014, we had 11,624 customers, and our average subscription revenue per customer in the three months ended June 30, 2014 was $8,823. According to AMI Partners, in 2013, there were 1.6 million of these mid-market businesses with a website presence in the United States and Canada and 1.3 million in Europe. According to a January 2014 study by Mintigo of 186,500 U.S.-based B2B companies of varying sizes, only 3% of those companies had implemented any of the most common marketing automation applications.

We believe our platform addresses several segments of existing marketing, sales and services software and that spending in each of these segments will increasingly shift to platforms that enable an inbound experience. According to a May 2013 report by IDC, worldwide spending on CRM applications, including marketing automation, sales automation, customer service and contact center, was forecast to be $22.3 billion in 2013 and is expected to grow to $29.0 billion in 2017.

Advantages of Our Solution

We provide a cloud-based, all-in-one inbound marketing and sales software platform that helps businesses attract, engage and delight customers throughout the customer lifecycle. Our platform features a central inbound

 

76


Table of Contents

database of customer interactions and integrated applications to help businesses attract visitors to their websites, convert visitors into leads, close leads into customers and delight customers so they become promoters of those businesses.

Designed for an Inbound Experience. Our platform was architected from the ground up to enable businesses to transform their marketing and sales playbook to meet the demands of today’s customers. Our platform includes integrated applications to help businesses efficiently attract more customers through search engine optimization, social media, blogging and other useful content. In addition, our platform is designed to help businesses personalize and optimize interactions with their customers through websites, landing pages, social media and emails, and across devices.

Ease of Use of All-In-One Platform. We provide a set of integrated applications on a common platform, which offers businesses ease of use and simplicity. Our platform has one login, one user interface, one inbound database and one number to call for support: 888-HUBSPOT. Our platform is designed to be used by people without technical training, does not require an expert or technical system administrator and was built to make it easy to get started. Because of its ease of use and integration, our platform enables businesses to focus on attracting, engaging and delighting customers, instead of spending time and money coordinating their marketing and sales efforts across multiple point applications.

Power of All-In-One Platform. At the core of our platform is a single inbound database for each business that captures its customer activity throughout the customer lifecycle. For example, our platform creates a unified timeline incorporating all the interactions with a particular person. If a business’s customer visits its website, comments on its blog, opens an email it sent, interacts with the business on Twitter, watches one of its videos, fills out a form, or is marked as a sales opportunity by its salesperson, all of that activity is centrally managed and presented on the timeline for that contact and is available for use across our applications. Our platform also makes it easy to use the customer data to empower more personalized interactions with the customer, such as personalized social media alerts, personalized content on a business’s website, personalized emails and targeted alerts to its sales people.

Clear ROI for Customers. Our platform delivers proven and measurable results for our customers. Our customers often experience significant increases in the volume of traffic to their websites, the volume of inbound leads and the rate of converting leads into customers. Based on our analysis of customer use in 2012 and 2013, our customers experienced, on average, a 5.7x increase in the number of leads that they generated after 12 months of active use of our platform. See “Market, Industry and Other Data.”

Scalability. Our platform was designed and built to serve a large number of customers of any size and with demanding use cases. Our platform currently processes billions of data points each week, and we use leading global cloud infrastructure providers and our own automation technology to dynamically allocate capacity to handle processing workloads of all sizes. We have built our platform on modern technologies, including HBase and Hadoop, which we believe are more scalable than traditional database technologies. Our scalability gives us flexibility for future growth and enables us to service a large variety of businesses of different sizes across different industries.

Extendable and Open Architecture. Our platform features a variety of open APIs that allows easy integration of our platform with other applications. We enable our customers to connect our platform to their other applications, including CRM and ecommerce applications. By connecting third-party applications, our customers can leverage our centralized inbound database to perform additional functions and analysis.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that our market leadership position is based on the following key strengths:

Leading Platform. We have designed and built a world-class, inbound marketing and sales software platform. We believe our customers choose our platform over others because of its powerful, integrated and easy

 

77


Table of Contents

to use applications. Independent customer reviews and ratings of our platform compared to other applications show that we have high customer satisfaction. As of June 30, 2014 on G2Crowd (an independent business software and services review website), the features and functions of our platform were ranked #1 in customer satisfaction in the following categories: marketing automation, social media management, email marketing, search marketing and web analytics.

Market Leadership and Strong Brand. We are a recognized thought leader in the cloud-based inbound marketing and sales software industry with a leading brand. Our founders, Brian Halligan and Dharmesh Shah, wrote the best-selling marketing book Inbound Marketing: Get Found Using Google, Social Media and Blogs . More than 55,000 copies have been sold and is available in eight languages. There are more than 100 self-organized HubSpot user groups. We also have over 1.1 million followers and fans among Twitter, Facebook and LinkedIn as of June 30, 2014, including approximately 108,000 members of LinkedIn who belong to our inbound marketers group. Our INBOUND conference is one of the largest inbound industry conference events with attendance increasing from 1,100 in 2011 to over 10,000 registered attendees in 2014. We currently hold the world record for the largest online marketing seminar with 10,899 live participants. We believe that it is inherently hard to replicate the number of websites that link to us, the volume of useful content we have published, our large social media following, the breadth of our search engine rankings and our overall brand strength because these assets cannot be easily purchased or built.

Large and Growing Agency Partner Program. More than 2,000 agencies partner with us for the value of our platform to their business including being able to offer new inbound marketing and sales services to their clients which can grow their revenue per customer, attract new customers and increase the portion of their clients on a retainer relationship. We believe that the wide adoption of our platform in the marketing agency industry is evidence that we are becoming an industry standard. Marketing agency partners and customers referred to us by our marketing agency partners represented approximately 42% of our customers as of June 30, 2014 and 33% of our revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014. These marketing agency partners help us to promote the vision of the inbound experience, efficiently reach new mid-market businesses at scale and provide our mutual customers with more diverse and higher-touch services.

Mid-Market Focus. We believe we have significant competitive advantages reaching mid-market businesses and efficiently reach this market at scale as a result of our proven inbound go-to-market approach and our agency partner channel. In the second quarter of 2014, over 85% of the new leads we generated and approximately 93% of our new customers were from inbound marketing and did not have any advertising costs associated with them. We believe our large inbound marketing footprint and agency partner program provide competitive advantages in reaching mid-market businesses.

Powerful Network Effects. We have built a large and growing ecosystem around our platform and company. We have built what we believe is the largest engaged audience in our industry, which now comprises more than 2 million people between our blog subscribers, Twitter followers, Facebook fans, LinkedIn connections and our opt-in email list. We have attracted more than 2,000 marketing agency partners worldwide who promote our brand and extend our marketing and sales reach. Thousands of our customers integrate third-party applications with our platform using our built-in connectors and third-party developer partners. We have trained and certified more than 10,000 marketers on inbound marketing. Our annual INBOUND conference attracted more than 10,000 registered attendees in 2014. We believe this ecosystem drives more businesses and professionals to embrace the inbound playbook. As our engaged audience grows, more agencies partner with us, more third-party developers integrate their applications with our platform, and more professionals complete our certification programs, all of which drive more businesses to adopt our platform.

 

78


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategy

The key elements to our growth strategy are:

Grow Our U.S. Customer Base. The market for our platform is large and underserved. Mid-market businesses are particularly underserved by existing point application vendors and often lack sufficient resources to implement complex solutions. Our all-in-one platform allows mid-market businesses to efficiently adopt and execute an effective inbound marketing strategy to help them expand and grow. We will continue to leverage our inbound go-to-market approach and our network of marketing agency partners to keep growing our domestic business.

Increase Revenue from Existing Customers. With 11,624 customers in more than 70 countries spanning many industries, we believe we have a significant opportunity to increase revenue from our existing customers. We plan to increase revenue from our existing customers by expanding their use of our platform, selling to other parts of their organizations and upselling additional offerings and features. Our scalable pricing model allows us to capture more spend as our customers grow, increase the number of their customers and prospects managed on our platform, and require additional functionality available from our higher price tiers and add-ons, providing us with a substantial opportunity to increase the lifetime value of our customer relationships.

Keep Expanding Internationally. There is a significant opportunity for our inbound platform outside of the United States. As of June 30, 2014, approximately 20% of our customers were located outside of the United States and these customers generated approximately 21% of our total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014, but we sell to those foreign customers from both our U.S. and Ireland based operations. We intend to grow our presence in international markets through additional investments in local sales, marketing and professional service capabilities, as well as by leveraging our agency partner network. We opened our first international office focused on the European market in January 2013. We already have significant website traffic from regions outside the United States and we believe that markets outside the United States represent a significant growth opportunity.

Continue to Innovate and Expand Our Platform. Mid-market businesses are increasingly realizing the value of having an integrated marketing, sales and service platform. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on this opportunity by introducing new products and applications to extend the functionality of our platform. For example, in 2013, we launched our Sidekick product designed to empower sales professionals to benefit from real-time interaction data to engage with their most relevant prospects.

Selectively Pursue Acquisitions. We plan to selectively pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies and teams that would allow us to add new features and functionalities to our platform and accelerate the pace of our innovation.

Our Products

All-in-one Marketing and Sales Platform

Designed from the ground up to deliver an inbound experience, our software platform enables businesses to attract, engage and delight customers. At the core of our platform is a single inbound database of customer information. This allows a complete view of customer interactions across all of our integrated applications, giving our platform substantial power. This integration makes it possible to personalize web content, social media engagement and email messages across devices, including mobile. The integrated applications on our platform have a common user interface, are accessed through a single login and are based on our inbound database. The following diagram sets forth the principal applications of our platform and how businesses use them in the various parts of the marketing and sales funnel.

 

79


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Content Optimization System (COS). Our COS applications are part content management system and part personalization engine, enabling businesses to create new and edit existing web content while also personalizing their websites for different visitors and optimizing their websites to convert more visitors into leads and customers. Features include:

 

    Business Blogging —Designed for lead generation, our blog includes “get-as-you-type” SEO tips for how to improve articles, built-in social media integration to automatically post new articles in social media, mobile optimization that automatically optimizes posts for smartphones and tablets, and integrated analytics that allow marketers to see the performance of each post and their blogging overall.

 

    Website Pages —A flexible system to build modern websites with responsive design, which means websites are dynamically optimized for desktops, laptops, tablets and smartphones without the need for maintaining different website versions for each device type.

 

    Smart Content —Display customized text, images or other content to customers to provide a personalized experience based on any information stored in the inbound database.

 

    Landing Pages and Forms —Easily build lead-capture forms and create landing pages with the ability to test and optimize different designs to improve conversion rates.

 

    Calls-to-Action —Create buttons and callouts that direct visitors to landing pages, with the ability to optimize click-through rates by testing different designs and messages.

Search Engine Optimization (SEO). Our SEO applications are tightly integrated into all of the content applications on our platform, making it easy to select the right keywords and optimize content to attract more visitors from search engines. Features include:

 

    Keywords —Identify which search terms are used more frequently and are better opportunities, and track results on each keyword.

 

    Page Performance —Generate automated diagnostic reports about which web pages are not properly optimized, including instructions on what to fix and how to fix it.

 

80


Table of Contents

Social Inbox. Our social media applications allow businesses to monitor, publish and track social media across Facebook, LinkedIn, Twitter and Google+, leveraging the personalized information about each contact stored in the inbound database. Features include:

 

    Monitoring —Monitor social media messages not just for keywords, but also using segmented lists created based on criteria in the inbound database such as active sales opportunities or customers who purchased in the last 30 days, and set alerts to be sent when new messages are posted meeting these criteria.

 

    Publishing —Schedule messages to be posted at any time in multiple Twitter accounts, as well as personal pages, business pages and groups on LinkedIn, Google+ and Facebook.

 

    Analysis —Measure which posts get the most engagement including the number of website visits, new contacts and new customers generated from each post.

Marketing Automation and Email. Businesses can execute, manage and analyze sophisticated email marketing campaigns and segment and personalize emails using sophisticated triggers such as viewing a video, completing a form, or interacting via social media. Features include:

 

    Advanced Segmentation —Use all the information in the inbound database to create highly segmented groups for more personalized and engaging email marketing.

 

    Personalization —Dynamically personalize the content of emails including the sender, images and text based on the information about the recipient in the inbound database.

 

    Sophisticated Campaign Workflows —Create sophisticated marketing automation workflows that continue to automatically engage leads by using, for example, time delays of various lengths and multiple follow up emails that are customized based on different user actions or behavior.

 

    Lead Scoring —Create a custom lead score based on the behavior and attributes of a potential customer, such as visiting a specific web page, watching certain videos, opening certain emails, having a certain job title, or other custom data in the inbound database. Define which leads are sent to the CRM system for sales engagement based on these criteria.

 

    Analysis— Measure email open rates, click-through rates and other email marketing metrics.

Sidekick. Our Sidekick product enhances the productivity of sales representatives. Businesses can track the signals being sent by potential customers including email engagement and website visits, and easily discover new contacts and connections with other businesses enabling sales representatives to focus on prospects who have demonstrated interest. Features include:

 

    Email Engagement Notifications —Get real-time alerts when email messages are opened or clicked by potential customers to know when they are engaged with messages.

 

    New Lead and Website Visit Alerts Receive real time notifications of new leads assigned to a salesperson as well as notifications about when and where an existing lead visits a business’s website to help salespeople more easily engage with potential customers.

 

    Email Templates and CRM Tracking —Use the email templates stored in salesforce.com directly in Outlook, Gmail or Mac Mail email, removing the need for copying and pasting email addresses and templates from window to window. Track the emails sent from Outlook, Gmail and Mac Mail in most CRM systems.

 

    Contact Insights —Learn about more contacts at a potential customer when visiting its website or sending an email, identify other connections to a potential customer and add new contacts to a CRM with one click.

 

81


Table of Contents

CRM Sync. Businesses can synchronize information from our inbound database with their CRM application, enabling seamless transition from marketing to sales. Our native and third-party CRM integration features include:

 

    Bi-directional Syncing —Changes in HubSpot and the CRM are automatically updated in the other system regardless of where the information originated.

 

    Inclusion Lists —Define which leads automatically sync to the CRM by setting conditions based on lead score or any other criteria in the inbound database.

 

    Lead Intelligence —Information from the contact timeline such as recent website visit or social media engagement is displayed in the CRM making it easy for sales to leverage the data in the inbound database.

 

    Closed Loop Reporting —Track which marketing activity was the original source of a new customer and measure in aggregate which campaigns are driving more or less sales.

HubSpot CRM. Businesses can track their interactions with contacts and companies, manage their sales activities and report on their pipeline and sales.

 

    Contact Management Manage contact information for people and companies. Track the history of every interaction with those contacts.

 

    Salesforce Automation Track active sales deals, store notes, track calls and meetings, and create tasks and reminders for follow-up with customers.

 

    Pipeline Reporting Report on what deals are in what stage of the sales process with visibility for sales representatives and aggregate reporting for sales managers.

Reporting and Analytics . Businesses can use our reporting and analytics functionality built into our platform to measure which activities are attracting the most new leads and customers, develop a deeper understanding of their customers and measure the effectiveness of campaigns across the customer lifecycle.

 

    Sources —Track website visitors, new leads and new customers according to how they first found a business, helping to measure the effectiveness of different marketing channels.

 

    Competitors —Track key inbound metrics against competition including the number of inbound links, social media followers and the relative website traffic.

 

    Campaigns —Create collections of different marketing and sales assets like blog posts, emails, landing pages and keywords and track them all in one place to measure the impact of a specific marketing and sales campaign.

 

    Attribution —Identify what marketing activity led to a key event in the marketing and sales process, such as conversion into a lead or a purchase, using various analytical models.

 

    Events —Track and analyze a variety of custom events such as video views or custom webpage interactions to understand the effect those actions have on lead generation and sales.

 

    Revenue —Report on the revenue generated by marketing and sales activity, including segmentation by deal stage, amount and close date.

Product Packaging

In 2012, we began pricing and packaging our products based on product plans, number of contacts and add-ons. We sell three product plans, each of which includes key functionality of our core platform but also includes different applications to meet the needs of the various businesses we serve.

HubSpot Basic is our entry level plan starting at $2,400 per year. This plan includes our platform with applications such as blogging, landing pages, Social Inbox, email marketing, and analytics and reporting.

 

82


Table of Contents

HubSpot Pro is our plan for professional marketers starting at $9,600 per year. This plan includes the platform with all the applications included in HubSpot Basic plus more advanced applications such as CRM integration, marketing automation and smart content.

HubSpot Enterprise is an advanced plan for marketing teams starting at $28,800 per year. This plan includes our platform with all the applications included in HubSpot Pro, plus more sophisticated applications such as A/B testing and optimization, tracking custom events and advanced reporting capabilities.

Pricing for all plans is on a subscription basis and customers pay additional fees above the starting prices based on how many contacts will be stored and tracked in the inbound database. We generate additional revenue based on the purchase of additional subscriptions and applications and the number of account users, subdomains and website visits.

Add Ons. We also sell applications that are not included in any of our three plans on an add-on basis.

 

    CMS allows a business to build, edit and manage an entire website on our platform. CMS has a per-month fee in addition to the fee paid for our inbound platform, which is required to use CMS.

 

    Sidekick notifies salespeople of the activity of their most highly engaged potential customers. The Starter version is free and includes a limited number of notifications and features, while the Power User version has a per-user fee and includes unlimited notifications and all available features. More than 130,000 individuals with a free or paid Sidekick account used our Sidekick product during August 2014.

Our Services

We complement our product offerings with professional services and support. The majority of our services and support is offered over the phone and via web meeting technology rather than in-person, which is a more efficient business model for us and more cost-effective for our customers.

Consulting Services. We offer consulting services to educate and train customers on how to leverage our software platform and inbound marketing methodology to transform how their business attracts, engages and delights customers. Depending on which product plan and services a customer buys, it either receives group training and education in online classes or one-on-one training and advice from one of our consultants by phone and web meeting. Our consulting services are also available to customers who need additional assistance on a one-time or ongoing basis for an additional fee.

Support. In addition to assistance provided by our online articles and customer discussion forums, we offer phone and email-based support staffed in the United States and Ireland, which is included in the cost of a subscription. We strive to maintain an exceptional quality of customer service. We continuously monitor key customer service metrics such as phone hold time, ticket response time and ticket resolution rates, and we monitor the customer satisfaction of our customer support interactions. We believe our customer support is an important reason why businesses choose our platform and recommend it to their colleagues.

 

83


Table of Contents

Our Customers

We have 11,624 customers in more than 70 countries, representing many industries. No single customer represented more than 1% of our revenue in 2011, 2012, and 2013 or the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014. The following sets forth a list of representative customers:

 

LOGO

By using our platform to deliver an inbound experience, many customers benefit from substantial increases in web traffic, leads and new customers, leading to a significant return on investment. The case studies below illustrate the results our customers have achieved by using our platform.

 

84


Table of Contents

ShoreTel

Situation : ShoreTel is a leading provider of IP phone systems and unified communications solutions. ShoreTel was frustrated that “last generation” marketing tools impeded its ability to execute its marketing strategies. The main application ShoreTel used was an enterprise marketing automation application from one of the leading traditional vendors, which it found to be inflexible, slow and not user-friendly.

Solution : The ShoreTel team evaluated a variety of leading marketing application vendors with a goal of finding a platform that was both easy to use and designed to help them offer an inbound experience. ShoreTel chose our platform over competitive marketing applications, because it found our platform to be the most comprehensive and complete, the easiest to use and the only platform designed to embrace an inbound experience.

Results : ShoreTel quickly saw the value of using our platform. Within the first two months, it was able to iterate and test new marketing automation workflows that led to a 100% increase in email nurturing response rates. After one year of using our platform, ShoreTel reported the following gains (year-over-year): 60% increase in traffic, 36% increase in leads and 110% increase in qualified leads.

AmeriFirst Home Mortgage

Situation : AmeriFirst Home Mortgage is a community mortgage banker specializing in lending to first-time home buyers. In business more than 25 years, AmeriFirst’s main challenge was taking the person to person business tactics it had always done and adapting them for the Internet era. AmeriFirst’s website served as an “online brochure” for more than a decade, but was not an effective channel to drive more business, and AmeriFirst struggled with using multiple point applications for its marketing and sales. AmeriFirst wanted to transform its web presence into a more efficient channel for growing its business and drive better ROI.

Solution : AmeriFirst moved from a variety of point applications to our platform and implemented an inbound experience throughout its marketing and sales functions. AmeriFirst uses our platform for blogging, SEO, social media, marketing automation and personalized content to attract more web visitors, engage its leads and provide more qualified sales opportunities to its sales team. AmeriFirst cut spending on traditional tactics like direct mail and phonebook advertising, and instead used our platform to focus on inbound marketing and sales that led to a better experience for AmeriFirst’s customers and better ROI for its business.

Results : After six months of using our platform, AmeriFirst reported that its monthly website traffic increased by 120% and monthly leads coming from its website grew more than 20-fold. After one year using our platform, AmeriFirst reported that its monthly web traffic grew 380% and leads grew by a factor of more than 51. After two years using our platform, AmeriFirst reported more than a 16-fold increase in monthly website traffic rates and 90 times as many leads coming from its website as compared to before. AmeriFirst attributed 147 new customers in the first year and 266 customers in the second year to its inbound marketing activities powered by our platform.

New Breed Marketing

Situation : New Breed Marketing was a traditional marketing agency specializing in branding and website design, though it would take on most marketing projects that came its way. New Breed lacked clear specialization, and the difficulty in proving long-term ROI to its clients left New Breed juggling numerous short-term projects rather than getting the long-term, retainer-based clients it desired. New Breed needed to transform its model to focus on longer-term client relationships. New Breed wanted a platform that would manage its own marketing as well as the marketing it did for clients all in one place, and a way to offer inbound marketing and sales services on a retainer basis to its clients.

 

85


Table of Contents

Solution : New Breed used our platform to manage a client’s entire marketing strategy with all of the applications and reporting available in one place. By embracing an inbound experience and offering a new set of inbound marketing and sales services, New Breed was better positioned to be a long-term, strategic partner for its clients, increasing the amount of retainer business and attracting new clients as well, both of which improved cash flow and profitability. With our platform, New Breed could better prove the ROI of a client’s investment in its agency, shifting New Breed’s status from tactical vendor to strategic partner.

Results: Beyond having the tools to prove ROI and technology that enhances its value proposition, New Breed Marketing has seen its own gains with re-launching on the COS. Within four months of launching its new website built on our content management application and implementing the rest of our platform, New Breed reported a 99% increase in monthly traffic, 61% increase in visitor to lead conversion and 100% increase in lead to customer conversion.

The data in the case studies set forth above as to increased visits, leads, qualified leads and conversions following implementation of our platform does not necessarily mean that our platform was the only factor causing such increases.

Our Technology

11,624 customers have chosen us as their marketing and sales platform, which we architected and built to be secure, highly distributed and highly scalable. Since our founding, we have embraced rapid, iterative product development lifecycles, cloud automation and open-source technologies, including big data platforms, to power marketing and sales programs and provide insights not previously possible or available.

Our platform is a multi-tenant, single code-based, globally available software-as-a-service delivered through web browsers or mobile applications. Our commitment to a highly available, reliable and scalable platform for businesses of all sizes is accomplished through the use of these technologies.

Modern Database Architecture. We process billions of data points weekly across various channels, including social media, email, SEO and website visits, and continue to drive nearly real-time analytics across these channels. This is possible because we built our database from the ground up using distributed big data technologies such as HBase and Hadoop to both process and analyze the large amounts of data we collect in our inbound database. Using modern database technologies, we can provide actionable insights across disparate data-sets in a manner not easily achievable or cost effectively, at scale or efficiently, with traditional databases or platform architectures.

Agility. Our infrastructure and development and software release processes allow us to update our platform for specific groups of customers or our entire customer base at any time. This means we can rapidly innovate and deliver new functionality frequently, without waiting for quarterly or annual release cycles. We typically deploy updates to our software platform hundreds of times a week, enabling us to gather immediate customer feedback and improve our product quickly and continuously.

Cost leverage. Because our platform was built on an almost exclusive footprint of open-source software and designed to operate in cloud-based data-centers, we have benefited from large-scale price reductions by these cloud computing service providers as they continue to innovate and compete for market share. As our processing volume continues to grow, we continue to receive larger volume discounts on a per-unit basis such as cost for storage, bandwidth and computing capacity. We also believe that our extensive use, and contribution to, open-source software will provide additional leverage as we scale our platform and infrastructure.

Scalability. By leveraging leading cloud infrastructure providers along with our automated technology stack, we are able to scale workloads of varying sizes at any time. This allows us to handle customers of all sizes and demands without traditional operational limitations such as network bandwidth, computing cycles, or storage capacity as we can scale our platform on-demand.

 

86


Table of Contents

Reliability. Our platform’s uptime during 2013 and the first six months of 2014 exceeded 99.9% while we delivered hundreds of product improvements through thousands of software releases in a continuous software delivery cycle. Customer data is distributed and processed across multiple data centers within a region to provide redundancy. We built our platform on a distributed computing architecture with no single points of failure and we operate across data-center boundaries daily. In addition to data-center level redundancy, this architecture supports multiple live copies of each data set along with snapshot capabilities for faster, point-in-time data recovery instead of traditional backup and restore methodologies.

Security. We leverage industry standard network and perimeter defense technologies, DDoS protection systems (including web application firewalls) and enterprise grade DNS services across multiple vendors. Our data-center providers operate and certify to high industry compliance levels. Due to the broad footprint of our customer base, we regularly test and evaluate our platform with trusted third-party vendors to ensure the security and integrity of our services.

As of June 30, 2014, we had 127 employees in our research and development organization. Our research and development expenses were $10.0 million in 2011, $10.6 million in 2012, $15.0 million in 2013, $6.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013 and $9.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014.

Marketing and Sales

We believe we are a global leader in implementing an inbound experience in marketing and sales. We believe that our marketing and sales model provides us with a competitive advantage, especially when targeting mid-market businesses, because we can attract and engage these businesses efficiently and at scale.

Inbound Marketing. Our marketing team focuses on inbound marketing and attracts over 40,000 new leads per month through our industry-leading blog and other content, free tools, large social media following, high search engine rankings and personalized website and email content. Inbound sources generated approximately 93% of our new customers and over 85% of new leads during the second quarter of 2014. We believe most companies of our size and scale typically have a far lower volume of lead generation with a much larger share of it coming from traditional advertising methods.

Inbound Direct Sales. Our sales representatives are based in our offices in Cambridge, Massachusetts and Dublin, Ireland and use phone, email and web meetings to interact with prospects and customers. The vast majority of revenue generated by our sales representatives originates with inbound leads produced by our marketing efforts.

Inbound Channel Sales. In addition to our direct sales team, we have sales representatives that manage relationships with our worldwide network of marketing agency partners who both use our platform for their own businesses and also, on a commissioned basis, refer customers to us. These marketing agencies partner with us not only to leverage our software platform and educational resources, but also to build their own business by offering new services and shifting their revenue mix to include more retainer-based business with a recurring revenue stream.

Employees and Culture

Transforming the business world to embrace the inbound experience requires a truly remarkable team. From the very beginning, our company was founded on a fundamental belief in radical transparency, individual autonomy and enlightened empathy.

 

87


Table of Contents

To that end, we published our “Culture Code,” a document codifying how we went about building a business that employees, customers and partners alike truly love. Our Culture Code slide deck has been viewed more than 1.2 million times on LinkedIn’s SlideShare and become an important element of our recruiting efforts. The seven core principles of our Culture Code are:

 

    We are maniacal about our mission and our metrics. Our mission is to make the world inbound and transform how organizations attract, engage and delight their customers.

 

    We empower every employee, at every level, to “Solve for the Customer”. We solve for the customer, company, team and self, in that order.

 

    We are radically transparent. We believe that power is gained by sharing knowledge, not hoarding it and we share nearly all business information with all of our employees no matter their title or position.

 

    We give ourselves the autonomy to be awesome. We trust and empower each employee to use good judgment, and believe that results should matter more than when or where they are produced and that influence should be independent of hierarchy.

 

    We are unreasonably picky about our peers. We value people who are humble, effective and predisposed to action, adaptable to charge, remarkable standouts and transparent with others and with themselves.

 

    We invest in individual mastery and market value. We want to be as proud of the people we build as we are of the company we build. We believe in investing in our people with ongoing learning, broad exposure and big challenges.

 

    We constantly question the status quo. We believe that remarkable outcomes rarely result from modest risk and we’d rather be failing frequently than never trying new things.

We take great pride in recruiting and retaining people with HEART: Humble, Effective, Adaptable, Remarkable and Transparent employees at every level of our company who want to transform the business world with inbound. We’ve been recognized as one of Boston’s Best Places to Work, a Best Place to Work for Recent Grads and one of Glassdoor’s Most Difficult Companies to Interview, and our policies on employee autonomy and transparency have been widely profiled in the media. At the end of the day, however, we do not just talk about culture, we measure it, just as we do the rest of our business. Our founders review our quarterly employee feedback metrics and surveys, respond to them and use them in executive team evaluations.

As of June 30, 2014, we had 719 full-time employees. Of these employees, 633 are based in the United States and 86 are located in Ireland.

Competition

Our market is evolving, highly competitive and fragmented, and we expect competition to increase in the future. We believe the principal competitive factors in our market are:

 

    vision for the market and product strategy and pace of innovation;

 

    inbound marketing focus and domain expertise;

 

    integrated all-in-one platform;

 

    breadth and depth of product functionality;

 

    ease of use;

 

    scalable, open architecture;

 

    time to value and total cost of ownership;

 

    integration with third-party applications and data sources; and

 

    name recognition and brand reputation.

 

88


Table of Contents

We believe we complete favorably with respect to all of these factors.

We face intense competition from other software companies that develop marketing software and from marketing services companies that provide interactive marketing services. Our competitors offer various point applications that provide certain functions and features that we provide, including:

 

    cloud-based marketing automation providers;

 

    email marketing software vendors; and

 

    large-scale enterprise suites.

In addition, instead of using our platform, some prospective customers may elect to combine disparate point applications, such as content management, marketing automation, analytics and social media management. We expect that new competitors, such as enterprise software vendors that have traditionally focused on enterprise resource planning or other applications supporting back office functions, will develop and introduce, or acquire, applications serving customer-facing and other front office functions.

Intellectual Property

Our ability to protect our intellectual property, including our technology, will be an important factor in the success and continued growth of our business. We protect our intellectual property through trade secrets law, copyrights, trademarks and contracts. Some of our technology relies upon third-party licensed intellectual property.

In addition to the foregoing, we have established business procedures designed to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information, including the use of confidentiality agreements and assignment of inventions agreements with employees, independent contractors, consultants and companies with which we conduct business.

Facilities

We occupy approximately 100,000 square feet of office space in Cambridge, Massachusetts pursuant to a lease agreement that expires in 2020. We also maintain an office in Dublin, Ireland. We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs. We intend to add new facilities or expand existing facilities as we add employees, and we believe that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

Legal Proceedings

On November 13, 2013, a putative class action complaint was filed in the Middlesex County Superior Court in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, entitled Albert McCormack v. HubSpot, Inc. The complaint alleges that we maintained a policy of not paying overtime to our business development representatives for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours per week. The complaint seeks unpaid wages, multiple damages, injunctive relief, attorneys’ fees and costs. While there can be no assurance that the resolution of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements, based on our investigation we believe this matter will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements.

On September 23, 2014, InsideSales.com, Inc. sent us a communication alleging, among other things, that an email tracking feature in our Sidekick product infringes upon certain of InsideSales.com’s patents. We are continuing to evaluate InsideSales.com’s claims, but based on the information available to us today, we currently believe that this threat and any potential litigation will not have a material adverse effect on our business or our consolidated financial statements.

In addition, from time to time we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we currently believe that the final outcome of these ordinary course matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

89


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers, directors and other key employees as of August 1, 2014:

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position(s)

Executive Officers

  

Brian Halligan

     46       Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Dharmesh Shah

     46       Chief Technology Officer and Director

John Kelleher

     49       General Counsel

John Kinzer

     46       Chief Financial Officer

Hunter Madeley

     48       Senior Vice President, Global Sales

J.D. Sherman

     49       President and Chief Operating Officer

Non-Employee Directors

  

Stacey Bishop (1) (3)

     42       Director

Larry Bohn (2)(3)

     63       Director

Ron Gill (1)

     48       Director

Lorrie Norrington (3)

     54       Director

Michael Simon (2)

     49       Director

David Skok (1)(2)

     58       Director

Other Key Employees

  

Frank Auger

     46       Vice President, Services

Brad Coffey

     33       Vice President, Product Strategy and Corporate Development

Alison Elworthy

     30       Vice President, Operations

Jim O’Neill

     43       Chief Information Officer

Eric Richard

     40       Vice President, Engineering

Mike Volpe

     39       Chief Marketing Officer

 

(1) Member of the audit committee.
(2) Member of the compensation committee.
(3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Executive Officers

Brian Halligan, a founder of our company, has served as our chief executive officer and a member of our board of directors since 2005, and has served as chairman of our board of directors since March 2014. Mr. Halligan is also an author and a senior lecturer at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, or MIT. Prior to founding HubSpot, Mr. Halligan served as venture partner at Longworth Ventures. From 2000 until 2004, he also worked as the vice president of sales of Groove Networks, which was later acquired by Microsoft. Mr. Halligan serves on the boards of directors of Fleetmatics Group, a global provider of fleet management solutions, and the Massachusetts Innovation and Technology Exchange (MITX). We believe that as

 

90


Table of Contents

a founder, and based on Mr. Halligan’s knowledge of our company and our business and his service as our chief executive officer, Mr. Halligan is qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Dharmesh Shah , a founder of our company, has served as our chief technology officer and a member of our board of directors since 2005. Prior to HubSpot, he was founder and chief executive officer of Pyramid Digital Solutions, a software company, which was acquired by SunGard Data Systems in 2005. Mr. Shah is also an author and angel investor. We believe that as a founder, and based on Mr. Shah’s knowledge of our company and our business and his service as our chief technology, Mr. Shah is qualified to serve on our board of directors.

John Kelleher has served as our general counsel since June 2012. Previously, from 2003, Mr. Kelleher served as the senior vice president and general counsel of Endeca Technologies until its acquisition by Oracle in December 2011. Prior to his legal career, Mr. Kelleher was a Lieutenant in the U.S. Navy.

John Kinzer has served as our chief financial officer since November 2013. From 2012 to 2013, prior to joining HubSpot, he served as the chief financial officer of BackOffice Associates. From 2001 to 2012, Mr. Kinzer worked for Blackboard, serving as chief financial officer from 2010 to 2012. He has also worked at MCI and Arthur Andersen.

Hunter Madeley  has served as our senior vice president global sales since April 2014. After a sabbatical, Mr. Madeley served as a vice president commercial sales at salesforce.com from September 2010 to March 2014. From 2002 to 2004, Mr. Madeley served in several leadership roles at ADP, including as a vice president sales and a director of sales.

J.D. Sherman has served as our chief operating officer since March 2012 and as our president since March 2014. From 2005 to 2012, Mr. Sherman served as the chief financial officer of Akamai Technologies. From 1990 to 2005, he served in various positions at IBM including as vice president of financial planning and assistant controller of corporate financial strategy and budgets. He currently serves on the board of directors of Cypress Semiconductor.

Non-Employee Directors

Stacey Bishop has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2013. Ms. Bishop is a Managing Director of Scale Venture Partners and has been a venture capital investor for Scale since 1999. Ms. Bishop focuses on investing in SaaS and digital marketing companies and serves on the boards of directors of several private software companies. We believe that Ms. Bishop is qualified to serve as a director based on her experience as a seasoned investor and knowledge of the industry in which we operate.

Larry Bohn has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2007. Mr. Bohn is a Managing Director of General Catalyst Partners, a venture capital firm, which he joined in 2002. Prior to joining General Catalyst, Mr. Bohn served as the president, chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors of NetGenesis, a leading software and analytic solutions provider. Mr. Bohn has also served as President of PC Docs a developer of document management software for enterprise networks. He currently serves on the board of directors of Demandware and on the board of directors of several private software and technology companies, including BlackDuck, BigCommerce, GoodData and Yottaa. We believe that Mr. Bohn is qualified to serve as a director based on his experience as a seasoned investor and a current and former director of many companies, and his knowledge of the industry in which we operate.

Ron Gill has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2012. Mr. Gill has held multiple positions at NetSuite, Inc. since joining in 2007 and has served as chief financial officer since 2010. Prior to joining NetSuite, Ron was vice president, finance at Hyperion Solutions. Previously, he held a variety of financial positions with several technology companies, including SAP, Dell and Sony. We believe that Mr. Gill is qualified to serve as director based on his broad industry experience and extensive financial leadership experience.

 

91


Table of Contents

Lorrie Norrington has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2013. Ms. Norrington currently serves as an advisor to Lead Edge Capital, a private equity firm, where she also serves as an operating partner, and as an advisor to several technology businesses. Prior to Lead Edge, Norrington was the President of eBay Marketplaces, eBay, an online marketplace, and served in several roles at eBay from 2005 to 2010. Prior to joining eBay, she was the chief executive officer of Shopping.com from 2005 to 2006 and was an executive vice president at Intuit from 2001 to 2005. Ms. Norrington serves on the board of directors of Autodesk and DIRECTV. We believe that Ms. Norrington is qualified to serve as a director based on her broad industry experience and experience as a current and former director of many companies.

Michael Simon has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2011. Since 2003, Mr. Simon has served as the co-founder, chairman and chief executive officer of LogMeIn. Mr. Simon also serves on the Graduate Studies Advisory Council at the University of Notre Dame. We believe that Mr. Simon is qualified to serve as a director based on his broad industry and leadership experience.

David Skok has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2008. Since 2001, Mr. Skok has served as a General Partner at Matrix Partners. Mr. Skok currently serves on the boards of directors of several private companies.

We believe that Mr. Skok is qualified to serve as a director based on his experience as a seasoned investor and a current and former director of many companies and his knowledge of the industry in which we operate.

Other Key Employees

Frank Auger has served in multiples roles since joining HubSpot in April 2010, including as the director of customer support, director of customer quality, director of customer operations, director of account management and customer operations and in his current role as vice president of services. From 2008 to 2010, he served as the chief executive officer of Metallect.

Brad Coffey joined us in December 2007 as director, operations and has served as our vice president of product strategy and corporate development since January 2012. Prior to joining HubSpot, he was a consultant at PRTM, a management consulting subsidiary of PricewaterhouseCoopers.

Alison Elworthy has served in multiple roles since joining HubSpot in August 2011, including as our director of operations, senior manager of sales operations, manager of marketing operations and in her current role as vice president of operations. Prior to joining HubSpot, Ms. Elworthy attended the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth from 2009 to 2011. From 2006 to 2009, she served as a user experience specialist at Fidelity Investments.

Jim O’Neill has served as our chief information officer since 2007. Prior to joining HubSpot, Mr. O’Neill served as the chief technology officer and president of Pyramid Digital Solutions until its acquisition by SunGard Data Systems in 2005. Following the sale, he joined SunGard as a senior vice president and chief technology officer.

Eric Richard   has served as our vice president engineering since November 2013. Prior to joining HubSpot, Mr. Richard served as senior vice president engineering at Compete from October 2007 to November 2013.

Mike Volpe joined HubSpot in March 2007 and currently serves as our chief marketing officer. From 2003 to 2007, prior to joining HubSpot, Mr. Volpe served in various roles at SolidWorks including as director of marketing operations and marketing manager.

Board Composition

Our board of directors is currently composed of eight members. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering provide that the number of our directors shall be fixed from time

 

92


Table of Contents

to time by a resolution of the majority of our board of directors. Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes of directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the same class of directors whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during 2015 for the Class I directors, 2016 for the Class II directors and 2017 for the Class III directors.

 

    Our Class I directors will be Messrs. Halligan, Gill and Bohn.

 

    Our Class II directors will be Ms. Norrington and Messrs. Shah and Skok.

 

    Our Class III directors will be Ms. Bishop and Mr. Simon.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws” for a discussion of other anti-takeover provisions found in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering.

Director Independence

Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of its offering. In addition, the rules of NYSE require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under the rules of NYSE, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

On August 20, 2014, our board of directors undertook a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that, none of the members of the board of directors, except for Messrs. Halligan and Shah, has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of NYSE. Our board of directors also determined that Ms. Bishop and Messrs. Gill and Skok, who comprise our audit committee, Messrs. Bohn, Simon and Skok, who comprise our compensation committee, and Mr. Bohn and Mses. Bishop and Norrington, who comprise our corporate governance and nominating committee, satisfy the independence standards for those committees established by applicable SEC rules and the rules of NYSE. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Board Leadership Structure and Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

Mr. Halligan serves as our chief executive officer and as chairman of the board. The board of directors believes that having our chief executive officer as chairman of the board facilitates the board of directors’

 

93


Table of Contents

decision-making process because Mr. Halligan has first-hand knowledge of our operations and the major issues facing us. This also enables Mr. Halligan to act as the key link between the board of directors and other members of management.

Our board of directors has appointed Ms. Norrington to serve as our lead independent director. As lead independent director, Ms. Norrington will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, serve as a liaison between our chairman of the board of directors and the independent directors and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through the board of directors as a whole, as well as through its standing committees that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure. Our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and discussing our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures, including guidelines and policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management. Our audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, in addition to oversight of the performance of our external audit function. Our corporate governance and nominating committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines. Our compensation committee reviews and discusses the risks arising from our compensation philosophy and practices applicable to all employees that are reasonably likely to have a materially adverse effect on us.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee, each of which has the composition and responsibilities described below. The audit committee, compensation committee and corporate governance and nominating committee all operate under charters approved by our board of directors, which will be available on our website upon the closing of this offering.

Audit committee

Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process and assists the board of directors in monitoring our financial systems and our legal and regulatory compliance. Our audit committee will also:

 

    oversee the work of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    approve the hiring, discharging and compensation of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    approve engagements of the independent registered public accounting firm to render any audit or permissible non-audit services;

 

    review the qualifications and independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    monitor the rotation of partners of the independent registered public accounting firm on our engagement team as required by law;

 

    review our consolidated financial statements and review our critical accounting policies and estimates;

 

    review the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls; and

 

    review and discuss with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of our annual audit and our interim consolidated financial statements.

The members of our audit committee are Ms. Bishop and Messrs. Gill and Skok. Mr. Gill is our audit committee chairman. Our board of directors has concluded that the composition of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under, and the functioning of our audit committee complies with, the current requirements of and SEC rules and regulations, and Mr. Gill is an audit committee financial expert as defined under SEC rules and regulations.

 

94


Table of Contents

Compensation committee

Our compensation committee oversees our corporate compensation programs. The compensation committee will also:

 

    review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers;

 

    evaluate the performance of our executive officers in light of established goals and objectives;

 

    review and recommend compensation of our executive officers based on its evaluations;

 

    review and recommend compensation of our directors; and

 

    administer the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans.

The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Bohn, Simon and Skok. Mr. Simon is the chairman of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Bohn, Simon and Skok is “independent” for compensation committee purposes as that term is defined under the applicable rules, and before the expiration of the phase-in period applicable to initial public offerings under the applicable rules, all members of our compensation committee will be “independent” for compensation committee purposes.

Nominating and corporate governance committee

Our corporate governance and nominating committee oversees and assists our board of directors in reviewing and recommending corporate governance policies and nominees for election to our board of directors. The corporate governance and nominating committee will also:

 

    evaluate and make recommendations regarding the organization and governance of the board of directors and its committees;

 

    assess the performance of members of the board of directors and make recommendations regarding committee and chair assignments;

 

    review and make recommendations with regard to our corporate succession plans for our chief executive officer and other executive officers;

 

    recommend desired qualifications for board of directors membership and conduct searches for potential members of the board of directors; and

 

    review and make recommendations with regard to our corporate governance guidelines.

The members of our corporate governance and nominating committee are Mr. Bohn and Mses. Bishop and Norrington. Ms. Norrington is the chairman of our corporate governance and nominating committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our corporate governance and nominating committee is independent under the applicable rules of NYSE.

Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

 

95


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a non-employee member of our board of directors during 2013. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, we did not pay any compensation, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the non-employee members of our board of directors in 2013. Mr. Halligan and Mr. Shah, who are also our chief executive officer and chief technology officer, respectively, receive no compensation for their services as directors and, consequently, are not included in this table. The compensation received by Mr. Halligan and Mr. Shah during 2013 are set forth in the section of this prospectus captioned “Executive Compensation— Summary Compensation Table.”

 

Name

   Option
Awards
     Total (1)  

Lorrie Norrington

     63,333       $ 431,300   

 

(1) Our board of directors granted Ms. Norrington this award in connection with her appointment to our board of directors in September 2013. The amount reported represents the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options awarded to Ms. Norrington in 2013, calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Such grant date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-vesting conditions. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amount reported in this column reflects the accounting cost for these stock options, and does not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by Ms. Norrington upon exercise of the options.

In 2013 and during the six months ended June 30, 2014, we did not maintain any standard fee arrangements for the non-employee members of our board of directors for their service as a director. We adopted a new non-employee director compensation policy in connection with this offering. Any director affiliated with an investor in our company that holds one percent or more of our capital stock will not be eligible to participate in the non-employee director compensation policy. Pursuant to this policy, each of our non-employee will receive an annual grant of an option to purchase $35,000 worth of common stock (equal to approximately 1,750 shares, based on an assumed offering price of $20.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and a restricted stock unit grant for $100,000 worth of common stock (equal to approximately 5,000 shares, based on an assumed offering price of $20.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The options and restricted stock units will vest in full on the first anniversary of the vesting start date. All unvested options or restricted stock units held by a non-employee director will accelerate and immediately vest if the non-employee director is terminated within three months prior to or twelve months following a change of control of our company. The exercise price of the options and restricted stock units will be greater than or equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock at the time of grant. Each of these directors will also annually receive $25,000 for general availability and participation in meetings and conference calls of our board of directors, to be paid quarterly. Additionally, the audit committee chairperson will annually receive $15,000, an audit committee member will annually receive $5,000, the compensation committee chairperson will annually receive $10,000, a compensation committee member will annually receive $4,000, the nominating and corporate governance committee chairperson will annually receive $5,000 and a nominating and corporate governance committee member will annually receive $3,000.

Our policy has been and will continue to be to reimburse our non-employee directors for their travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of the board of directors.

Directors who are employees do not receive any compensation for their service on our board of directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014, our compensation committee was comprised of Messrs. Bohn, Simon and Skok.

 

96


Table of Contents

None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

In October and November 2012, we issued and sold an aggregate of 6,267,336 shares of our Series E preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $35,000,000. As part of this offering, we sold an aggregate of 219,623 shares of our Series E preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of $1,233,446.69 to entities affiliated with Matrix Partners, of which Mr. Skok is a general partner. We also sold an aggregate of 346,459 shares of Series E preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of $1,945,783.04 to entities affiliated with General Catalyst Partners, of which Mr. Bohn is a general partner. We also sold an aggregate of 44,514 shares of Series E preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of $249,999.53 to Mr. Simon.

In addition, in March 2011, we issued and sold an aggregate of 7,634,497 shares of our Series D preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $21.5 million. As part of this offering we sold an aggregate of 710,186 shares of our Series D preferred stock to entities affiliated with Matrix Partners, of which Mr. Skok is a general partner. We also sold an aggregate of 710,186 shares of our Series D preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of $2,000,000.96 to entities affiliated with General Catalyst Partners, of which Mr. Bohn is a general partner.

For more information regarding sales of our preferred stock, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Sales of Preferred Stock.”

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors including our chief executive officer and senior financial officers, which will be available on our website upon the closing of this offering.

 

97


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Executive Compensation Overview

Historically, our executive compensation program has reflected our growth and development-oriented corporate culture. To date, the compensation of Mr. Halligan, our chief executive officer, and the other executive officers identified in the Summary Compensation Table below, whom we refer to as our named executive officers, has consisted of a combination of base salary and long-term incentive compensation in the form of stock options. Our named executive officers and all salaried employees are also eligible to receive health and welfare benefits. As we transition from a private company to a publicly-traded company, we have engaged the services of an independent executive compensation consulting firm to review our current compensation plans and procedures and to provide additional information about comparative compensation offered by peer companies, market survey information and information about trends in executive compensation. At a minimum, we expect to review executive compensation annually with input from a compensation consultant. As part of this review process, we expect the board of directors and the compensation committee to apply our values and philosophy, while considering the compensation levels needed to ensure our executive compensation program remains competitive. We will also review whether we are meeting our retention objectives.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, and paid to our chief executive officer and the two most highly compensated executive officers (other than the chief executive officer) who were serving as executive officers at the end of the last completed fiscal year for services rendered to us in all capacities for the year ended December 31, 2013. These individuals are the named executive officers for 2013.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary ($)     Stock
Awards ($)
    Option
Awards ($)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation ($) (3)
    All Other
Compensation ($) (4)
    Total ($)  

Brian Halligan

    2013        238,183                      132,376        1,212        371,771   

Chief Executive Officer

             

John Kinzer

    2013        43,163        (1)       724,927 (2)       36,217        9,999        814,306   

Chief Financial Officer

             

J.D. Sherman

    2013        259,560                      132,376        1,231        393,167   

President and Chief Operating Officer

             

 

(1) Mr. Kinzer was granted 100,000 restricted stock units in connection with his hiring in 2013. The restricted stock units are subject to the satisfaction of a service condition and a performance condition, both of which must be satisfied before the restricted stock units are vested and may be settled in shares of our common stock. The service condition is satisfied over a period of four years. The performance condition will be satisfied on the earlier of (i) a sale of our company or (ii) the date that is six months following our initial public offering, in either case, prior to the earlier of (A) the expiration date or (B) the tenth anniversary of the grant date. These performance conditions were not considered probable as of December 31, 2013 and therefore there was no grant-date fair value calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Such grant-date fair value is $758,880 assuming that the highest level of performance conditions will be achieved.
(2) Mr. Kinzer was granted 100,000 stock options at an exercise price of $14.40 in connection with his hiring in 2013. The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options awarded to Mr. Kinzer in 2013, calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Such grant-date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-vesting conditions.
(3) The amounts reported reflect performance-based payments awarded based on the achievement of certain corporate and individual performance goals under our executive bonus plan.

 

98


Table of Contents
(4) The amounts reported include 401(k) matching contributions, long-term disability insurance premiums and certain relocation benefits.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table summarizes the outstanding equity awards held by each named executive officer as of December 31, 2013.

 

     Option Awards      Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised

Options (#)
                  Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested (#)
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
($) (1)
 
   Exercisable     Unexercisable     Option
Exercise
Price ($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
      

Brian Halligan

     140,998 (2)       9,400        1.53         3/9/2020                  
     55,555 (3)       77,778        5.76         5/8/2022                  
            133,333 (4)       5.76         5/8/2022                  

John Kinzer

            100,000 (5)       14.40         11/4/2023                  
                                   100,000 (6)       1,467,000   

J.D. Sherman

     215,680 (7)       299,625        5.76         5/8/2022                  

 

(1) Amounts calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718 using a per share fair market value as of December 31, 2013 at $14.67.
(2) 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option vest on March 9, 2011, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting date.
(3) 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option vest on April 1, 2013, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting date.
(4) 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option vest on April 1, 2014, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting date.
(5) 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option vest on November 4, 2014, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting date.
(6) The restricted stock units are subject to the satisfaction of a service condition and a performance condition, both of which must be satisfied before the restricted stock units are vested and may be settled in shares of our common stock. The service condition is satisfied over a period of four years. The performance condition will be satisfied on the earlier of (i) a sale of our company or (ii) the date that is six months following our initial public offering, in either case, prior to the earlier of (A) the expiration date or (B) the tenth anniversary of the grant date.
(7) 25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option vested on March 1, 2013, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting date.

Employee Benefit Plans

2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

In September 2014, our board of directors, upon the recommendation of the compensation committee of the board of directors, adopted our 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan, which was subsequently approved by our stockholders. The 2014 Plan will become effective upon the completion of this offering. The 2014 Plan will replace the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2007 Plan, as our board of directors has determined not to make additional awards under that plan following the consummation of our initial public offering. Our 2014 Plan provides flexibility to our compensation committee to use various equity-based incentive awards as compensation tools to motivate our workforce.

 

99


Table of Contents

We have initially reserved 1,973,551 shares of our common stock, or the Initial Limit, for the issuance of awards under the 2014 Plan. The 2014 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the plan will automatically increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2015, by 5% of the outstanding number of shares of our common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of shares as determined by our compensation committee, or the Annual Increase. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

The shares we issue under the 2014 Plan will be authorized but unissued shares or shares that we reacquire. The shares of common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, cancelled, held back upon exercise or settlement of an award to satisfy the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without any issuance of stock, expire or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under the 2014 Plan and 2007 Plan will be added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2014 Plan.

Stock options and stock appreciation rights with respect to no more than 1,000,000 shares of stock may be granted to any one individual in any one calendar year and the maximum “performance-based award” (as such term is used under Section 162(m) of the Code) payable to any one individual under the 2014 Plan is 1,000,000 shares of stock or $2,000,000 in the case of cash-based awards. The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued in the form of incentive stock options shall not exceed the Initial Limit cumulatively increased on January 1, 2014 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase for such year or 1,000,000 shares of common stock.

The 2014 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee has full power to select, from among the individuals eligible for awards, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2014 Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the 2014 Plan will be those full or part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors and other key persons (including consultants) as selected from time to time by our compensation committee in its discretion.

The 2014 Plan permits the granting of both options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option will be determined by our compensation committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option will be fixed by our compensation committee and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Our compensation committee will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised.

Our compensation committee may award stock appreciation rights subject to such conditions and restrictions as we may determine. Stock appreciation rights entitle the recipient to shares of common stock, or cash, equal to the value of the appreciation in our stock price over the exercise price. The exercise price of each stock appreciation right may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant.

Our compensation committee may award restricted shares of common stock and restricted stock units to participants subject to such conditions and restrictions as it may determine. These conditions and restrictions may include the achievement of certain performance goals and/or continued employment with us through a specified vesting period. Our compensation committee may also grant shares of common stock that are free from any restrictions under the 2014 Plan. Unrestricted stock may be granted to participants in recognition of past services or other valid consideration and may be issued in lieu of cash compensation due to such participant.

Our compensation committee may grant performance share awards to participants that entitle the recipient to receive shares of common stock upon the achievement of certain performance goals and such other conditions as our compensation committee shall determine. Our compensation committee may grant cash bonuses under the 2014 Plan to participants, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals.

 

100


Table of Contents

Our compensation committee may grant awards of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares or cash-based awards under the 2014 Plan that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. Those awards would only vest or become payable upon the attainment of performance goals that are established by our compensation committee and related to one or more performance criteria. The performance criteria that would be used with respect to any such awards include: earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), changes in the market price of our common stock, economic value-added, funds from operations or similar measure, sales or revenue, acquisitions or strategic transactions, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, stockholder returns, return on sales, gross or net profit levels, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings (loss) per share of stock, sales or market shares and number of customers, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group.

The 2014 Plan provides that in the case of, and subject to, the consummation of a “sale event” as defined in the 2014 Plan, all outstanding awards may be assumed, substituted or otherwise continued by the successor entity. Pursuant to the forms of option agreement, restricted stock agreement and restricted stock unit agreement, under the 2014 Plan, in the case of a sale event in which outstanding awards are assumed, substituted or otherwise continued by a successor entity, and the award holder’s employment or service relationship with us terminates, such holder’s awards shall vest in full as of the date of termination if such termination occurs (i) within 12 months after such sale event or 90 days prior to such sale event and (ii) such termination is by us without “cause,” as defined in the applicable award agreement, or by the award holder for “good reason” (as defined in the applicable award agreement). To the extent that the successor entity does not assume, substitute or otherwise continue such awards, then (i) all stock options and stock appreciation rights will automatically become fully exercisable and the restrictions and conditions on all other awards with time-based conditions will automatically be deemed waived, and awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and non-forfeitable in connection with a sale event in the compensation committee’s discretion and (ii) upon the effectiveness of the sale event, all stock options and stock appreciation rights will automatically terminate. In the event of such termination, individuals holding options and stock appreciation rights will be permitted to exercise such options and stock appreciation rights prior to the sale event. In addition, in connection with a sale event, we may make or provide for a cash payment to participants holding options and stock appreciation rights equal to the difference between the per share cash consideration payable to stockholders in the sale event and the exercise price of the options or stock appreciation rights.

Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2014 Plan and our compensation committee may amend or cancel outstanding awards for purposes of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action may adversely affect rights under an award without the holder’s consent. Certain amendments to the 2014 Plan require the approval of our stockholders.

No awards may be granted under the 2014 Plan after the date that is 10 years from the date of stockholder approval. No awards under the 2014 Plan have been made prior to the date hereof.

2007 Equity Incentive Plan

Our 2007 Plan was approved by our board of directors and our stockholders on June 9, 2007 and was most recently amended in February 2014. As of June 30, 2014, we have authorized an aggregate of 8,612,809 shares of our common stock for the issuance of options and other equity awards under the 2007 Plan. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization. Effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors has determined not to grant any further awards under our 2007 Plan. The shares we issue under the 2007 Plan are authorized but unissued shares or shares we reacquire. The shares of common stock underlying any awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by us prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) under the 2007 Plan are

 

101


Table of Contents

currently added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2007 Plan. Upon the closing of this offering, such shares will be added to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2014 Plan.

The 2007 Plan is administered by our compensation committee. The board of directors and the compensation committee have the authority to select the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, to accelerate the exercisability or vesting of any award, to provide substitute awards and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award.

The 2007 Plan permits us to make grants of incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock awards and other stock-based awards such as restricted stock units to our officers, employees, directors, consultants and other key persons.

The 2007 Plan permits the granting of (1) options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code and (2) options that do not so qualify. The option exercise price of each option is determined by our board or directors or our compensation committee but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a participant who, at the time of grant of such option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, then the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option will be fixed by the board of directors or the compensation committee and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant.

The 2007 Plan provides that upon the occurrence of a change of control, awards may be assumed, substituted for new awards of a successor entity, or otherwise continued or terminated at the effective time of such sale event. Pursuant to the forms of option agreement, restricted stock agreement and restricted stock unit agreement, in each case, under the 2007 Plan, in the case of a sale event in which outstanding awards are assumed, substituted or otherwise continued by a successor entity, and the award holder’s employment or service relationship with us terminates, such holder’s awards shall vest in full as of the date of termination if such termination occurs (i) within 12 months after such sale event or 90 days prior to such sale event and (ii) such termination is by us without “cause,” as defined in the applicable award agreement, or by the award holder for “good reason” (as defined in the applicable award agreement). To the extent that the successor entity does not assume, substitute or otherwise continue such awards, then (i) all stock options and stock appreciation rights will automatically become fully exercisable and the restrictions and conditions on all other awards with time-based conditions will automatically be deemed waived, and awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and non-forfeitable in connection with a sale event in the compensation committee’s discretion and (ii) upon the effectiveness of the sale event, all stock options and stock appreciation rights will automatically terminate. We may make or provide for cash payment to holders of options equal to the difference between the per share cash consideration in the sale event and the exercise price to the holders of vested and exercisable options. We may make or provide for cash payment to holders of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards in an amount equal to the product of the per share cash consideration and the number of shares subject to each such award.

Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2007 Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval where such approval is required by applicable law. The board of directors may also amend, modify or terminate any outstanding award, provided that no amendment to an award may materially impair any of the rights of a participant under any awards previously granted without his or her written consent.

Employee Share Purchase Plan

In September 2014 our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved the ESPP. The ESPP authorizes the issuance of up to a total of 394,710 shares of common stock to participating employees. The ESPP provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the ESPP shall be cumulatively

 

102


Table of Contents

increased each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2015, by the lesser of 40,000 shares, 1% percent of the outstanding number of shares of our common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of shares as determined by our compensation committee. The number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the ESPP is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization.

All employees who we have employed for at least 30 days and whose customary employment is for more than 20 hours a week are eligible to participate in the ESPP. Any employee who owns 5% or more of the voting power or value of our shares of common stock is not eligible to purchase shares under the ESPP.

We will make one or more offerings each year to our employees to purchase shares under the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, the first offering will begin on January 1, 2015 and will end on the last business day occurring on or before June 30, 2015. Subsequent offerings will commence at such time or times as our board of directors may determine, which we expect to be on each January 1 and July 1 and will continue for six-month periods, referred to as offering periods. Each eligible employee may elect to participate in any offering by submitting an enrollment form at least 15 days before the relevant offering date.

Each employee who is a participant in the ESPP may purchase shares by authorizing payroll deductions of up to 15% of his or her base compensation during an offering period. Unless the participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares of common stock on the last business day of the offering period at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the ordinary shares on the first business day or the last business day of the offering period, whichever is lower, provided that no more than 300,000 shares of common stock may be purchased by any one employee during each offering period. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of ordinary shares, valued at the start of the purchase period, under the ESPP in any calendar year.

The accumulated payroll deductions of any employee who is not a participant on the last day of an offering period will be refunded. An employee’s rights under the ESPP terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the plan or when the employee ceases employment with us for any reason.

The ESPP may be terminated or amended by our board of directors at any time. An amendment that increases the number of shares of common stock that are authorized under the ESPP and certain other amendments require the approval of our stockholders.

Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan

In August 2014 our board of directors adopted the Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan, or the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan provides for cash bonus payments based upon the attainment of performance targets established by our compensation committee. The payment targets will be related to financial and operational measures or objectives with respect to our company, which we refer to as corporate performance goals, as well as individual performance objectives.

Our compensation committee may select corporate performance goals from among the following: revenue; expense levels; cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); business development and financing milestones; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of our common stock; economic value added; sales; acquisitions or strategic transactions; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; shareholder returns; return on sales; gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense; margins; operating efficiency; customer satisfaction; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of our common stock; sales or market shares and total customers; and Adjusted EBITDA, any of which may be measured in absolute terms, as compared to any incremental increase, in terms of growth, or as compared to results of a peer group.

 

103


Table of Contents

Each executive officer who is selected to participate in the Bonus Plan will have a target bonus opportunity set for each performance period. The bonus formulas will be adopted in each performance period by the compensation committee and communicated to each executive. The corporate performance goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after our financial reports have been published or such other appropriate time as the compensation committee determines. If the corporate performance goals and individual performance objectives are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of each performance period. Subject to the rights contained in any agreement between the executive officer and us, an executive officer must be employed by us on the bonus payment date to be eligible to receive a bonus payment. The Bonus Plan also permits the compensation committee to approve additional bonuses to executive officers in its sole discretion.

Retirement Plans

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for eligible employees in the United States. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer up to 96% of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual limits set pursuant to the Code. We may provide a discretionary employee matching contribution under the 401(k) plan. Employees are 100% vested in their contributions to the 401(k) plan and any employer contributions vest over a four-year period. We intend for the 401(k) plan to qualify, depending on the employee’s election, under Section 401(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

We have agreed to indemnify our directors and officers in certain circumstances. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.”

Compensation Risk Assessment

We believe that although a portion of the compensation provided to our executive officers and other employees is performance-based, our executive compensation program does not encourage excessive or unnecessary risk taking. This is primarily due to the fact that our compensation programs are designed to encourage our executive officers and other employees to remain focused on both short-term and long-term strategic goals, in particular in connection with our pay-for-performance compensation philosophy. As a result, we do not believe that our compensation programs are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

 

104


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the director and executive compensation arrangements discussed above in the sections of this prospectus captioned “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” we have been a party to the following transactions since January 1, 2011, in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any director, executive officer or holder of more than 5% of any class of our voting stock, or any member of the immediate family of or entities affiliated with any of them, had or will have a material interest. We also describe below certain transactions and series of similar transactions since January 1, 2011 with our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of or any entities affiliated with any of the foregoing persons to which we are party.

We plan to adopt a written policy, effective upon the completion of this offering, which provides that our executive officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the prior consent of our audit committee, or other disinterested members of our board of directors in the event that it is inappropriate for our audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict of interest. Pursuant to such policy, any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, principal stockholder, or any of their immediate family members or affiliates, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described below were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy.

Sales of Preferred Stock

Sales of Series E Preferred Stock

In October and November 2012, we issued and sold an aggregate of 6,267,336 shares of our Series E preferred stock at a per share price of $5.6162, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $35 million. We believe that the terms obtained and consideration received in connection with the Series E financing are comparable to terms available and the amounts we would have received in an arm’s length transaction.

The table below summarizes purchases of shares of our Series E preferred stock by our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of or any entities affiliated with any of the foregoing persons. For more information, see “Management—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.” Each outstanding share of our Series E preferred stock will be converted into one share of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.

 

Purchasers

   Shares of
Series E
Preferred
Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital (1)

     131,835       $ 740,411.73   

Entities affiliated with Matrix Partners (2)

     219,623       $ 1,233,446.69   

Entities affiliated with General Catalyst Partners (3)

     346,459       $ 1,945,783.04   

Scale Venture Partners III, LP

     87,188       $ 489,665.25   

Entities affiliated with Charles River Ventures (4)

     64,188       $ 360,492.65   

Michael Simon (5)

     44,514       $ 249,999.53   

 

(1) Consists of (i) 126,272 shares held by Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund IV, L.P. and (ii) 5,563 shares held by Sequoia Capital USGF Principals Fund IV, L.P.

 

105


Table of Contents
(2) Consists of (i) 219,139 shares held by Matrix Partners VIII, L.P. and (ii) 484 shares held by Weston & Co. VIII LLC. David Skok, a general partner of Matrix Partners is a member of our board of directors and our compensation committee.
(3) Consists of (i) 339,375 shares held by General Catalyst Group V, L.P. and (ii) 7,084 shares held by GC Entrepreneurs Fund V, L.P. Larry Bohn, a managing director at General Catalyst Partners, is a member of our board of directors and our compensation committee.
(4) Consists of (i) 63,490 shares held by Charles River Partnership XIV, LP and (ii) 690 shares held by Charles River Friends XIV-A, LP.
(5) Michael Simon is a member of our board of directors and our compensation committee.

Issuance of Series D-1 Preferred Stock

On June 15, 2011, we issued an aggregate of 3,737,028 shares of our Series D-1 preferred stock to entities affiliated with Charles River Ventures. We believe that the terms obtained and consideration received in connection with the issuance of our Series D-1 preferred stock are comparable to terms available and the amounts we would have received in an arm’s length transaction.

The table below summarizes acquisitions of shares of our Series D-1 preferred stock by our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of or any entities affiliated with any of the foregoing persons. Each outstanding share of our Series D-1 preferred stock will be converted into one share of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.

 

Investors

   Shares of
Series D-1
Preferred
Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Entities affiliated with Charles River Ventures (1)

     3,737,028       $ 9,865,753.92   

 

(1) Consists of (i) 3,696,377 shares held by Charles River Partnership XIV, LP and (ii) 40,651 shares held by Charles River Friends XIV-A, LP.

Sales of Series D Preferred Stock

In March 2011, we issued and sold an aggregate of 7,634,497 shares of our Series D preferred stock at a per share price of $2.816165, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $21.5 million. We believe that the terms obtained and consideration received in connection with the Series D financing are comparable to terms available and the amounts we would have received in an arm’s length transaction.

The table below summarizes purchases of shares of our Series D preferred stock by our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of or any entities affiliated with any of the foregoing persons. For more information, see “—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.” Each outstanding share of our Series D preferred stock will be converted into one share of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.

 

Purchasers

   Shares of
Series D
Preferred
Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital (1)

     4,814,198       $ 13,557,575.92   

Entities affiliated with Matrix Partners (2)

     710,186       $ 2,000,000.96   

Entities affiliated with General Catalyst Partners (3)

     710,186       $ 2,000,000.96   

Scale Venture Partners III, LP

     355,093       $ 1,000,000.48   

 

(1) Consists of (i) 4,611,039 shares held by Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund IV, L.P. and (ii) 203,159 shares held by Sequoia Capital USGF Principals Fund IV, L.P.

 

106


Table of Contents
(2) Consists of (i) 708,623 shares held by Matrix Partners VIII, L.P. and (ii) 1,563 shares held by Weston & Co. VIII LLC. David Skok, a general partner of Matrix Partners is a member of our board of directors and our compensation committee.
(3) Consists of (i) 695,665 shares held by General Catalyst Group V, L.P. and (ii) 14,521 shares held by GC Entrepreneurs Fund V, L.P.. Larry Bohn, a managing director at General Catalyst Partners, is a member of our board of directors and our compensation committee.

Sales of Securities by Employees

In connection with our Series D financing in March 2011, certain of our investors purchased an aggregate of 657,580 shares of our common stock, at a price per share of $7.59, and an aggregate of 2,229,808 shares of our Series A preferred stock, at a price per share of $2.816165, for aggregate consideration of approximately $11,270,537.05, from certain of our employees and investors, including 1,084,235 shares of our common stock from Brian Halligan, our Chief Executive Officer and 1,165,385 shares of our Series A preferred stock and 83,632 shares of our common stock from Dharmesh Shah, our Chief Technology Officer. Certain of these purchasers were holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock. Our participation in these transactions was limited to the approval of these transactions by our board of directors and waivers of our rights of first refusal with respect to the shares being sold.

The following table summarizes the shares of our Series A preferred stock and common stock purchased by holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, in connection with the sales of securities by our employees. The terms of these purchases were the same as those made available to unaffiliated purchasers.

 

Purchasers

   Series A
Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital

     1,314,726 (1)       515,470 (2)     $ 7,614,900.09   

 

(1) Consists of (i) 1,259,245 shares purchased by Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund IV, L.P. and (ii) 55,481 shares purchased by Sequoia Capital USGF Principals Fund IV, L.P.
(2) Consists of (i) 493,717 shares purchased by Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund IV, L.P. and (ii) 21,753 shares purchased by Sequoia Capital USGF Principals Fund IV, L.P.

Investor Rights Agreement

We have entered into an investor rights agreement with certain of our stockholders, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, and certain other stockholders. The investor rights agreement provides certain holders of our capital stock a right of purchase in respect of certain issuances of our securities, including in connection with this offering, and provides certain registration rights with respect to certain shares of stock held by them. Investment funds affiliated with Matrix Partners and General Catalyst Partners are parties to such investor rights agreement. Messrs. Skok and Bohn are general partners of Matrix Partners and General Catalyst Partners, respectively, and are directors of ours. Messrs. Shah, Simon, O’Neill and Volpe, who are directors, officers and/or key employees of ours, are also parties to such investor rights agreement. For more information regarding the registration rights granted under this agreement, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

    any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

107


Table of Contents
    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, prior to the closing of this offering, we expect to adopt amended and restated bylaws which will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws are expected to provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to very limited exceptions.

Further, prior to the closing of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements will also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and in indemnification agreements that we enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

 

108


Table of Contents

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers, directors and employees for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Other Transactions with Our Executive Officers and Directors and Affiliated Entities

We have granted stock options and RSUs to our executive officers and certain of our directors. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” for a description of these stock options and RSUs.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Following the closing of this offering, the audit committee of our board of directors will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this policy, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members. Our audit committee charter will provide that the audit committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related party transactions. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not adopted any formal standards, policies or procedures governing the review and approval of related party transactions, but we expect that our audit committee will do so in the future.

All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy. Accordingly, each was approved by disinterested members of our board of directors after making a determination that the transaction was executed on terms no less favorable than those that could have been obtained from an unrelated third party.

 

109


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2014 and as adjusted to reflect the shares of common stock to be issued and sold in the offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, by:

 

    each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors; and

 

    all executive officers and directors as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, the number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding includes shares issuable upon exercise of options and warrants held by the respective person or group which may be exercised or converted within 60 days after June 30, 2014. For purposes of calculating each person’s or group’s percentage ownership, stock options and warrants exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2014 are included for that person or group but not the stock options or warrants of any other person or group. Certain options to purchase shares of our common stock included in the table below are early exercisable, and to the extent such shares are unvested as of a given date, such shares will remain subject to a right of repurchase held by us.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 25,361,826 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock as of June 30, 2014 into common stock. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that 30,361,826 shares of common stock will be outstanding upon the closing of this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Unless otherwise indicated and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder named in the following table possesses sole voting and investment power over the shares listed. Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each person listed on the table is c/o HubSpot, Inc., 25 First Street, 2nd Floor, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02141.

 

     Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering
    Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number      Percentage     Shares      Percentage  

5% Stockholders:

          

Entities affiliated with General Catalyst Partners (1)

     6,865,329         27.1     6,865,329         22.6

Entities affiliated with Matrix Partners (2)

     4,336,591         17.1     4,336,591         14.3

Scale Venture Partners III, LP (3)

     1,721,075         6.8     1,721,075         5.7

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital (4)

     2,602,386         10.3     2,602,386         8.6

Entities affiliated with Charles River Ventures (5)

     1,270,244         5.0     1,270,244         4.2

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

          

Brian Halligan (6)

     1,244,541         4.9     1,244,541         4.1

John Kinzer

             *                  

J.D. Sherman (7)

     329,481         1.3     329,481         1.1

Hunter Madeley

             *                  

Larry Bohn (1)

     6,865,333         27.1     6,865,333         22.6

Ron Gill (8)

     63,852         *        63,852         *   

Lorrie Norrington (9)

     31,667         *        31,667         *   

Michael Simon (10)

     93,528         *        93,528         *   

Dharmesh Shah (11)

     2,255,389         8.8     2,255,389         7.4

David Skok (12)

     4,338,933         17.1     4,338,933         14.3

Stacey Bishop (3)

     1,721,077         6.8     1,721,077         5.7

All executive officers and directors as a group

(12 persons) (13)

     17,030,850         64.8     17,030,850         54.4

 

(*) Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

110


Table of Contents
(1) Consists of (i) 25,782 shares of common stock held by General Catalyst Group V, L.P., or GCG V; (ii) 538 shares of common stock held by GC Entrepreneurs Fund V, L.P., or GCEF V; (iii) 3,087,684 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A preferred stock held by GCG V; (iv) 64,451 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A preferred stock held by GCEF V; (v) 1,681,134 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by GCG V; (vi) 35,091 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by GCEF V; (vii) 1,585,343 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by GCG V; (viii) 33,092 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by GCEF V; (ix) 231,888 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series D preferred stock held by GCG V; (x) 4,840 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series D preferred stock held by GCEF V; (xi) 113,125 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series E preferred stock held by GCG V; and (xii) 2,361 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series E preferred stock held by GCEF V. General Catalyst Partners V, L.P., or GCP V, as the sole general partner of GCG V and GCEF V, and General Catalyst GP V, LLC, or GCGP V, as the sole general partner of GCP V, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held of record by GCG V and GCEF V. Each of David Fialkow, David Orfao and Joel Cutler, who are Managing Directors of GCGP V, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held of record by GCG V and GCEF V. The address for Mr. Bohn and General Catalyst Partners is 20 University Road, 4th Floor, Cambridge, MA 02138.
(2) Consists of (i) 10,838 shares of common stock held by Matrix Partners VIII, L.P., or Matrix VIII; (ii) 3,014,396 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by Matrix VIII; (iii) 1,002,104 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by Matrix VIII; (iv) 236,207 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series D preferred stock held by Matrix VIII; and (v) 73,046 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series E preferred stock held by Matrix VIII. Mr. Skok, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Member of Matrix VIII U.S. Management Co., L.L.C. Matrix VIII U.S. Management Co., L.L.C. is the sole general partner of Matrix VIII, and has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Matrix VIII. Mr. Skok, by virtue of his management position in Matrix VIII US Management Co., L.L.C., has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Matrix VIII and beneficially owned by Matrix VIII U.S. Management Co., L.L.C. The address for each of Mr. Skok, Matrix Partners VIII, L.P. and Matrix VIII US Management Co., L.L.C. is 101 Main Street, 17th Floor, Cambridge, MA 02142.
(3) Consists of (i) 1,573,649 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by Scale Venture Partners III, LP; (ii) 118,364 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series D preferred stock held by Scale Venture Partners III, LP; and (iii) 29,062 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series E preferred stock held by Scale Venture Partners III, LP. Stacey Bishop, one of our directors, Kate Mitchell, Robert Theis and Rory T. O’Driscoll are the managing members of Scale Venture Management III, LLC, the ultimate general partner of Scale Venture Partners III, L.P., and share voting and investment authority over the shares held by Scale Venture Partners III, L.P. The address for Ms. Bishop and Scale Venture Partners III, L.P. is 950 Tower Lane, Suite 700, Foster City, California 94404.
(4)

Consists of (i) 493,717 shares of common stock held by Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund IV, or Sequoia Growth; (ii) 21,752 shares of common stock held by Sequoia Capital USGF Principals Fund IV, or Sequoia Principals; (iii) 419,748 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A preferred stock held by Sequoia Growth; (iv) 18,493 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series A preferred stock held by Sequoia Principals; (v) 1,537,013 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series D preferred stock held by Sequoia Growth; (vi) 67,719 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series D preferred stock held by Sequoia Principals; (vii) 42,090 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series E preferred stock held by Sequoia Growth; and (viii) 1,854 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series E preferred stock held by Sequoia Principals. SCGF IV Management, L.P. is the general partner of Sequoia Growth and Sequoia Principals. Each of Michael Moritz, Douglas Leone, Roelof Botha, Scott Carter, Michael Goguen

 

111


Table of Contents
  and James Goetz is a Managing Member of SCGF IV Management, L.P. and may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the shares held by Sequoia Growth and Sequoia Principals. The address for the entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital is 3000 Sand Hill Road, 4-250, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(5) Consists of: (i) 3,140 shares of common stock held by Charles River Partnership XIV, LP, or Charles River XIV; (ii) 34 shares of common stock held by Charles River Friends XIV-A, LP, or Charles River XIV-A; (iii) 1,232,125 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series D-1 preferred stock held by Charles River XIV; (iv) 13,550 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series D-1 preferred stock held by Charles River XIV-A; (v) 21,163 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series E preferred stock held by Charles River XIV; and (vi) 232 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series E preferred stock held by Charles River XIV-A. Charles River XIV GP, LP is the General Partner of Charles River XIV, and Charles River XIV GP, LLC is the General Partner of both Charles River XIV GP, LP and Charles River XIV-A. The Managing Members of Charles River XIV GP, LLC are Izhar Armony, Jon Auerbach, Bruce I. Sachs, William P. Tai, George Zachary, Saar Gur and Devdutt Yellurkar, all of whom may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to such shares. The address of the entities affiliated with Charles River Ventures is One Broadway, 15th Floor, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02142.
(6) Consists of (i) 971,921 shares held directly by Mr. Halligan and (ii) 272,620 shares issuable to Mr. Halligan upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2014.
(7) Consists of (i) 42,384 shares held directly by Mr. Sherman and (ii) 287,097 shares issuable to Mr. Sherman upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2014.
(8) Consists of 63,852 shares issuable to Mr. Gill upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2014.
(9) Consists of 31,667 shares issuable to Ms. Norrington upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2014.
(10) Consists of (i) 14,838 shares held directly by Mr. Simon and (ii) 78,690 shares issuable to Mr. Simon upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2014.
(11) Consists of (i) 2,104,991 shares held directly by Mr. Shah and (ii) 150,398 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2014.
(12) Consists of (i) 10,838 shares of common stock held by Matrix Partners VIII, L.P., or Matrix VIII; (ii) 6 shares of common stock beneficially owned by Matrix VIII U.S. Management Co., L.L.C.; (iii) 3,014,396 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock held by Matrix VIII; (iv) 1,661 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series B preferred stock beneficially owned by Matrix VIII U.S. Management Co., L.L.C; (v) 1,002,104 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock held by Matrix VIII; (vi) 551 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C preferred stock beneficially owned by Matrix VIII U.S. Management Co., L.L.C; (vii) 236,207 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series D preferred stock held by Matrix VIII; (viii) 130 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series D preferred stock beneficially owned by Matrix VIII U.S. Management Co., L.L.C; (ix) 73,046 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series E preferred stock held by Matrix VIII; and (viii) 40 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series E preferred stock beneficially owned by Matrix VIII U.S. Management Co., L.L.C. Mr. Skok, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Member of Matrix VIII U.S. Management Co., L.L.C. Matrix VIII U.S. Management Co., L.L.C. is the sole general partner of Matrix VIII, and has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Matrix VIII. Mr. Skok, by virtue of his management position in Matrix VIII US Management Co., L.L.C., has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Matrix VIII and beneficially owned by Matrix VIII U.S. Management Co., L.L.C. The address for each of Mr. Skok, Matrix Partners VIII, L.P. and Matrix VIII US Management Co., L.L.C. is 101 Main Street, 17th Floor, Cambridge, MA 02142.
(13) See footnotes 1 through 12 above. Includes 939,366 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after June 30, 2014.

 

112


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect upon the closing of this offering. We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws in connection with this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are expected to be included in such documents. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in “Description of Capital Stock,” you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are or will be included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. Immediately following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 25,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share.

Assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, which will occur upon the closing of this offering, as of June 30, 2014, there were 25,361,826 shares of our common stock outstanding, held by 303 stockholders of record, and no shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval except as required by the listing standards of the NYSE to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

Common Stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by our stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after the payment of liabilities, subject to the prior distribution rights of preferred stock then outstanding. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.

Preferred Stock

Upon the closing of this offering, all currently outstanding shares of preferred stock will convert into shares of our common stock, and there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Though we currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock, upon the closing of this offering and the filing of our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to designate and issue up to 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may also designate the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of each such series of preferred stock, any or all of which may be greater than or senior to those granted to the holders of common stock. Though the actual effect of any such issuance on the rights of the holders of common stock will not be known until such time as our board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of preferred stock, the potential effects of such an issuance include:

 

    diluting the voting power of the holders of common stock;

 

    reducing the likelihood that holders of common stock will receive dividend payments;

 

    reducing the likelihood that holders of common stock will receive payments in the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up; and

 

    delaying, deterring or preventing a change-in-control or other corporate takeover.

 

113


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 20,200,445 shares of our common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and the holders of warrants to purchase common stock are entitled to the following rights with respect to the registration of such shares for public resale under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, pursuant to a registration rights agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders. We refer to these shares collectively as “registrable securities.”

The registration of shares of common stock as a result of the following rights being exercised would enable the holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. Ordinarily, we will be required to pay all expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, related to any registration effected pursuant to the exercise of these registration rights.

Demand Registration Rights

If at any time after 180 days following the effective date of this offering the holders of at least 25% of the registrable securities then outstanding request in writing that we effect a registration, we may be required to register the offer and sale of their shares anticipated to have an aggregate sale price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, if any, of $10 million. At most, we are obligated to effect two registrations for the holders of registrable securities in response to these demand registration rights. Depending on certain conditions, however, we may defer such registration for up to 90 days. If the holders requesting registration intend to distribute their shares by means of an underwriting, the managing underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the number of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we propose to register the offer and sale of any shares of our securities under the Securities Act, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their shares of registrable securities in the registration. These piggyback registration rights are subject to certain conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specific circumstances. We have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by us prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not the holders of registrable securities have elected to include their shares in the registration.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

If at any time we become entitled under the Securities Act to register our shares on Form S-3 and the holders of the registrable securities then outstanding request in writing that we register their shares for public resale on Form S-3 with an aggregate price to the public of the shares to be registered of at least $2 million, we will be required to effect such registration; provided, however, that if our board of directors determines, in good faith, that such registration would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders at such time, we may defer the registration for up to 90 days. We are only obligated to effect up to two registrations on Form S-3 within any twelve month period.

Voting Rights

Under the provisions of our certificate of incorporation to become effective upon the closing of this offering, holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held by such holder on any matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders. Our post-offering certificate of incorporation does not provide cumulative voting rights to holders of our common stock.

 

114


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Certain provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed in part to encourage anyone seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the advantages gained by protecting our ability to negotiate with any unsolicited and potentially unfriendly acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging such proposals, including those priced above the then-current market value of our common stock, because, among other reasons, the negotiation of such proposals could improve their terms.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws to become effective upon the closing of this offering will include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our board of directors or management team, including the following:

 

    authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to 25,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock;

 

    specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president;

 

    establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

    provide that directors may be removed only for cause;

 

    provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

 

    establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes—Class I, Class II and Class III—with each class serving staggered terms; and

 

    require a super-majority of votes to amend certain of the above-mentioned provisions.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

    prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not for determining the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

115


Table of Contents
    at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage business combinations or other attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by our stockholders.

The provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to become effective upon the closing of this offering could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to become effective upon the closing of this offering requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in our name, actions against our directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Listing

We intend to apply for the listing of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “HUBS.”

 

116


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014, we will have a total of 30,361,826 shares of our common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all of the 5,000,000 shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, all of our executive officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock have entered into market standoff agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus. As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws described above under “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, based on an assumed offering date of June 30, 2014, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

    beginning on the date of this prospectus, the 5,000,000 shares of common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market;

 

    beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus, 25,361,826 additional shares of common stock will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which 17,030,850 shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below; and

 

    the remainder of the shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our executive officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, have agreed or will agree that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co., LLC, dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock. Morgan Stanley & Co., LLC may, in their discretion, and with our consent, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time. Any determination to release shares subject to the lock-up agreements would be based on a number of factors at the time of determination, including but not necessarily limited to the market price of the common stock, the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, general market conditions, the number of shares proposed to be sold, contractual obligations to release certain shares subject to the lock-up agreements in the event any such shares

 

117


Table of Contents

are released, subject to certain specific limitations and thresholds, and the timing, purpose and terms of the proposed sale.

These agreements, and the exceptions thereto, are described in the section entitled “Underwriters.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 303,620 shares immediately after this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 20,200,445 shares of our common stock (including the shares underlying the warrants described in “—Warrant” below) will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of the offer and sale of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the applicable registration statement, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

 

118


Table of Contents

Registration Statement on Form S-8

As of June 30, 2014, options to purchase a total of 4,808,985 shares of common stock pursuant to our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan were outstanding, of which options to purchase 2,240,062 shares were exercisable. We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act as promptly as possible after the completion of this offering to register shares that may be issued pursuant to our 2007 Plan and our 2014 Plan. The registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by the registration statement will then become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable lock-up agreements and market standoff agreements. See “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefits Plans” for a description of our equity incentive plans.

Warrant

In connection with a debt facility we entered into in April 2012 with Comerica Bank, we issued a warrant that is exercisable for 13,158 shares of our common stock at $5.70 per share. The warrant expires in April 2022.

 

119


Table of Contents

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of common stock pursuant to this offering. This summary deals only with common stock held as a capital asset (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code) by a holder and does not discuss the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to a holder that is subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including, but not limited to: a dealer in securities or currencies; a financial institution; a regulated investment company; a real estate investment trust; a tax-exempt organization; an insurance company; a person holding common stock as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion or straddle transaction or a person deemed to sell common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code; a trader in securities that has elected the mark-to-market method of accounting; an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes or owners of such entity or arrangement; a person that received such common stock in connection with the performance of services; pension fund or retirement account; a “controlled foreign corporation;” a “passive foreign investment company;” a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax; or a former citizen or long-term resident of the United States.

This summary is based upon provisions of the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, or may be subject to differing interpretations, which could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income tax, does not deal with all tax considerations that may be relevant to stockholders in light of their personal circumstances and does not address the Medicare tax imposed on certain investment income or any state, local, foreign, gift, estate or alternative minimum tax considerations.

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of common stock that is: an individual citizen or resident of the United States; a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

For purposes of this discussion a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of common stock that is neither a U.S. holder nor a partnership (or any other entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If a partnership (or an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partner of a partnership holding common stock is urged to consult its own tax advisors.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THEIR PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IN LIGHT OF THEIR SPECIFIC SITUATIONS, AS WELL AS THE TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS (INCLUDING THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS).

Distributions on our Common Stock

Distributions with respect to common stock, if any, generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any portion of a distribution in excess of current or accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital and will first be applied to reduce the holder’s tax basis in its common

 

120


Table of Contents

stock, but not below zero. Any remaining amount will then be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of the common stock and will be treated as described under the section titled “—Disposition of our Common Stock” below.

Distributions treated as dividends that are paid to a non-U.S. holder, if any, with respect to shares of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of the gross amount of the dividends unless the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If a non-U.S. holder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States and dividends with respect to the common stock are effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business, then the non-U.S. holder will generally be exempt from the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, provided certain certification requirements are satisfied, but the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on those dividends on a net income basis at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States (except to the extent provided in an applicable income tax treaty, which may require that such dividends be attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base in order to be subject to tax as described herein). Any such effectively connected income received by a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted under the Code. To claim the exemption from withholding with respect to any such effectively connected income, the non-U.S. holder must generally furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form). A non-U.S. holder of shares of common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an exemption or reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable treaty must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or applicable successor form) certifying such holder’s qualification for the exemption or reduced rate. If a non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, it may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

Disposition of our Common Stock

Non-U.S. holders may recognize gain upon the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of our common stock. Such gain generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless: (i) that gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder); (ii) the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period for our common stock, unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. holder held no more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, during the shorter of the five year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. We believe that we are not and we do not anticipate becoming a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. No assurance can be provided that our common stock will remain regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above.

If a non-U.S. holder is an individual described in clause (i) of the preceding paragraph, the non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal individual income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. If the non-U.S. holder is an individual described in clause (ii) of the preceding paragraph, the non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses even though the non-U.S. holder is not considered a resident of the United States, provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. If a non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation that falls under clause (i) of the preceding paragraph, it will be subject to

 

121


Table of Contents

tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal corporate income tax rates in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States and, in addition, the non-U.S. holder may be subject to the branch profits tax at a rate equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of its effectively connected earnings and profits.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

We must generally report to our non-U.S. holders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year and the amount of any tax withheld. All distributions to holders of common stock are subject to any applicable withholding. Information reporting requirements may apply even if no withholding was required because the distributions were effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a United States trade or business or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Under U.S. federal income tax law, interest, dividends and other reportable payments may, under certain circumstances, be subject to “backup withholding” at the then applicable rate. Backup withholding, however, generally will not apply to distributions to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock, provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient. Backup withholding is not an additional tax but can be credited against a non-U.S. holder’s federal income tax, and may be refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax and the appropriate information is timely supplied to the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, imposes withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” (as specially defined under these rules) and certain other non-U.S. entities if certification, information reporting and other specified requirements are not met. FATCA imposes a 30% withholding tax on “withholdable payments” if they are paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign non-financial entity, unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations and other specified requirements are satisfied or (ii) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner and other specified requirements are satisfied. “Withholdable payment” generally means (i) any payment of interest, dividends, rents and certain other types of income if such payment is from sources within the United States, and (ii) any gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any property of a type that can produce interest or dividends from sources within the United States (including, for example, stock and debt of U.S. corporations). If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. If an investor does not provide us with the information necessary to comply with FATCA, it is possible that distributions to such investor that are attributable to withholdable payments, such as dividends, will be subject to the 30% withholding tax. Under final U.S. Treasury Regulations and current IRS guidance, withholding on dividends on our common stock will only apply to payments made on or after July 1, 2014, and withholding on payments of gross proceeds from the sale or disposition of our common stock will only apply to payments made on or after January 1, 2017. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding this legislation.

 

122


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

  

Number of
Shares

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc. 

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Total:

     5,000,000   
  

 

 

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 750,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 750,000 shares of common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per
Share
     No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

   $                    $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $                    $                    $                

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $2.7 million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expense relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $20,000.

 

123


Table of Contents

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE under the trading symbol “HUBS”.

We and all directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, which we refer to as the restricted period:

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock; or

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph to do not apply to our directors, officers and other holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock and stock options with respect to:

 

    the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

    transfers by a security holder of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (1) as a bona fide gift, (2) by will or intestacy or to any trust for the benefit of such security holder or an immediate family member; (3) as distributions by a trust to its beneficiaries or (4) if the security holder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity (a) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate of such security holder or (b) distributions of such shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock to limited partners, limited liability company members or stockholders of such security holder; provided that in each case, each transferee, trustee, donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement and no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

    transfers to us in connection with the exercise of an option or a warrant, including the payment of taxes due as a result of such exercise, pursuant to employee benefit plans in accordance with the terms of such plans as described in this prospectus, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

    transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in this offering or in open market transactions after the completion of the offering of the shares; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, is required or voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of the common stock or other securities acquired in such transactions;

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock

 

124


Table of Contents
 

during the restricted period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required or voluntarily made regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period;

 

    in connection with the conversion of the outstanding preferred stock into shares of common stock; or

 

    the transfer of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by our board of directors involving a change of control of us,  provided  that in the event such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the common stock owned by the holder shall otherwise remain subject to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreement. For purposes of this exception, “change of control” shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter pursuant to this offering), of our voting securities if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities of us (or the surviving entity).

In addition, the restrictions described above do not apply to us with respect to:

 

    the shares of common stock to be sold by us in this offering;

 

    the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof;

 

    the issuance by us of shares or options to purchase shares of common stock pursuant to our equity plans disclosed in this prospectus;

 

    the filing by us of a registration statement on Form S-8 or a successor form thereto; and

 

    the entry into an agreement providing for the issuance by us of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of common stock in connection with (i) the acquisition by us or any of our subsidiaries of the securities, business, property or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by us in connection with such acquisition, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement;  provided  that in the case of this exception, the aggregate number of shares of common stock that we may sell or issue pursuant to this exception shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of this offering and all recipients of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of common stock shall enter into a lock-up agreement substantially in the form entered into by our other securityholders in connection with this offering.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in its sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice with or without notice; provided, however, that if the release is granted for one of our officers or directors, Morgan Stanley & Co., LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, agree that at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, Morgan Stanley & Co., LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, will notify us of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) we are obligated to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the

 

125


Table of Contents

underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 250,000 shares of common stock, which we refer to as the Reserved Shares, to be issued by us and offered by this prospectus for sale (including any shares sold pursuant to the LOYAL3 platform described below), at the initial public offering price, to directors, executive officers, employees and certain business associates of ours as well as certain family members of such persons. Except for directors and executive officers who have entered into lock-up agreements as contemplated above, if purchased by these persons, these shares will be not subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction. We will offer these shares to the extent permitted under applicable regulations in the United States and applicable jurisdictions through a directed share program. Morgan Stanley & Co., LLC will administer the directed share program for our directors and executive officers and for our employees and certain business associates, as well as certain family members of such persons, who are located in certain countries outside of the United States. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

 

126


Table of Contents

LOYAL3 Platform

At our request, the underwriters have reserved a portion of the Reserved Shares offered by this prospectus to be offered through the LOYAL3 platform at the initial public offering price. The portion of Reserved Shares to be offered through the LOYAL3 platform will be determined pro rata based on demand from the directed share program and the Loyal3 platform. Purchases through the LOYAL3 platform will be in dollar amounts and may include fractional shares. The LOYAL3 platform is designed to facilitate participation of individual purchasers in initial public offerings in amounts starting at $100. Any purchase of our common shares in this offering through the LOYAL3 platform will be at the same initial public offering price, and at the same time, as purchases by institutions and other large investors. None of our directors or executive officers will participate in the offering through the LOYAL3 platform. Reserved Shares purchased through the LOYAL3 platform will be not subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction. Employees and certain business associates of ours as well as certain family members of such persons, in the United States, who are interested in purchasing common shares in this offering through the LOYAL3 platform may go to LOYAL3’s website for information about how to become a customer of LOYAL3, which is required to purchase common shares through the LOYAL3 platform. The LOYAL3 platform is available fee-free to investors. Sales of Reserved Shares to investors using the LOYAL3 platform will be completed through a batch or combined order process typically only once per day. The LOYAL3 platform and information on the LOYAL3 website do not form a part of this prospectus. The LOYAL3 platform is administered by LOYAL3 Securities, Inc., as a selling agent. LOYAL3 Securities, Inc. is a U.S.-registered broker-dealer unaffiliated with our company.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, or a Relevant Member State, an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable

 

127


Table of Contents

an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

128


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts, which has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon the validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. The underwriters have been represented by Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, Boston, Massachusetts.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the change in accounting policy for sales commissions). Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.hubspot.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

129


Table of Contents

HUBSPOT, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-5   

Consolidated Statement of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

HubSpot, Inc.

Cambridge, Massachusetts

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of HubSpot, Inc. and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has elected to change its accounting policy for sales commissions expense related to subscription revenue contracts, from recording the expense when incurred, to the deferral and recognition of these costs over the contractual term of the associated customer agreement in all years presented.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

March 28, 2014 (September 26, 2014, as to the effects of the reverse stock split and other matters discussed in Note 14)

 

F-2


Table of Contents

HUBSPOT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

    December 31,
2012
    December 31,
2013
    June 30,
2014
    Pro forma
Stockholders

Deficit
June 30,
2014
 
    (as adjusted)*          

(unaudited)

    (unaudited)  

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash

  $ 41,097      $ 12,643      $ 7,302     

Accounts receivable—net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $122, $175, and $149 at December 31, 2012, 2013, and June 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively

    5,231        7,220        9,278     

Deferred commission expense

    2,836        3,991        4,581     

Restricted cash

    450        307            

Prepaid hosting costs

    63        2,958        1,870     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    846        1,566        2,773     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    50,523        28,685        25,804     

Property and equipment, net

    2,562        7,243        9,892     

Capitalized software development costs, net

    2,392        3,479        4,226     

Restricted cash

    200        1,610        258     

Other assets

    328        65        2,480     

Intangible assets, net

    316        147        115     

Goodwill

    9,330        9,330        9,330     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

  $ 65,651      $ 50,559      $ 52,105     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 2,200      $ 2,547      $ 2,607     

Accrued compensation costs

    2,968        5,079        5,682     

Other accrued expenses

    4,976        7,160        7,517     

Capital lease obligations

    107        96        97     

Deferred rent

    338                   

Deferred revenue

    15,716        24,662        31,995     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    26,305        39,544        47,898     

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

           203        127     

Deferred rent, net of current portion

    1,015        2,523        3,963     

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

    301        244        408     

Revolving line of credit

                  5,000     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

    27,621        42,514        57,396     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value—authorized 58,589 shares; designated, issued, and outstanding, 58,589 shares at December 31, 2012, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited) (liquidation and redemption value of $97,407 at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014) (unaudited)

    101,239        101,293        101,320      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

       

Common stock, $0.001 par value—authorized, 100,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 5,004, 5,301, 5,832, and 25,362 at December 31, 2012, 2013, June 30, 2014 (unaudited), and June 30, 2014 pro forma (unaudited), respectively

    5        5        6        25   

Additional paid-in capital

    8,594        12,898        17,280        118,581   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (10     (79     (81     (81

Accumulated deficit

    (71,798     (106,072     (123,816     (123,816
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (63,209     (93,248     (106,611   $ (5,291
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

  $ 65,651      $ 50,559      $ 52,105     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

* Certain amounts have been adjusted for the retrospective change in accounting policy for sales commissions (see Note 2).

 

F-3


Table of Contents

HUBSPOT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
    (as adjusted)*     (as adjusted)*           (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Revenue:

         

Subscription

  $ 25,702      $ 45,870      $ 70,819      $ 31,829      $ 47,188   

Professional services and other

    2,851        5,734        6,815        3,247        4,084   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    28,553        51,604        77,634        35,076        51,272   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of Revenue:

         

Subscription

    5,712        10,834        20,280        9,782        11,672   

Professional services and other

    6,368        6,004        8,759        4,006        5,181   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    12,080        16,838        29,039        13,788        16,853   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    16,473        34,766        48,595        21,288        34,419   

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development

    10,031        10,585        15,018        6,706        9,641   

Sales and marketing

    24,088        34,949        53,158        24,026        33,020   

General and administrative

    6,769        7,972        14,669        6,941        9,449   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    40,888        53,506        82,845        37,673        52,110   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (24,415     (18,740     (34,250     (16,385     (17,691
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

         

Interest income

    36        26        34        22        3   

Interest expense

    (30     (63     (20     (3     (121

Other income (expense)

    (2     (1     (38     26        65   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

    4        (38     (24     45        (53
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (24,411     (18,778     (34,274     (16,340     (17,744

Preferred stock accretion

    87        81        54        27        27   

Deemed dividends to investors

    973                               
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (25,471   $ (18,859   $ (34,328   $ (16,367   $ (17,771
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (6.19   $ (4.01   $ (6.71   $ (3.23   $ (3.15

Weighted average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share

    4,115        4,699        5,113        5,060        5,636   

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

      $ (1.39     $ (0.71

Pro forma weighted average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share (unaudited)

        24,643          25,166   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

* Certain amounts have been adjusted for the retrospective change in accounting policy for sales commissions (see Note 2).

 

F-4


Table of Contents

HUBSPOT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
     (as adjusted)*     (as adjusted)*           (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (24,411   $ (18,778   $ (34,274   $ (16,340   $ (17,744

Other comprehensive loss:

          

Foreign currency translation adjustment

            (10     (69     (26     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (24,411   $ (18,788   $ (34,343   $ (16,366   $ (17,746
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

* Certain amounts have been adjusted for the retrospective change in accounting policy for sales commissions (see Note 2).

 

F-5


Table of Contents

HUBSPOT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
        Common
Stock, $0.001
Par Value
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Accumulated
Deficit (As
Adjusted)*
    Total  
    Shares     Amount         Shares     Amount          

Balances at January 1, 2011

    40,951      $ 33,788            3,645      $ 4      $ 598      $      $ (28,609   $ (28,007

Exercise of common stock options

            555        1        206            207   

Stock-based compensation

                4,317            4,317   

Repurchase right on unvested shares

                (15         (15

Vesting of restricted common stock

            53               301            301   

Common shares issued in Performable acquisition

            155               883            883   

Options on common shares issued in Performable acquisition

            13               83            83   

Issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock — net of issuance costs of $153

    7,634        21,348                   

Issuance of Series D-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock

    3,737        9,866                   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption

      87                (87         (87

Deemed dividends to investors

      973                (973         (973

Net loss

                    (24,411     (24,411
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

    52,322        66,062            4,421        5        5,313               (53,020     (47,702

Exercise of common stock options

            494               697            697   

Stock-based compensation

                2,102            2,102   

Vesting of restricted common stock

            89               513            513   

Issuance of common stock warrants

                50            50   

Issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock — net of issuance costs of $103

    6,267        35,096                   

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption

      81                (81         (81

Cumulative translation adjustment

                  (10       (10

Net loss

                    (18,778     (18,778
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2012

    58,589        101,239            5,004        5        8,594        (10     (71,798     (63,209

Exercise of common stock options

            230               621            621   

Stock-based compensation

                3,353            3,353   

Vesting of restricted common stock

            67               384            384   

Cumulative translation adjustment

                  (69       (69

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption

      54                (54         (54

Net loss

                    (34,274     (34,274
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

    58,589        101,293            5,301        5        12,898        (79     (106,072     (93,248

Exercise of common stock options (unaudited)

            531        1        2,035            2,036   

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                2,374            2,374   

Cumulative translation adjustment (unaudited)

                  (2       (2

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption (unaudited)

      27                (27         (27

Net loss (unaudited)

                    (17,744     (17,744
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    58,589      $ 101,320            5,832      $ 6      $ 17,280      $ (81   $ (123,816   $ (106,611
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

* Certain amounts have been adjusted for the retrospective change in accounting policy for sales commissions (see Note 2).

 

F-6


Table of Contents

HUBSPOT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

    Year Ended December,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
    (as adjusted)*     (as adjusted)*          

(unaudited)

    (unaudited)  
                         

Operating Activities:

         

Net loss

  $ (24,411   $ (18,778   $ (34,274   $ (16,340   $ (17,744

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

         

Depreciation and amortization

    1,891        2,736        4,472        2,021        3,047   

Stock-based compensation

    4,619        2,515        3,464        1,574        2,248   

Noncash interest expense

           50                        

Provision for doubtful accounts

    324        384        523        311        258   

Noncash rent expense

                  908        125        206   

Changes in assets and liabilities

         

Accounts receivable

    (1,429     (3,077     (2,478     (956     (2,329

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (278     (448     (3,351     (761     (203

Deferred commission expense

    (1,443     (10     (1,155     (287     (590

Accounts payable

    480        1,190        (1,158     1,306        60   

Accrued expenses

    4,147        2,118        4,259        603        1,232   

Restricted cash

    (20            (67            157   

Deferred rent

    (129     (325     258        144        1,234   

Deferred revenue

    3,720        7,838        8,791        4,855        7,530   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (12,529     (5,807     (19,808     (7,405     (4,894
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities:

         

Purchases of property and equipment

    (1,172     (322     (4,358     (2,312     (4,924

Capitalization of software development costs

    (1,684     (2,261     (3,432     (1,537     (2,372

Net cash acquired from acquisition

    1,022                               

Acquisition of intangible assets

                  (190     (190     (80

Restricted cash

           190        (1,190     (1,190     1,500   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (1,834     (2,393     (9,170     (5,229     (5,876
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing Activities:

         

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $153 in 2011 and $103 in 2012

    21,348        35,096                        

Proceeds from exercise of options

    207        697        621        118        2,039   

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

    31                             5,000   

Repayments of long-term debt

    (125     (375                     

Payment of initial public offering costs

                                (1,507

Repurchase of unvested shares of common stock

    (9                            

Repayment of capital lease obligations

    (72     (83     (107     (44     (75
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    21,380        35,335        514        74        5,457   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

           (10     10        (30     (28
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

    7,017        27,125        (28,454     (12,590     (5,341

Cash, beginning of period

    6,955        13,972        41,097        41,097        12,643   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, end of period

  $ 13,972      $ 41,097      $ 12,643      $ 28,507      $ 7,302   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow disclosure:

         

Cash paid for interest

  $ 30      $ 13      $ 3      $ 2      $ 31   

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

         

Property and equipment acquired under capital lease

  $      $      $ 299      $      $   

Capital expenditures incurred but not yet paid

  $ 40      $ 206      $ 1,499      $ 404      $ 414   

Initial public offering costs incurred but not yet paid

  $      $      $      $      $ 825   

Issuance of Series D-1 Preferred Stock for acquisition

  $ 9,866      $      $      $      $   

Accretion of Preferred Stock

  $ 87      $ 81      $ 54      $ 27      $ 27   

Deemed dividends to investors

  $ 973      $      $      $      $   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

* Certain amounts have been adjusted for the retrospective change in accounting policy for sales commissions (see Note 2).

 

F-7


Table of Contents

HUBSPOT, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization and Operations

HubSpot, Inc. (the “Company”), was formed as a limited liability company in Delaware on April 4, 2005. The Company converted to a Delaware corporation on June 7, 2007. The Company provides a cloud-based inbound marketing and sales platform which features integrated applications to help businesses attract visitors to their websites, convert visitors into leads, close leads into customers and delight customers so they become promoters of those businesses. These integrated applications include social media, search engine optimization, blogging, website content management, marketing automation, email, analytics and reporting.

The Company is headquartered in Cambridge, Massachusetts, and has a wholly-owned subsidiary in Dublin, Ireland, which commenced operations in January of 2013.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going-concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company has incurred net losses since inception and has an accumulated deficit of $123.8 million and negative working capital of $22.1 million as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

The Company has financed its operations to date primarily with cash receipts from customers and the proceeds from the sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock. The Company will continue to require additional capital to move forward with its business plan. While the Company does have borrowings of $21.3 million available (Note 7), there can be no assurance that funds necessary beyond these amounts will be available in amounts or on terms sufficient to ensure ongoing operations. However, the Company’s management believes that the June 30, 2014 cash balance, when combined with proceeds from the available borrowings, will be sufficient to fund the Company’s operations through June 30, 2015.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation —The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in U.S. dollars, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information —Upon the completion of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”), all outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information gives effect to the conversion of the convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2014. The effect of this conversion on the pro forma balance sheet will reduce stockholders’ deficit by $101.3 million. Additionally, as discussed in the “Unaudited Pro Forma Loss per Share” accounting policy below, the Company has calculated unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share to give effect to the convertible redeemable preferred stock as though such shares had been converted to common shares as of the beginning of the period. As described in Note 10 Stockholders’ Deficit and Stock-Based Compensation below, the Company has granted restricted stock units (“RSUs”) with a performance measure that will be met six months following an IPO or sale event. As such, no common shares will be issued upon completion of the Company’s IPO, and therefore these RSUs do not impact the pro forma balance sheet or pro forma loss per share.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information —The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2014 and the consolidated interim statements of operations, statements of comprehensive loss and cash flows during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments necessary to present fairly the Company’s consolidated financial position as of June 30, 2014 and its consolidated statements of operations and

 

F-8


Table of Contents

comprehensive loss and cash flows during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014. The financial data and other financial information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 are also unaudited.

Use of Estimates —The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Change in Accounting Policy —On January 1, 2013, the Company elected to change its accounting policy for sales commissions related to new customer subscription contracts, from recording expense when incurred, to the deferral of sales commissions that relate to contractually recurring revenues, and amortizing those sales commissions over the contractual term of the associated customer contracts. The Company believes the deferral method described above is preferable primarily because the sales commission charges are so closely related to obtaining the revenue from the contracts that they should be deferred and charged to expense over the same period that the related revenue is recognized. The comparative financial statements of prior years have been adjusted to apply the new policy retrospectively.

The amortization of deferred commissions is included in sales and marketing in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The following tables reflect the impact of this change in accounting policy in previously reported periods (in thousands):

 

     Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2012
 
     As
Previously
Reported
    Impact of
Commission
Adjustment
     As
Adjusted
 

Deferred commission expense

   $      $ 2,836       $ 2,836   

Total current assets

   $ 47,687      $ 2,836       $ 50,523   

Total assets

   $ 62,815      $ 2,836       $ 65,651   

Accumulated deficit

   $ (74,634   $ 2,836       $ (71,798

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 62,815      $ 2,836       $ 65,651   

 

     Consolidated Statements of Operations  
     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2012  
     As
Previously
Reported
    Impact of
Commission
Adjustment
    As
Adjusted
    As
Previously
Reported
    Impact of
Commission
Adjustment
    As
Adjusted
 

Sales and marketing

   $ 25,531      $ (1,443   $ 24,088      $ 34,959      $ (10   $ 34,949   

Loss from operations

   $ (25,858   $ 1,443      $ (24,415   $ (18,750   $ 10      $ (18,740

Net loss

   $ (25,854   $ 1,443      $ (24,411   $ (18,788   $ 10      $ (18,778

Comprehensive loss

   $ (25,854   $ 1,443      $ (24,411   $ (18,798   $ 10      $ (18,788

 

     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  
     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2012  
     As
Previously
Reported
    Impact of
Commission
Adjustment
    As
Adjusted
    As
Previously
Reported
    Impact of
Commission
Adjustment
    As
Adjusted
 

Net loss

   $ (25,854   $ 1,443      $ (24,411   $ (18,788   $ 10      $ (18,778

Change in deferred commission expense

   $      $ (1,443   $ (1,443   $      $ (10   $ (10

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

 

     January 1, 2011  
     As
Previously
Reported
    Impact of
Commission
Adjustment
     As
Adjusted
 

Accumulated deficit

   $ (29,991   $ 1,382       $ (28,609

Operating Segments —The Company operates as one operating segment. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision makers (“CODMs”), which are the Company’s chief executive officer and chief operating officer, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company’s CODMs evaluate the Company’s financial information and resources and assess the performance of these resources on a consolidated basis. Since the Company operates in one operating segment, all required financial segment information can be found in the consolidated financial statements.

Historical Loss Per Share —Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of this calculation, options to purchase common stock, common stock warrant, nonvested shares of restricted stock, RSUs and redeemable convertible preferred stock are considered to be common stock equivalents. The Company applied the two-class method to calculate its basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock, as its convertible preferred stock and common stock are participating securities. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that treats a participating security as having rights to earnings that otherwise would have been available to common stockholders. However, the two-class method does not impact the net loss per share of common stock as the Company was in a loss position for each of the periods presented and preferred stockholders do not participate in losses.

A reconciliation of the denominator used in the calculation of basic and diluted loss per share is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Numerator:

         

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (25,471   $ (18,859   $ (34,328   $ (16,367   $ (17,771
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

         

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic

    4,115        4,699        5,113        5,060        5,636   

Dilutive effect of share equivalents resulting from stock options, RSUs, nonvested restricted stock, common stock warrant and redeemable convertible preferred shares (as converted)

                                  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding-diluted

    4,115        4,699        5,113        5,060        5,636   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (6.19   $ (4.01   $ (6.71   $ (3.23   $ (3.15
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

For the years ended December 2011, 2012 and 2013, and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 (unaudited), the Company incurred net losses and, therefore, the effect of the Company’s outstanding stock options, common stock warrant, redeemable convertible preferred stock, RSUs and nonvested shares of restricted stock was not included in the calculation of diluted loss per share as the effect would be anti-dilutive. The following table contains share totals with a potentially dilutive impact (in thousands):

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2011     2012     2013     2013     2014  
                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Options to purchase common shares

    2,646        4,180        4,695        4,421        4,812   

Common stock warrant

           13        13        13        13   

Common stock subject to repurchase

    157        67                        

Convertible preferred shares (as converted)

    17,441        19,530        19,530        19,530        19,530   

RSUs

                  858        750        1,169   

Unaudited Pro Forma Loss Per Share —Upon closing of the proposed IPO, all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into 19,530 thousand shares of common stock. The unaudited pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted, for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 has been computed to give effect to the redeemable convertible preferred stock as if such shares had been converted to common stock as of the beginning of the period.

A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2013
    Six Months Ended
June 30, 2014
 

Numerator:

    

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (34,328   $ (17,771

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

     54        27   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss (1)

   $ (34,274   $ (17,744
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average common shares outstanding-basic

     5,113        5,636   

Pro forma adjustment for assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock upon the closing of the proposed IPO

     19,530        19,530   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Number of shares used for pro forma basic EPS computation

     24,643        25,166   

Dilutive effect of share equivalents resulting from stock options, RSUs and warrants

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Number of shares used for pro forma dilutive EPS computation

     24,643        25,166   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (1.39   $ (0.71
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes stock-based compensation related to RSUs because it was not probable that the performance condition contained in such grants would be met as of December 31, 2013 or June 30, 2014. If it were probable that the performance condition would be met as of December 31, 2013 or June 30, 2014, the Company would have recognized $5.2 million or $8.2 million of stock-based compensation expense, respectively, net of estimated forfeitures.

Restricted Cash —The Company had restricted cash of $258 thousand at June 30, 2014 (unaudited) related to a leased facility. The Company had restricted cash of $1.9 million at December 31, 2013 which includes $1.8 million for letters of credit for the Company’s leased facilities and $157 thousand in collateral for the Company’s corporate credit card borrowings. During the first six months of 2014 the Company released from

 

F-11


Table of Contents

restriction $1.7 million of cash, which includes the $157 thousand in collateral related to its corporate credit card and $1.5 million related to its leased facilities. The Company had restricted cash of $650 thousand at December 31, 2012 which included $560 thousand for letters of credit for the Company’s leased facilities and $90 thousand in collateral for the Company’s corporate credit card borrowings. Short term restricted cash was $450 thousand at December 31, 2012, $307 thousand at December 31, 2013, and $0 at June 30, 2014 (unaudited). These amounts are classified as short term as the restrictions on the cash lapse within one year from the respective balance sheet dates.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts —Accounts receivable are carried at the original invoiced amount less an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the probability of future collection. When management becomes aware of circumstances that may decrease the likelihood of collection, it records a specific allowance against amounts due, which reduces the receivable to the amount that management reasonably believes will be collected. For all other customers, management determines the adequacy of the allowance based on historical loss patterns, the number of days that billings are past due and an evaluation of the potential risk of loss associated with specific accounts. To date, losses resulting from uncollected receivables have not exceeded management’s expectations.

The following is a rollforward of the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

 

     Balance
Beginning
of Period
     Charged to
Costs or
Expenses
     Deductions (1)     Balance at
End of
Period
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

          

Year ended December 31, 2011

   $ 33       $ 324       $ (296   $ 61   

Year ended December 31, 2012

   $ 61       $ 384       $ (323   $ 122   

Year ended December 31, 2013

   $ 122       $ 523       $ (470   $ 175   

Six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

   $ 175       $ 258       $ (284   $ 149   

 

(1) Deductions include actual accounts written-off, net of recoveries.

Property and Equipment —Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, whereas major betterments are capitalized as additions to leasehold improvements. Depreciation is recorded over the following estimated useful lives:

 

     Estimated Useful Life

Computer equipment and purchased software

   3 years

Office equipment

   5 years

Furniture and fixtures

   5 years

Leasehold improvements

   Lesser of lease term or useful life

Fair Value —The Company’s short-term financial instruments include accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and are carried in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited) at amounts that approximate fair value due to their short-term maturity dates.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets —Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable or that the useful lives of those assets are no longer appropriate. Management considers the following potential indicators of impairment of its long-lived assets (asset group): a substantial decrease in the Company’s stock price, a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset (asset group) is being used, a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the value of the long-lived asset (asset group), an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or construction of a long-lived asset (asset group), and a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long lived asset (asset group) will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its

 

F-12


Table of Contents

previously estimated useful life. When such events occur, the Company compares the carrying amounts of the assets to their undiscounted expected future cash flows. If this comparison indicates that there may be an impairment, the amount of the impairment is calculated as the difference between the carrying value and fair value. For the years presented, the Company did not recognize an impairment charge.

Goodwill —Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination. The Company has no other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives. Goodwill is not subject to amortization, but is monitored annually for impairment or more frequently if there are indicators of impairment. Management considers the following potential indicators of impairment: significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the Company’s use of acquired assets or the strategy of the Company’s overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends and a significant decline in the Company’s stock price for a sustained period. The Company performs its annual impairment test on November 30. Currently, the Company’s goodwill is evaluated at the entity level as it is determined there is only one reporting unit. The Company performs a two step impairment test. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying amount. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned, goodwill is not considered impaired and the second step is not required. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, then the second step of the impairment test is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds the fair value, then an impairment charge is recorded. On November 30, 2013, the estimated fair value of the Company’s single reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount. Because the fair value of the Company’s single reporting unit was in excess of its carrying value and there were no indicators that the Company’s goodwill had become impaired since that date, there was no impairment as of November 30, 2013 through December 31, 2013.

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, the Company did not recognize an impairment charge.

Advertising Expense —The Company expenses advertising as incurred, which is included in sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company incurred $3.4 million of advertising expense in 2011, $3.0 million in 2012, $3.5 million in 2013, $1.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited), and $1.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

Revenue Recognition —The Company primarily generates revenue from multi-element arrangements, which typically include subscriptions to its online software solution and professional services which includes training and other consulting services. The Company’s customers do not have the right to take possession of the online software solution. The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following have occurred:

 

    persuasive evidence of an arrangement with the customer exists

 

    service has been or is being provided

 

    the fees are fixed or determinable

 

    collectability of the fees is reasonably assured

The Company’s arrangements do not contain general rights of return.

In order to treat elements in a multiple-element arrangement as separate units of accounting, the delivered elements must have standalone value and delivery of the undelivered element is probable and within control of the Company.

The Company has determined that subscriptions for its online software solution have standalone value because, once a customer launches its initial site, the online software solution is fully functional and does not require any additional development, modification, or customization.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Professional services consists primarily of web-based and in-person training, are not required to use the online software solution, and are determined to have stand-alone value from the related subscription services because they are sold separately by the Company and third parties.

When multiple element arrangements are separated into different units of accounting, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the identified separate units based on a relative selling price hierarchy. The estimated fair value of each element is determined based upon the following hierarchy: (1) vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value, (2) third party evidence of selling price (“TPE”), or (3) the Company’s best estimate of selling price (“BESP”). The Company is not able to establish VSOE of fair value for undelivered elements, which in most instances is subscription and training and professional services, based on its pricing practices, and there is not a reliable measure of TPE of selling price. As such, arrangement consideration is allocated amongst multiple deliverable arrangements using BESP. The Company establishes BESP for each deliverable primarily considering the median of actual sales prices of each type of subscription and other consulting services sold. The Company considers each type of subscription and service as well as pricing and geographic information when establishing BESP. Arrangement consideration is allocated such that the revenue recognized does not exceed the fee subject to refund.

Revenue from subscriptions is recognized ratably over the subscription period beginning on the date the Company’s subscription is made available to customers. Substantially all subscription contracts are one year or less. The Company recognizes revenue from training and consulting services as the services are provided.

The Company pays its marketing agency partners a commission of the subscription sales price for sales to customers. The classification of the commission paid on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations depends on who is purchasing its subscription. In instances where the customer is purchasing the subscription, the Company is the primary obligor and records the commission paid to the agency partner as sales and marketing expense. When the agency partner purchases the subscription directly from the Company, the Company nets the consideration paid to the partner against the associated revenue it recognizes, as in these instances the Company’s customer is the partner and the Company’s remaining obligations are to the partner. The Company does not believe that it receives a tangible benefit from the payment back to the partner.

Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities are excluded from revenue.

Amounts that have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable and deferred revenue or revenue, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met. Deferred revenue represents amounts billed for which revenue has not yet been recognized. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the succeeding 12-month period is recorded as current deferred revenue and the remaining portion is recorded as long-term deferred revenue.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Significant Customers —Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, restricted cash and accounts receivable.

A significant portion of the Company’s cash is held at one financial institution that management believes to be of high credit quality. Although the Company deposits it cash with multiple financial institutions, its deposits exceed federally insured limits.

The Company has no significant off-balance sheet risk such as foreign exchange contracts, option contracts, or other hedging arrangements.

The Company generally does not require collateral from its customers and generally requires payment 30 days from the invoice date. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based on its assessment of the collectability of accounts receivable. Credit risk arising from accounts receivable is mitigated as a result of transacting with a large number of geographically dispersed customers spread across various industries.

At December 31, 2012 and 2013, and at June 30, 2014 (unaudited), there were no customers that represented more than 10% of the net accounts receivable balance. There were no customers that individually exceeded 10% of the Company’s revenue in any of the periods presented.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency —The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiary is the local currency. Assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet dates; with the resulting translation adjustments directly recorded to a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Income and expense accounts are translated at the weighted-average exchange rates during the period. Equity transactions are translated at historical exchange rates. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in other income (expense).

Research and Development —Research and development expenses include payroll, employee benefits and other expenses associated with product development.

Capitalized Software Development Costs —Certain payroll and stock compensation costs incurred to develop functionality for the Company’s software platform, as well as certain upgrades and enhancements that are expected to result in increased functionality are capitalized. The costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, certain internal costs are capitalized until the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Capitalized software development costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life of two years. Management evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets.

Capitalized software development costs consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,
2014
 
         2012             2013        
                 (unaudited)  

Gross capitalized software development costs

   $ 5,646      $ 9,351      $ 11,849   

Accumulated amortization

     (3,254     (5,872     (7,623
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capitalized software development costs, net

   $ 2,392      $ 3,479      $ 4,226   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company capitalized software development costs of $1.7 million in 2011, $2.4 million in 2012, $3.7 million in 2013, $1.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and $2.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited). Stock-based compensation costs included in capitalized software were negligible in 2011, $100 thousand in 2012, $273 thousand in 2013, $122 thousand in the six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and $126 thousand in the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

Amortization of capitalized software development costs was $857 thousand in 2011, $1.5 million in 2012, $2.6 million in 2013, $1.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and $1.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited). Amortization expense is included in cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

Income Taxes —Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities using tax rates expected to be in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company provides reserves for potential payments of tax to various tax authorities related to uncertain tax positions based on a determination of whether and how much of a tax benefit taken by the Company in its tax filings or positions is more likely than not to be realized following resolution of any potential contingencies present related to the tax benefit. Potential interest and penalties associated with such uncertain tax positions are recorded as a component of income tax expense.

Stock-Based Compensation —The Company accounts for all stock options and awards granted to employees and nonemployees using a fair value method. Stock-based compensation is recognized as an expense and is measured at the fair value of the award. The measurement date for employee awards is generally the date

 

F-15


Table of Contents

of the grant. The measurement date for nonemployee awards is generally the date the options vest. Stock-based compensation costs are recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period for awards, on a straight-line basis.

3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited) consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,
2014
 
     2012     2013    
                 (unaudited)  

Computer equipment and purchased software

   $ 1,321      $ 1,504      $ 1,804   

Furniture and fixtures

     847        2,106        2,604   

Office equipment

     450        990        1,090   

Leasehold improvements

     2,090        5,845        8,770   

Capital leases and equipment under capital lease

     317        562        570   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     5,025        11,007        14,838   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (2,463     (3,764     (4,946
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,562      $ 7,243      $ 9,892   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $903 thousand in 2011, $988 thousand in 2012, $1.5 million in 2013, $689 thousand in the six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and $1.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

Accumulated depreciation for equipment under capital lease was $153 thousand as of December 31, 2012 $272 thousand as of December 31, 2013 and $282 thousand as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

4. Acquisition

On June 15, 2011, the Company acquired 100% of the equity of Performable, Inc. (“Performable”), a privately held software company located in Massachusetts. The Company completed this transaction in order to expand its product offerings and to expand the skillset of its employee base. The consideration paid for Performable included $3.4 million of cash and 3,737,028 shares of Series D-1 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series D-1”) with a fair value of $9.9 million. Additionally, the Company issued 375,334 shares of common stock with a fair value of $2.1 million, of which 155,021 fully vested shares of common stock with a fair value of $884 thousand is included in the purchase price and 220,313 unvested shares of common stock with a fair value of $1.3 million is being recorded as compensation expense over the vesting period. The Company also issued 36,162 stock options with a weighted-average vesting term of 2.5 years, exercise prices that range from $0.87 to $2.13 per share and a fair value of $165 thousand of which $83 thousand is included as part of the purchase price and $82 thousand is being recorded as compensation expense over the vesting period.

Additionally, the Company is required to pay an additional $3.1 million of bonus payments over a three-year period to certain of the Performable employees provided they meet certain service conditions. The Company is recording these bonus payments as compensation expense over the related service period. Accrued amounts related to these additional bonus payments were included in accrued compensation costs and were $541 thousand as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and $0 as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited). The Company incurred transaction costs of $376 thousand in connection with the acquisition, which were included in general and administrative expenses in 2011. The acquisition has been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting . Under the acquisition method of accounting, the Company allocated the purchase price to the identifiable assets and liabilities based on their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The components of the purchase price and allocation for the acquisition of the Performable assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 

Consideration:

  

Cash paid

   $ 3,357   

Series D-1 Preferred Stock

     9,866   

Common stock

     884   

Common stock options

     83   

Less cash acquired

     (4,379
  

 

 

 

Fair value of total consideration

   $ 9,811   
  

 

 

 

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

  

Accounts receivable

   $ 6   

Other assets

     48   

Property and equipment

     25   

Developed technology

     670   

Accounts payable

     (13

Accrued expenses

     (66

Deferred revenue

     (189
  

 

 

 

Total

     481   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

     9,330   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,811   
  

 

 

 

The fair value of the developed technology was determined using the relief from royalty method. The relief from royalty method assesses the royalty savings an entity realizes since it owns the asset and does not have to pay a license fee to a third-party for its use. The developed technology is being amortized over its estimated useful life of three years, the period in which a substantial portion of the present value of the cash flows from the developed technology are expected to be earned.

The depreciable property and equipment is being depreciated over their useful lives on a straight-line basis.

The valuation of the deferred revenue was based on contractual commitment to provide on-going services to existing Performable customers. The fair value of this assumed liability was based on the estimated cost plus a reasonable margin to fulfill these service obligations. This deferred revenue was fully recognized by May of 2012.

The excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of net intangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired was recorded to goodwill. The goodwill is attributable to expected operating and cross-selling synergies. The goodwill will not be deductible for tax purposes. The purchase price allocation was finalized as of December 31, 2011.

Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the acquisition was not material in relation to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the period from January 1, 2011 to the date of acquisition, or in prior periods.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

5. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited) consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     Average Remaining
Useful Life
     December 31,     June 30,
2014
 
        2012     2013    
                        (unaudited)  

Acquired technology

     4 Months       $ 670      $ 745      $ 745   

Acquired intellectual property

     33 Months         —          —          80   

Accumulated amortization

        (354     (598     (710
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $ 316      $ 147      $ 115   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The estimated useful life of acquired technology is three years. The estimated useful life of the acquired intellectual property is three years. The Company evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets.

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $130 thousand in 2011, $224 thousand in 2012, $359 thousand in 2013, $136 thousand in the six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and $112 thousand in the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited). Amortization expense of acquired technology is included in cost of subscription revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. Amortization expense of acquired intellectual property is included in sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Estimated future amortization expense for intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending

December 31,

   Amortization
Expense
 

2014

   $ 118   

2015

     25   

2016

     4   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 147   
  

 

 

 

6. Long-Term Debt

Equipment Line —In June 2010, the Company executed a loan and security agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) establishing a $500,000 equipment line of credit (the “Equipment Line”) with a bank for eligible equipment purchases through June 28, 2011. Borrowings under the Line were due in 24 equal monthly payments of principal, plus accrued interest, at an annual rate of 3.25% beginning July 1, 2011 through June 1, 2013. Borrowings were collateralized by the equipment, software and other property financed by the Loan Agreement. The Company was required to maintain certain non-financial covenants. The Equipment Line expired on June 1, 2013 and was not renewed. There were no amounts outstanding under the Equipment Line as of December 31, 2012 or December 31, 2013.

Growth Capital and Revolving Line —In April 2012, the Company amended and restated the Loan Agreement. The Company could borrow up to $5.0 million on a growth capital line of credit (“Growth Capital Line”) through April 2013, at the bank’s prime rate plus one percent. The Growth Capital Line was repayable beginning May 2013 in monthly installments of principal and interest through October 2015. The Company could borrow up to $5.0 million on a revolving line of credit (“Revolving Line”) at the bank’s prime rate, which was payable in full in October 2013. Both lines were established to provide financing for general corporate purposes. The Company was required to maintain a minimum cash account balance of $1.0 million and all of the Company’s assets, excluding intellectual property, was pledged as collateral.

As part of the amended and restated Loan Agreement, the Company issued the bank a fully exercisable warrant to purchase 13,158 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.70 per share with an expiration

 

F-18


Table of Contents

date of April 2022. The fair value of the warrant of $50 thousand was recorded as interest expense in 2012 as it was issued fully vested. The fair value of the warrant was estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

Risk-free interest rate

     2.25

Expected term (in years)

     10   

Volatility

     55

Expected dividends

    

In May 2013, the Company executed the first amendment to the amended and restated Loan Agreement. The Growth Capital Line was extended through May 2014 and was repayable beginning June 2014 in monthly installments of principal and interest through November 2016. The Revolving Line was extended through May 2014.

In September 2013, the Company executed the second amendment to the amended and restated Loan Agreement, increasing the Revolving Line to $20.0 million and extending the maturity date to December 31, 2014. A 0.25% annual unused facility fee is applicable to the Revolving Line.

No amounts have been drawn under the Revolving Line or the Growth Capital Line as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013.

In March 2014, the Company executed the third amendment to the amended and restated Loan Agreement. The Growth Capital Line was extended with borrowings available through December 2014 and repayable over thirty months through June 2017. Additionally, the Revolving Line was increased to $30.0 million and is payable in full in March 2016. During the six months ended June 30, 2014 the Company drew down $5.0 million (unaudited) under the Revolving Line and subsequent to June 30, 2014 the Company drew down an additional $8.0 million (unaudited). The Company is required to meet certain minimum quarterly subscription revenue levels which increases throughout the life of the Loan Agreement. As of June 30, 2014, the Company was in compliance with this requirement (unaudited).

7. Geographic Data

As previously discussed in the Company’s Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, the Company operates in one operating segment. Revenue and long-lived assets by geographic region, based on the physical location of the operations recording the sale or the asset, are as follows:

Revenues by geographical region (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2011      2012      2013      2013      2014  
                          (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

United States

   $ 28,553       $ 51,604       $ 74,437       $ 34,437       $ 46,341   

Europe

                     3,197         639         4,931   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 28,553       $ 51,604       $ 77,634         35,076       $ 51,272   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Percentage of revenues generated outside of the United States

     0%         0%         4%         2%         10%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Total long lived assets by geographical region (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,     As of June 30,
2014
 
         2012             2013        
                 (unaudited)  

United States

   $ 2,562      $ 6,775      $ 9,113   

Europe

            468        779   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Long Lived Assets

   $ 2,562      $ 7,243      $ 9,892   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of long lived assets held outside of the United States

     0     6     8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

8. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases its office facilities under non-cancelable operating leases that expire at various dates through November 2020. Rent expense for non-cancellable operating leases with free rental periods or scheduled rent increases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases. Improvement reimbursements from landlords of $1.8 million are being amortized on a straight-line basis into rent expense over the terms of the leases. The difference between required lease payments and rent expense has been recorded as deferred rent.

Rent expense was $977 thousand in 2011, $1.3 million in 2012, $3.1 million in 2013, $1.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and $2.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited). Deferred rent was $1.4 million as of December 31, 2012, $2.5 million as of December 31, 2013, and $4.0 million as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

In August 2011, the Company sublet a portion of its office space to an unrelated third party and entered into a sublease that expired in January 2014. Sublease income was $46 thousand in 2011, $130 thousand in 2012, $135 thousand in 2013, $67 thousand in the six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and $11 thousand in the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

In October 2013, the Company extended a lease agreement for the purchase of equipment with a fair value of $299 thousand. The lease is payable in 36 monthly payments through September 2016. The total outstanding balance financed under capital leases was $107 thousand as of December 31, 2012, $299 thousand as of December 31, 2013 and $224 thousand as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited). Amortization of assets recorded under capital leases is included in depreciation expense.

Future minimum payments under all operating and capital lease agreements as of December 31, 2013, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Operating      Capital  

2014

   $ 4,257       $ 135   

2015

     5,049         108   

2016

     5,681         81   

2017

     6,064           

2018

     5,931           

Thereafter

     11,708           
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 38,690         324   
  

 

 

    

Less: Portion representing interest

        25   
     

 

 

 

Capital Lease Obligation

      $ 299   
     

 

 

 

The Company is not presently a party to any litigation that it believes might have a material effect on its business operations. The Company is, from time to time, a party to litigation that arises in the normal course of

 

F-20


Table of Contents

its business operations. On November 13, 2013, a class action complaint was filed, alleging that the Company maintained a policy of not paying overtime to business development representatives for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours per week. The complaint seeks unpaid wages, multiple damages, injunctive relief, attorneys’ fees and costs. The Company believes this matter will not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

9. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company has authorized and issued Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series A”), Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series B”), Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series C”), Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series D”), Series D-1, and Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series E”) (collectively, “Preferred Stock”); which are classified as temporary equity.

In March 2011, the Company issued 7,634,497 shares of Series D at approximately $2.82 per share for gross proceeds of $21.5 million and issuance costs of $153 thousand.

In June 2011, the Company issued 3,737,028 shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock at approximately $2.64 per share for an aggregate value of $9.9 million as part of the consideration for the purchase of Performable (see Note 4).

In November 2012, the Company issued 6,267,336 shares of Series E at approximately $5.62 per share for gross proceeds of $35.2 million and issuance costs of $103 thousand.

The rights and privileges of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series D-1 and Series E (collectively, the “Preferred Stock”) are described below:

Voting Rights —The holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to vote on all matters and shall have the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the Preferred Stock is convertible.

Dividends —The holder of shares of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive dividends, when and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefore, in preference to common stockholders. Through June 30, 2014, no dividends have been declared or paid by the Company (unaudited).

The Company shall not declare or pay any cash dividends on shares of common stock until each of the holders of the then-outstanding Preferred Stock shall have first received, or there shall have been declared and set aside for payment, a cash dividend on each outstanding share of such Preferred Stock in an amount equal to the product of the per share amount, if any, of the dividends to be declared, paid, or set aside for the common stock, multiplied by the number of whole shares of common stock into which such share of Preferred Stock is then convertible.

Conversion —Each share of Preferred Stock may be converted at any time, at the option of the holder into shares of common stock, subject to the applicable conversion rate as determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price, with the exception of Series D-1. The issuance price is approximately $0.41 for Series A, $0.84 for Series B, $1.27 for Series C, $2.82 for Series D and $5.62 for Series E. The current conversion prices are the same as the issuance prices. Each share of Series D-1 may be converted as determined by dividing the Series D issuance price by the Series D conversion price (as adjusted for certain dilutive events). Conversion is mandatory at the earlier of the closing of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock at a per share price of at least $16.86 (adjusted for certain dilutive events) with net proceeds to the Company of at least $50 million or the election by holders of at least 65% of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

Liquidation Preference —The holders of the Preferred Stock have preferences over the holders of the Company’s common stock in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of

 

F-21


Table of Contents

the Company, including a merger or consolidation. The amount to be paid per share is equal to the greater of approximately $0.41 for Series A, $0.84 for Series B, $1.27 for Series C, $2.82 for Series D, $1.77 for Series D-1 and $5.62 for Series E (as adjusted for certain dilutive events) plus any declared and unpaid dividends or such amount per share as would have been payable had all shares of the Preferred Stock been converted to common stock immediately prior to the liquidation event. Thereafter, any remaining assets available for distribution would be distributed among the common stockholders. If upon liquidation, the assets of the Company are not sufficient to permit payment of the full liquidation preference of the Preferred stock, the assets will be distributed first to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock on a pari passu basis. Any remaining assets will them be distributed on a pari passu basis of the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series D-1 Preferred Stock.

Redemption —Upon written notice of 65% of the holders of Preferred Stock, the Preferred Stock is redeemable in three annual installments commencing 30 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after March 3, 2020 for all series, except Series E. Series E shall be redeemable in one installment commencing 30 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after March 3, 2020. The redemption price per share is approximately $0.41 for Series A, $0.84 for Series B, $1.27 for Series C, $2.82 for Series D, $1.77 for Series D-1 and $5.62 for Series E, plus any declared and unpaid dividends. If the Company does not pay the redemption price when due, the delinquent payment will bear interest at a rate of 1% per month. If the Company does not have sufficient funds available to redeem the Preferred Stock on any redemption date, the Company shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock out of funds available and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as practicable after the Company has funds available.

The Company is accreting Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E to their redemption value over the period from the date of issuance to March 3, 2020, such that the carrying amounts of the securities will equal the redemption amounts at the earliest redemption date.

The following table contains the value of each class of Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited), as well as the liquidation and redemption value at June 30, 2014 (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2014
 
     2012      2013     
                   (unaudited)  

Series A designated, issued, and outstanding, 13,687 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (liquidation and redemption value of $5,625 at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited))

   $ 5,512       $ 5,528       $ 5,536   

Series B designated, issued, and outstanding, 14,313 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (liquidation and redemption value of $12,000 at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited))

     11,975         11,979         11,981   

Series C designated, issued, and outstanding, 12,950 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (liquidation and redemption value of $16,458 at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited))

     16,413         16,419         16,422   

Series D designated, issued, and outstanding, 7,634 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (liquidation and redemption value of $21,500 at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited))

     22,374         22,388         22,394   

Series D-1 designated, issued, and outstanding, 3,737 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (liquidation and redemption value of $6,625 at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited))

     9,866         9,866         9,866   

Series E designated, issued, and outstanding, 6,267 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (liquidation and redemption value of $35,199 at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited))

     35,099         35,113         35,121   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 101,239       $ 101,293       $ 101,320   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

10. Stockholders’ Deficit and Stock-Based Compensation

Common Stock Reserved —As of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited), the Company has authorized 100 million shares of common stock. The number of shares of common stock reserved for the potential conversion of preferred stock, vesting of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and exercise of a warrant and common stock options are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2013
     June 30,
2014
 
            (unaudited)  

Conversion of Series A

     4,562         4,562   

Conversion of Series B

     4,771         4,771   

Conversion of Series C

     4,317         4,317   

Conversion of Series D

     2,545         2,545   

Conversion of Series D-1

     1,246         1,246   

Conversion of Series E

     2,089         2,089   

Common stock warrant

     13         13   

Restricted stock units

     858         1,169   

Common stock options

     4,695         4,812   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     25,096         25,524   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity Incentive Plan —The Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) provides for the grant of qualified incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options or other awards such as RSUs to the Company’s employees, officers, directors and outside consultants to purchase up to an aggregate of 7.4 million shares and 8.6 million shares of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2013, and June 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively. The share based awards generally vest over a four-year period and expire 10 years from the date of grant. Certain share-based awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control, as defined in the Plan. As of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited), the Company had 15 thousand and 290 thousand share based awards available for future grant under the Plan, respectively.

On February 7, 2014 the Board of Directors approved an increase of 1,246,868 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan to 8,612,809.

Equity Compensation Expense —The Company’s equity compensation expense is comprised of awards of options to purchase common stock, restricted stock awards (RSAs) and RSUs. In connection with the Series D preferred stock financing in 2011, certain investors purchased an aggregate of 658 thousand shares of common stock, at a price per share of $7.59, and an aggregate of 2,230 thousand shares of Series A preferred stock, at a price per share of $2.82, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $11.2 million, from certain employees and non-employee investors of the Company. The aggregate purchase price per share represented an excess over the fair value of such shares of approximately $4.6 million. Of this $4.6 million, $3.7 million is associated with employees and is recorded as stock compensation expense, and $973 thousand is associated with non-employee investors and is recorded as a non-cash deemed dividend.

The following two tables show stock compensation expense by award type and where the stock compensation expense is recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
         2011              2012              2013              2013              2014      
                          (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Options

   $ 659       $ 2,002       $ 3,080       $ 1,318       $ 2,248   

Vesting of RSAs

     302         513         384         256           

Employee sale of securities to investors

     3,658                                   

Vesting of RSUs

                                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 4,619       $ 2,515       $ 3,464       $ 1,574       $ 2,248   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2011      2012      2013          2013              2014      
                          (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Cost of revenue, subscription

   $ 16       $ 27       $ 50         20         40   

Cost of revenue, service

     131         100         211         66         152   

Research and development

     2,341         739         691         369         299   

Sales and marketing

     647         691         1,194         488         887   

General and administrative

     1,484         958         1,318         631         870   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 4,619       $ 2,515       $ 3,464       $ 1,574       $ 2,248   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Excluded from stock-based compensation expense is $100 thousand of capitalized software development costs in 2012, $273 thousand in 2013, $122 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited), and $126 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited). Capitalization of stock-based compensation expense as part of software development costs in 2011 was negligible.

Stock Options —The fair value of employee options is estimated on the date of each grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

    Year Ended December 31,   Six Months
Ended June 30,
    2011   2012   2013   2013   2014
                (unaudited)   (unaudited)

Risk-free interest rate

  0.79% - 2.45%   0.56% - 1.23%   0.82% - 1.86%   0.82% - 1.0%   1.84% -1.98%

Expected term (in years)

  6.0   3.5 - 6.5   4.6 - 6.5   4.7 - 6.5   5.0 - 6.5

Volatility

  49% - 52%   48% - 51%   46.8% -54.7%   47% - 53%   47% - 51%

Expected dividends

         

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted was $1.92 per share in 2011, $3.09 per share in 2012, $6.84 per share in 2013, $6.51 per share for the six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and $8.19 per share for the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

The interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury bond rate at the date of grant with a maturity approximately equal to the expected term. The expected term of options granted to employees was calculated using the simplified method, which represents the average of the contractual term of the option and the weighted-average vesting period of the option. The expected term of options granted to nonemployees is equal to the remaining contractual term as of the measurement date. Expected volatility for the Company’s common stock was based on an average of the historical volatility of a peer group of similar public companies. The assumed dividend yield is based upon the Company’s expectation of not paying dividends in the foreseeable future. The estimation of share-based awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results differ from the Company’s estimates, such amounts will be recorded as an adjustment in the period estimates are revised.

The fair value of the common stock has been determined by the Board of Directors at each award grant date based upon a variety of factors, including the results obtained from independent third-party valuations, the Company’s financial position and historical financial performance, the status of technological developments within the Company’s products, the composition and ability of the current engineering and management team, an evaluation of benchmark of the Company’s competition, the current climate in the marketplace, the illiquid nature of the common stock, arm’s-length sales of the Company’s capital stock (including redeemable convertible preferred stock), the effect of the rights and preferences of the preferred stockholders and the prospects of a liquidity event, among others.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The stock option activity for the Plan for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited) is as follows:

 

     Options (in
thousands)
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Life (in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)
 

Outstanding—January 1, 2013

     4,180      $ 4.86         8.6       $ 34,238   

Granted

     930        13.86         

Exercised

     (230     2.70         

Forfeited/expired

     (185     7.26         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding—December 31, 2013

     4,695      $ 6.66         8.0       $ 37,651   

Granted (unaudited)

     785        16.47         

Exercised (unaudited)

     (531     3.84         

Forfeited/expired (unaudited)

     (137     11.61         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding—June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

     4,812        8.43         8.0       $ 41,048   
  

 

 

         

Options vested or expected to vest—December 31, 2013

     4,424      $ 6.42         7.9       $ 36,435   

Options exercisable—December 31, 2013

     2,410      $ 3.99         7.2       $ 25,762   

Options vested or expected to vest—June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

     4,421      $ 8.22         7.9       $ 38,582   

Options exercisable—June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

     2,240      $ 5.13         7.1       $ 26,509   

The activity of the Company’s non-vested options for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited) is presented below:

 

     Options (in
thousands)
    Weighted-Average
Grant-Date

Fair Value
 

Nonvested at January 1, 2013

     2,902      $ 2.85   

Granted

     930      $ 6.84   

Vested

     (1,361   $ 2.52   

Forfeited/expired

     (160   $ 3.78   
  

 

 

   

Nonvested at December 31, 2013

     2,311      $ 4.59   

Granted (unaudited)

     784      $ 8.19   

Vested (unaudited)

     (704   $ 3.60   

Forfeited (unaudited)

     (122   $ 5.97   
  

 

 

   

Nonvested at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

     2,269      $ 6.06   
  

 

 

   

Total unrecognized compensation cost related to the nonvested options granted under the Plan was $8.7 million at December 31, 2013, and $10.5 million at June 30, 2014 (unaudited). That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.9 years as of December 31, 2013 and 3.0 years as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

Common Stock Warrant —In 2012, in conjunction with the revolving and term loan agreement (see Note 6), the Company issued a warrant to purchase 13 thousand shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.70 per share with an expiration date of April 2022. The warrant is exercisable and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

Restricted Stock Awards In June 2011, in connection with the Performable acquisition, the Company issued 220 thousand shares of restricted common stock to former Performable employees. These shares were subject to repurchase agreements and if the holder ceased to have a business relationship with the Company, the Company could repurchase any unvested shares of common stock held by these individuals at prices that ranged

 

F-25


Table of Contents

from $0.00143 to $0.855 per share. These shares were issued for no consideration and therefore the fair value of these shares of $1.2 million was recorded as compensation expense over the vesting period. As of December 31, 2013 the Company’s right to repurchase the RSAs had fully lapsed.

During 2011, the Company repurchased 10 thousand unvested shares at an aggregate purchase price of $8 thousand and reclassified $2 thousand into stockholders’ deficit representing the amounts no longer subject to purchase for 53 thousand shares that vested during the year. During 2012, the Company reclassified $2 thousand into stockholder’s deficit representing the amounts no longer subject to repurchase for 90 thousand shares that vested during the year. During 2013, the Company reclassified $2 thousand into stockholder’s deficit representing the amounts no longer subject to repurchase for 67 thousand shares that vested during the year.

The activity for the RSAs for the year ended December 31, 2013, is as follows:

 

     Restricted Shares
(in thousands)
    Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Outstanding—January 1, 2013

     67      $ 5.70   

Lapse in Company buyback right

     (67   $ 5.70   
  

 

 

   

Outstanding—December 31, 2013

         
  

 

 

   

Restricted Stock Units RSUs vest upon achievement of a service condition and a performance condition. As soon as practicable following each vesting date, the Company will issue to the holder of the RSUs the number of shares of common stock equal to the aggregate number of RSUs that have vested. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, in its sole discretion, in lieu of issuing shares of common stock to the holder of the RSUs, pay the holder an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such shares of common stock. The service condition is a time-based condition met over a period of four years, with 25% met after one year, and then in equal monthly installments over the succeeding three years. The performance condition is met upon a sale event or six months following the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”), which was not considered probable as of December 31, 2013 or June 30, 2014 (unaudited), and therefore no stock-based compensation expense has been recorded in the consolidated financial statements. A sale event is defined as either (i) a change of control as a result of which the Company’s common stock is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and publicly-traded on any national security exchange or (ii) a change of control in which the acquirer of the Company has a class of stock registered with the SEC and publicly-traded on any national security exchange. An IPO is defined as the first firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement with the SEC covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the Company’s common stock shall be publicly-traded on any national security exchange. When it becomes probable that the performance condition will be met, such as upon an IPO, stock-based compensation expense will be recorded for those RSUs where the service condition has been met. The total stock-based compensation expense expected to be recorded over the life of the RSUs was approximately $10.0 million at December 31, 2013 and $15.4 million at June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

 

F-26


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the activity related RSUs for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited):

 

     RSUs Outstanding  
     Shares (in
thousands)
    Weighted-Average Grant
Date Fair Value Per Share
 

Unvested and outstanding at December 31, 2012

          $   

Granted

     858      $ 13.29   

Vested

          $   

Canceled

          $   
  

 

 

   

Unvested and outstanding at December 31, 2013

     858      $ 13.29   

Granted (unaudited)

     329      $ 16.35   

Vested (unaudited)

          $   

Canceled (unaudited)

     (18   $ 13.14   
  

 

 

   

Unvested and outstanding at June 30, 2014 (unaudited)

     1,169      $ 14.16   
  

 

 

   

11. Income Taxes

Loss before provision for income taxes was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     (in thousands)  

United States

   $ (24,411   $ (18,358   $ (34,393

Foreign

            (420     119   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (24,411   $ (18,778   $ (34,274
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following reconciles the differences between income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate of 35% and the provision for income taxes:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Expected income tax (benefit) expense at the federal statutory rate

   $ (8,544   $ (6,572   $ (11,997

State tax net of federal benefit

     (768     (653     (1,197

Stock-based compensation

     1,488        462        830   

Difference in foreign tax rates

            95        (27

Research and development credits

     (402     (140     (444

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

     8,074        6,959        12,367   

Other

     152        (151     468   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax provision

   $      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

      

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 18,105      $ 23,810      $ 35,077   

Research and development credits

     401        541        986   

Accruals and reserves

     819        2,025        2,430   

Depreciation

     100        202        172   

Stock-based compensation

            124        395   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   $ 19,425      $ 26,702      $ 39,060   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

      

Intangible assets

     (346     (123     (57

Capitalized costs

     (22     (563     (620
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (368     (686     (677
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (19,057     (26,016     (38,383
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company reviews all available evidence to evaluate its recovery of deferred tax assets, including its recent history of accumulated losses in all tax jurisdictions over the most recent three years as well as its ability to generate income in future periods. The Company has provided a valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets as it is more likely than not that these assets will not be realized given the nature of the assets and the likelihood of future utilization.

The valuation allowance increased by $7.0 million in 2012 and $12.4 million in 2013 due to the increase in the deferred tax assets by the same amounts (primarily due to the increase in the net operating loss carryforwards).

U.S. income taxes on the undistributed earnings of the Company’s one non-U.S. subsidiary have not been provided for as the Company currently plans to indefinitely reinvest these amounts and has the ability to do so. Cumulative undistributed foreign earnings were not material at December 31, 2013. The Company does not believe it is practicable to estimate with reasonable accuracy the hypothetical amount of the unrecognized deferred tax liability on undistributed foreign earnings given the many factors and assumptions required to estimate the taxable amount after reduction for available foreign tax credits.

The Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $90.1 million at December 31, 2013, which expire at various dates through 2033 and $301 thousand of foreign net operating loss carryforwards that has no expiration date. The Company has generated net operating loss carryforwards from stock compensation deductions and the amount of federal and state excess tax benefits totaling $1.0 million will be credited to additional paid-in capital when realized.

The Company had federal research and development credit carryforwards of $1.4 million at December 31, 2013 that expire at various dates through 2033. The Company also has state research and development credit carryforwards of $584 thousand at December 31, 2013 that expire at various dates through 2033.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

According to the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 signed into law on January 3, 2013, the federal research credit, which was allowed to expire on January 1, 2012, was retroactively extended through 2013. The entire benefit of $512 thousand for the retroactive extension (January 1 through December 31, 2012) is reflected in the 2013 financial statements.

Uncertain Tax Positions The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step process. The Company first determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authority, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on technical merit. If a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold it is then measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

The following summarizes activity related to unrecognized tax benefits:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2011      2012      2013  
     (in thousands)  

Unrecognized benefit—beginning of the year

   $ 366       $ 552       $ 667   

Gross increases (decreases)—prior period positions

                       

Gross increases (decreases)—current period positions

     186         115         363   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrecognized benefit—end of period

   $ 552       $ 667       $ 1,030   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

All of the unrecognized tax benefits decrease deferred tax assets with a corresponding decrease to the valuation allowance. None of the unrecognized tax benefits would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized in the future.

The Company has elected to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense. No interest or penalties have been recorded through December 31, 2013.

The Company does not expect any significant change in its unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.

The Company files tax returns in the United States, Ireland and various state jurisdictions. All of the Company’s tax years remain open to examination by major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject, as carryforward attributes generated in past years may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service or state and foreign tax authorities if they have or will be used in future periods. The Company is currently not under examination by the Internal Revenue Service or any other jurisdictions for any tax years.

12. Employee Benefit Plan

In July 2008, the Company established a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers substantially all employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pretax basis, subject to legal limitations. Fiscal year 2013 was the first year the Company made matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan. Total contributions were $366 thousand in 2013, $173 thousand in the six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and $381 thousand in the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

13. Related Parties

Redeemable convertible preferred shares held by affiliates of board members was 66% as of December 31, 2013 and 67% as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited).

 

F-29


Table of Contents

14. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events for financial statement purposes through March 28, 2014, the date on which the consolidated December 31, 2013 financial statements were originally issued, and September 26, 2014, the date on which the retrospectively revised December 31, 2013 were issued as to the reverse stock split described below. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company evaluated subsequent events through August 25, 2014, the date on which the interim financial statements were issued.

2014 Debt Amendment —In September 2014, the Company amended its Loan Agreement to combine its $5.0 million Growth Capital Line and $30.0 million Revolving Line into a single $35.0 million Revolving Line. The interest rate on the new Revolving Line is the bank’s prime rate plus 0.5% and is due in full in March 2016. Additionally, the Company drew down an additional $5.0 million in September 2014, for a total outstanding amount of $18.0 million.

Patent Notice —On September 23, 2014 the Company was sent a communication alleging, among other things, that an email tracking feature in the Company’s Sidekick product infringes upon certain patents of a third party. Based on information currently available, the Company believes that this contingency will not have a material impact on its business or consolidated financial statements.

2014 Reverse Stock Split —On September 25, 2014, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a 1-for-3 reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock. The reverse stock split became effective on September 25, 2014. Upon the effectiveness of the reverse stock split, (i) every three shares of outstanding common stock was combined into one share of common stock, (ii) the number of shares of common stock into which each outstanding warrant or option to purchase common stock is exercisable was proportionally decreased, (iii) the exercise price of each outstanding warrant or option to purchase common stock was proportionately increased, and (iv) the conversion ratio for each share of preferred stock outstanding was proportionately reduced. Unless otherwise indicated, all of the share numbers, share prices and exercise prices in these financial statements have been adjusted, on a retroactive basis, to reflect this 1-for-3 reverse stock split.

2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan —On September 25, 2014, the Company’s board of directors adopted and the Company’s stockholders approved the 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan. The Plan will become effective upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering. A total of 1,973,551 shares of common stock is reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2014 Plan. The 2014 Plan provides for an annual increase in the number of shares available for issuance on the first day of each year beginning in 2015.

Employee Share Purchase Plan On September 25, 2014, the Company’s board of directors adopted and the Company’s stockholders approved the Employee Share Purchase Plan, or ESPP. The ESPP will become effective upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering. The ESPP authorizes the issuance of up to a total of 394,710 shares of common stock to participating employees.

Amendment and Restatement of Certifica te of Incorporation and Bylaws —On September 25, 2014, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, in ea ch case in the form that is to be effective upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering.

* * * * * *

 

F-30


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NYSE listing fee.

 

Item

   Amount to be paid  

SEC registration fee

   $ 15,553   

FINRA filing fee

   $ 18,613   

Listing fee

   $ 174,800   

Printing and engraving expenses

   $ 150,000   

Legal fees and expenses

   $ 1,400,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

   $ 750,000   

Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

   $ 10,000   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

   $ 15,000   

Miscellaneous

   $ 166,034   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,700,000   

 

* To be provided by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors, and other corporate agents.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

    any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt amended and restated bylaws which will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws are expected to provide that

 

II-1


Table of Contents

we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to very limited exceptions.

Further, prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements will also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and in indemnification agreements that we enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities

During the last three years, we sold the following securities on an unregistered basis:

(1) Since 2007, we granted options under our 2007 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase an aggregate of 23,885,003 shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants, having exercise prices ranging from $0.06 to $20.00 per share for an aggregate exercise price of $48,506,500.

(2) In October and November 2012, we sold and issued 6,267,336 shares of Series E preferred stock to 16 accredited investors, at $5.6162 per share, for a total consideration of approximately $35 million.

(3) On June 15, 2011, we sold and issued 3,737,028 shares of Series D-1 preferred stock to 1 accredited investor, at $2.640 per share, for a total consideration of approximately $9.9 million.

(4) In March 2011, we sold and issued 7,634,497 shares of Series D preferred stock to 9 accredited investors, at $2.816165 per share, for a total consideration of approximately $21.5 million.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the registrant believes that each transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on the following exemptions:

 

    with respect to the transactions described in paragraph (1), Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan approved by the registrant’s board of directors; and

 

    with respect to the transactions described in paragraphs (2), (3) and (4), Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. Each recipient of the securities in these transactions represented his or her intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in each such transaction. In each case, the recipient received adequate information about us or had adequate access, through his or her relationship with the registrant, to information about us.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

(a) Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index attached to this Registration Statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

(b) Financial statement schedules

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Cambridge, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 26 th day of September, 2014.

 

HUBSPOT, INC.

By:

  /s/ Brian Halligan
 

 

  Brian Halligan
  Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Brian Halligan

   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman   September 26, 2014
Brian Halligan    (Principal Executive Officer)  

*

   Chief Financial Officer   September 26, 2014
John Kinzer    (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)  

*

   Director and Chief Technology Officer   September 26, 2014
Dharmesh Shah     

*

   Director   September 26, 2014
Stacey Bishop     

*

   Director   September 26, 2014
Larry Bohn     

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

*

   Director   September 26, 2014
Ron Gill     

*

   Director   September 26, 2014
Lorrie Norrington     

*

   Director   September 26, 2014
Michael Simon     

*

   Director   September 26, 2014
David Skok     

 

*By:  

/s/ Brian Halligan

  Brian Halligan
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit index

 

Exhibit
number

  

Description of exhibit

1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1    Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended and currently in effect)
3.2†    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (to be in effect upon the closing of this offering)
3.3†    Amended and Restated Bylaws (as currently in effect)
3.4†    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws (to be in effect upon the closing of this offering)
4.1    Form of Common Stock Certificate
4.2†    Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement between the Registrant and the investors named therein dated October 25, 2012
4.3†    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated April 4, 2012 issued by the Registrant to Comerica Bank
5.1    Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP
10.1†    Lease dated March 10, 2010 between 25 First Street, LLC and the Registrant, as amended
10.2†    Lease dated December 11, 2012 between AIG Property Company Limited and HubSpot Ireland Limited
10.3†    Lease dated February 14, 2014 between AIG Property Company Limited and HubSpot Ireland Limited
10.4#†    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its Executive Officers and Directors
10.5#†    2007 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of restricted stock agreement and option agreements thereunder
10.6#    2014 Stock Option and Grant Plan and forms of option agreements thereunder
10.7    Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated April 4, 2012 by and between Comerica Bank and the Registrant, as amended
10.8#    2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.9#    Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
10.10#    Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan
21.1†    List of Subsidiaries
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2    Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1†    Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

# Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.
Previously filed.

 

II-6

Exhibit 1.1

                 Shares

HUBSPOT, INC.

COMMON STOCK, $0.001 PAR VALUE PER SHARE

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                     , 2014


                    , 2014

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

UBS Securities LLC

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

      1585 Broadway

      New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

HubSpot, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “ Underwriters ”)                     shares of its common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Firm Shares ”).

The Company also proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional                     shares of its common stock, $0.001 par value per share, (the “ Additional Shares ”) if and to the extent that you, as managers of the offering, shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such shares of common stock granted to the Underwriters in Section 2 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Shares .” The shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the “ Common Stock .”

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement, including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), is hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement ”; the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares (or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “ Prospectus .” If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Rule 462 Registration Statement ”), then any reference herein to the term “ Registration Statement ” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.


For purposes of this Underwriting Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), “ free writing prospectus ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, “ Time of Sale Prospectus ” means the most recent preliminary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness, together with the documents, pricing information and free writing prospectuses, if any, set forth in Schedule II hereto, and “ broadly available road show ” means a “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act that has been made available without restriction to any person. As used herein, the terms “Registration Statement,” “preliminary prospectus,” “Time of Sale Prospectus” and “Prospectus” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein as of the date hereof.

The Underwriters have agreed to reserve a portion of the Shares to be purchased by them under this Agreement for sale to the Company’s directors, officers, employees and business associates as well as certain family members of such persons (collectively, “ Participants ”), as set forth in the Prospectus under the heading “Underwriters” (the “ Directed Share Program ”). The Shares to be sold by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“ Morgan Stanley ”) and its affiliates, and the Shares to be offered, at the direction of the Company, by LOYAL3 Securities, Inc. in its role as selling agent, through the LOYAL3 platform, in each case pursuant to the Directed Share Program, are referred to hereinafter as the “ Directed Shares ”. Any Directed Shares not orally confirmed for purchase by any Participant by the end of the business day on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus.

1. Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Underwriters that:

(a) The Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission.

(b) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date (as defined in Section 4), the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iv) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to

 

2


make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (v) as of the applicable filing date, the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date (as defined in Section 2), as the case may be, the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

(c) The Company is not an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Any free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule II hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to you before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without your prior consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus.

(d) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(e) Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization (to the extent that such concepts are applicable under such laws), has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification (to the extent that such concepts are applicable under such laws), except where the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims.

 

3


(f) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(g) The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters to the description thereof contained in each of the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

(h) The shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(i) The Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

(j) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene any provision of applicable law or the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares, or except where the failure to obtain such consent, approval, authorization or order would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(k) There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(l) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject (i) other than proceedings accurately described in all material respects in the Time of Sale Prospectus and proceedings that would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the power or ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Time of Sale Prospectus or (ii) that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so described in all material respects; and there are no statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described in all material respects or filed as required.

 

4


(m) Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(n) The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(o) The Company and its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants ( “Environmental Laws ), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(p) There are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) which would, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(q) Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the Registration Statement.

(r) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates, nor any director, officer or employee, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any agent or representative of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates, has taken (or has any plans to take) any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or

 

5


employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage; and the Company and its subsidiaries and controlled affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintain and will continue to maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representation and warranty contained herein.

(s) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(t) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director, officer, or employee thereof, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any agent, controlled affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“ Person ”) that is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is:

(A) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), the United Nations Security Council (“ UNSC ”), the European Union (“ EU ”), Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor

(B) located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

(ii) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person:

(A) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or

 

6


(B) in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

(iii) For the past 5 years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not knowingly engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

(u) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock (other than from its employees or other service providers in connection with the termination of their service pursuant to plans or agreements described in all material respects in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, respectively), nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends; and (iii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries, except in each case as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, respectively.

(v) The Company and its subsidiaries do not own any real property. The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them which is material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Time of Sale Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and, to the Company’s knowledge, enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(w) The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on commercially reasonable terms, all material patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names currently employed by them in connection with the business now operated by them, except where the failure to own possess or acquire any of the foregoing would not result in a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any written notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

7


(x) No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent; and the Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors that would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(y) The Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(z) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except where the failure to obtain such certificates, authorizations or permits, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(aa) The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ( “GAAP” ) and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (i) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (ii) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

8


(bb) The Company and its subsidiaries have established and maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)). Such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and its principal financial officer by others at the Company, particularly during the periods in which the periodic reports required under the Exchange Act are being prepared. The Company has no reason to believe that at such time as shall be required by the Exchange Act and the rules promulgated thereunder, such disclosure controls and procedures will not be effective and timely in alerting the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer to material information required to be included in the Company’s periodic reports required under the Exchange Act.

(cc) Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.

(dd) The Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus and any preliminary prospectus comply, and any amendments or supplements thereto will comply, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program.

(ee) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental body or agency, other than those obtained, is required in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares in any jurisdiction where the Directed Shares are being offered.

(ff) The Company has not offered, or caused Morgan Stanley, any Morgan Stanley Entity as defined in Section 10, LOYAL3 Securities, Inc., any person who controls LOYAL3 Securities, Inc. within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, or any affiliate of LOYAL3 Securities, Inc. within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company, or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.

(gg) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed through the date of this Agreement or have requested extensions thereof (except where the failure to file would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole) and have paid all taxes required to be paid thereon (except for cases in which

 

9


the failure to file or pay would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or, except as currently being contested in good faith and for which reserves required by GAAP have been created in the financial statements of the Company), and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries which has had (nor does the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have any written notice or knowledge of any tax deficiency which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company or its subsidiaries and which could reasonably be expected to have) a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(hh) From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”). “ Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

(ii) The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of Morgan Stanley with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than Morgan Stanley to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that Morgan Stanley has been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications [other than those listed on Schedule II hereto]. “ Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(jj) As of the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, none of (A) the Time of Sale Prospectus, (B) any free writing prospectus, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, and (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

2. Agreements to Sell and Purchase . The Company hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective numbers of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite its name at $            a share (the “ Purchase Price ”).

 

10


On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares, and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to                     Additional Shares at the Purchase Price, provided, however, that the amount paid by the Underwriters for any Additional Shares shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on such Additional Shares. You may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least two business days after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm Shares nor later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 4 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if any, that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an “ Option Closing Date ”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “ Restricted Period ”), (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (iii) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.

The restrictions contained in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to (i) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (ii) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof pursuant to stock plans disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus, (iii) the issuance by the Company of shares or options to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s equity plans disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus, (iv) the filing by the Company of a registration statement on Form S-8 or a successor form thereto or (v) the entry into an agreement providing for the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable

 

11


for shares of Common Stock in connection with the acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, business, property or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with such acquisition, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement; provided that in the case of clause (v), the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that the Company may sell or issue pursuant to clause (v) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this agreement and all recipients of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock shall enter into a “lock-up” agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

If Morgan Stanley, in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 5(f) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

3. Terms of Public Offering . The Company is advised by you that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in your judgment is advisable. The Company is further advised by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $        a share (the “ Public Offering Price ”) and to certain dealers selected by you at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $        a share under the Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $        a share, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.

4. Payment and Delivery . Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on                     , 2014, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than                     , 2014, as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date .”

Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 2 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than                     , 2014, as shall be designated in writing by you.

 

12


The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters. The Purchase Price payable by the Underwriters shall be reduced by (i) any transfer taxes paid by, or on behalf of, the Underwriters in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid and (ii) any withholding required by law.

5. Conditions to the Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Company to sell the Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on the Closing Date (and Option Closing Date, if applicable) are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than [                    ] (New York City time) on the date hereof.

The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:

(a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (or Option Closing Date, if applicable):

(i) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any of the securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act; and

(ii) there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(b) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date (and Option Closing Date, if applicable) a certificate, dated the Closing Date (and Option Closing Date, if applicable) and signed by an executive officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 5(a)(i) above and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date (or Option Closing Date, if applicable) and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date (or Option Closing Date, if applicable).

The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

 

13


(c) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date (and Option Closing Date, if applicable) an opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP (“ Goodwin Procter ”), outside counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date (or Option Closing Date, if applicable), in form and substance satisfactory to, and previously agreed upon by, the Representatives and Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP (“ WilmerHale ”), counsel for the Underwriters.

(d) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date (and Option Closing Date, if applicable) an opinion of WilmerHale dated the Closing Date (or Option Closing Date, if applicable), in form and substance to be agreed upon by Morgan Stanley.

With respect to certain provisions included in the opinions to be delivered pursuant to Sections (c) and (d) above, Goodwin Procter and WilmerHale may state that their opinions and beliefs are based upon their participation in the preparation of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and review and discussion of the contents thereof, but are without independent check or verification, except as specified.

The opinion of Goodwin Procter described in Sections 5(c) above shall be rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the Company and shall so state therein.

(e) The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date (and Option Closing Date, if applicable), a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, from Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than the date hereof; provided further that the letter delivered on the Option Closing Date, if any, should use a “cut-off” date not earlier than the third business day prior to the Option Closing Date.

(f) The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you and certain stockholders, optionholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date (and Option Closing Date, if applicable).

(g) The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the applicable Option Closing Date of such documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional Shares.

 

14


6. Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) To furnish to you, without charge, seven signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 6(e) or 6(f) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

(b) Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

(c) To furnish to you a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which you reasonably object.

(d) Not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

(e) If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Time of Sale Prospectus is delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(f) If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus

 

15


in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(g) To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

(h) To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to you as soon as practicable an earnings statement covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(i) To comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

(j) The Company will promptly notify Morgan Stanley if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (a) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (b) completion of the Restricted Period referred to in Section 2.

(k) If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify Morgan Stanley and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

 

16


7. Expenses . Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company agrees to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and the Company’s accountants in connection with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or legal investment memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 6(g) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or legal investment memorandum, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, provided that such fees and expenses payable by the Company pursuant to subsections (iii) and (iv) are not to exceed $20,000, (v) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the NYSE, (vi) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and one-half of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show (the remaining half of the cost to be paid by the Underwriters), (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement, (x) all fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and (xi) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, Section 9 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution”, Section 10 entitled “Directed Share Program Indemnification” and the last paragraph of Section 12 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

 

17


8. Covenants of the Underwriters . Each Underwriter severally covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission under Rule 433(d) a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of the Underwriter.

9. Indemnity and Contribution .

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any “road show” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”), or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

(b) Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to such Underwriter, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any issuer free writing prospectus, road show, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

(c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 9(a) or 9(b), such person (the “ indemnified party ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ indemnifying party ”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such

 

18


proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel (ii) the indemnifying party has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; (iii) the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party; or (iv) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all such indemnified parties and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Such firm shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 9(a), and by the Company, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 9(b). The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 9(a) or 9(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 9(e)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 9(e)(i) above but also the relative fault

 

19


of the Company on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.

(e) The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 9(e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 9(e) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 9 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(f) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 9 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any person controlling any Underwriter or any affiliate of any Underwriter or by or on behalf of the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.

 

20


10. Directed Share Program Indemnification. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Morgan Stanley, each person, if any, who controls Morgan Stanley within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each affiliate of Morgan Stanley within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act (“ Morgan Stanley Entities ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) (i) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of Morgan Stanley Entities.

(b) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Morgan Stanley Entity in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section10(a), the Morgan Stanley Entity seeking indemnity, shall promptly notify the Company in writing and the Company, upon request of the Morgan Stanley Entity, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Morgan Stanley Entity to represent the Morgan Stanley Entity and any others the Company may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any Morgan Stanley Entity shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Morgan Stanley Entity unless (i) the Company shall have agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Company and the Morgan Stanley Entity and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. The Company shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Morgan Stanley Entities. Any such separate firm for the Morgan Stanley Entities shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley. The Company shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Company agrees to indemnify the Morgan Stanley Entities from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time a Morgan Stanley Entity shall have requested the Company to reimburse it for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the Company agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Company of the aforesaid request and (ii) the Company shall not have reimbursed the Morgan Stanley Entity in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Morgan Stanley Entity is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Morgan Stanley Entity, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of the Morgan Stanley Entities from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

 

21


(c) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 10(a) is unavailable to a Morgan Stanley Entity or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then the Company in lieu of indemnifying the Morgan Stanley Entity thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entity as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand from the offering of the Directed Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 10(c)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 10(c)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with any statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Directed Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Directed Shares (before deducting expenses) and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Morgan Stanley Entities for the Directed Shares, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Directed Shares. If the loss, claim, damage or liability is caused by an untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Morgan Stanley Entities on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement or the omission or alleged omission relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Morgan Stanley Entities and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(d) The Company and the Morgan Stanley Entities agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 10 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Morgan Stanley Entities were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 10(c). The amount paid or payable by the Morgan Stanley Entities as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Morgan Stanley Entities in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10, no Morgan Stanley Entity shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Directed Shares distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Morgan Stanley Entity has otherwise been required to pay. The remedies provided for in this Section 10 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

 

22


(e) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 10 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Morgan Stanley Entity or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Directed Shares.

11. Termination . The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by you to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE MKT or the NASDAQ Global Market (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York State authorities or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in your judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to clauses (iii), (iv) or (v) of this Section 11, then the obligation of the Company to reimburse the expenses of the Underwriters set forth in clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of Section 7 are also terminated and of no further effect.

12. Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 12 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to you and the Company for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without

 

23


liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company. In any such case either you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Company shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.

13. Entire Agreement . (a) This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Company and the Underwriters with respect to the preparation of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Shares.

(b) The Company acknowledges that in connection with the offering of the Shares: (i) the Underwriters have acted at arms-length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Company or any other person, (ii) the Underwriters owe the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any, and (iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of the Company. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

24


15. Applicable Law . This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

16. Headings . The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

17. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered, mailed or sent to you in care of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department and to Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, 60 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, Attention: Mark G. Borden, Esq. and David A. Westenberg, Esq; and if to the Company shall be delivered, mailed or sent to HubSpot, Inc., 25 First Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02141, Attention: General Counsel, with a copy to Goodwin Procter LLP, 53 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, Attention: Mark T. Bettencourt, Esq. and Joseph C. Theis, Esq.

 

Very truly yours,
HubSpot, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

25


Accepted as of the date hereof

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the

    several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto

 

By:   Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Underwriting Agreement – Signature Page]


By:   J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Underwriting Agreement – Signature Page]


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Number of Firm Shares To
Be Purchased

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  
  

 

Total:

  
  

 

 

 

I-1


SCHEDULE II

Time of Sale Prospectus

 

1. Preliminary Prospectus issued [date]

 

2. [identify all free writing prospectuses filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act]

 

3. [free writing prospectus containing a description of terms that does not reflect final terms, if the Time of Sale Prospectus does not include a final term sheet]

 

4. [orally communicated pricing information such as price per share and size of offering if a Rule 134 pricing term sheet is used at the time of sale instead of a pricing term sheet filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) as a free writing prospectus]

 

II-1


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF LOCK-UP LETTER

                          , 2014

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway New York, NY 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“ Morgan Stanley ”) proposes to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with HubSpot, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), providing for the public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) by the several underwriters, including Morgan Stanley (the “ Underwriters ”), of shares (the “ Shares ”) of the common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”).

To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Public Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus (the “ Restricted Period ”) relating to the Public Offering (the “ Prospectus ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)), by the undersigned or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to: (a) the Shares to be sold pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement or transactions relating to shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired either in the Public Offering or in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period in connection with subsequent sales of Common Stock or other securities acquired in such open market


transactions; (b) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into Common Stock as a bona fide gift; (c) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock by will or intestacy or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned; (d) distributions by a trust to its beneficiaries; (e) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity (i) transfers to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is a direct or indirect affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned or (ii) distributions of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock to limited partners, limited liability company members or stockholders of the undersigned; (f) transfers to the Company in connection with the “net” or “cashless” exercise of stock options or warrants, including the payment of taxes due as a result of such exercise, pursuant to employee benefit plans in accordance with the terms of such plans as described in the Prospectus, provided that the first sentence of this paragraph shall be equally applicable to any shares of Common Stock received upon exercise of stock options or warrants pursuant to such employee benefit plans; (g) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Restricted Period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Common Stock may be made under such plan during the Restricted Period; (h) in connection with the conversion of the outstanding preferred stock of the Company into shares of Common Stock; and (i) the transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, involving a Change of Control (as defined below), provided, that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Common Stock owned by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this agreement. For purposes of clause (i) of this paragraph, “ Change of Control ” shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an Underwriter pursuant to the Public Offering), of the Company’s voting securities if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity).

In the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f), no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period. In the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (b), (c), (d) or (e), each donee, transferee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter. In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the Restricted Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with

 

2


respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions. For the purposes of this agreement, “ immediate family ” means spouse, domestic partner, parent, sibling, child or grandchild.

[In addition, Morgan Stanley agrees that, should a discretionary release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions be granted to an officer or director of the Company, or to a holder of 1% or more of the outstanding Common Stock (calculated as of the close of business on the date set forth on the cover of the Prospectus), Morgan Stanley shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide at least two (2) business days’ notice to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company prior to the effective date of such release or waiver (the effective date of such release or waiver, the “ Release Date ”) (provided that the failure to provide such notice shall not give rise to any claim or liability against Morgan Stanley or the Underwriters), stating the percentage of shares held by such person or entity to be released (the “ Release Percentage ”), and the Company shall, within two (2) business days thereafter, send notice to all Major Investors (as defined in that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of October 25, 2012, by and among the Company and the Investors named therein), including the undersigned, stating that the Release Percentage of shares of Common Stock held by the undersigned shall also be released on the same terms from the restrictions set forth herein on the Release Date. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (1)(a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer; (2) the release or waiver is granted to a holder of Common Stock in connection with a follow-on public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 that is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, provided that the undersigned has (a) been given an opportunity to participate with other selling stockholders in such public offering on a pro rata basis (based on the number of shares then held by all the Major Investors) and (b) declined to so participate; or (3) the release is granted to any individual party by Morgan Stanley in an amount less than or equal to an aggregate of 25,000 shares of Common Stock from the foregoing restrictions in respect of such party.]

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed Shares the undersigned may purchase in the offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) Morgan Stanley agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, Morgan Stanley will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by Morgan Stanley hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days

 

3


after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters. This lock-up letter shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earliest to occur, if any, of: (i) the date that Morgan Stanley, as representatives of the several Underwriters, or the Company, advises the other party in writing, prior to execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering, (ii) the date of termination of the Underwriting Agreement prior to the sale of any of the Shares to the Underwriters, and (iii) December 31, 2014, in the event that the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by that date.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

4


Very truly yours,

 

(Print Exact Name of Stockholder)

 

(Signature)

 

(Print Name of Signatory, if applicable)

 

(Print Title of Signatory, if applicable)

 

(Address)

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF WAIVER OF LOCK-UP AND PRESS RELEASE

[Separately Provided]

 

B-1

Exhibit 3.1

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

HUBSPOT, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

HubSpot, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law” ),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. That the name of this corporation is HubSpot, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on June 7, 2007 under the name HubSpot, Inc., and the original Certificate of Incorporation (“Original Certificate of Incorporation ) was filed by the Corporation with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 7, 2007. The Original Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated in its entirety by the filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (i) that certain Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on July 26, 2007, (ii) that certain Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on May 1, 2008, (iii) that certain Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on October 14, 2009, (iv) that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on March 3, 2011, and (v) that certain Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on June 15, 2011 (the “Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation” ). This Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time, is referred to as the “Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation” .

2. That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to restate the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED , that the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

FIRST : The name of this corporation is HubSpot, Inc. (the “Corporation ”).

SECOND : The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD : The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

 

1


FOURTH : The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) One Hundred Million (100,000,000) shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), (ii) Fifty-Nine Million Four Hundred Forty-Four Thousand One Hundred Thirty-Five (59,444,135) shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”) of which (a) Thirteen Million Six Hundred Eighty-Seven Thousand Four Hundred Ninety-Five (13,687,495) shares shall be designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”); (b) Fourteen Million Three Hundred Thirteen Thousand One Hundred Ninety-Two (14,313,192) shares shall be designated Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”); (c) Twelve Million Nine Hundred Forty-Nine Thousand Six Hundred Seventy (12,949,670) shares shall be designated Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”); (d) Seven Million Six Hundred Thirty-Four Thousand Four Hundred Ninety-Seven (7,634,497) shares shall be designated Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”); (e) Three Million Seven Hundred Thirty-Seven Thousand Twenty-Eight (3,737,028) shares shall be designated Series D-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Series D-1 Preferred Stock ”); and (f) Seven Million One Hundred Twenty-Two Thousand Two Hundred Fifty-Three (7,122,253) shares shall be designated Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Series E Preferred Stock ”).

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Article refer to sections and subsections of this Article Fourth.

A. COMMON STOCK

1. General .

The voting and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein and as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors with respect to any series of Preferred Stock as authorized herein.

2. Voting .

(a) General . The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided, however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law. There shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required

 

2


by this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

(b) Election of Directors . The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (the “ Common Directors ”). Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. Except as provided in this Section A.2(b) and Section B.3(b), the holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of the Preferred Stock, exclusively and voting together as a single class (on an as-converted basis), shall be entitled to elect all other directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. A vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

B. PREFERRED STOCK

The Preferred Stock shall have the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations, as applicable.

1. Dividend Provisions . The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (a) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (b) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of such class or series of Preferred Stock, and in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend; provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Preferred Stock dividend. The “ Series A Original Issue Price ” shall mean $0.4109418 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock. The “ Series B Original Issue Price ” shall mean $0.8383874 per share, subject to

 

3


appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock. The “ Series C Original Issue Price ” shall mean $1.270931 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock. The “ Series D Original Issue Price ” shall mean $2.816165 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock. The “ Series D-1 Original Issue Price ” shall mean $1.772799 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series D-1 Preferred Stock. The “ Series E Original Issue Price ” shall mean $5.6162 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock.

2. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

(a) Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets available for distribution to the Corporation’s stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock or the holders of Common Stock or any other class or series of stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Preferred Stock (such Common stock and other junior stock being collectively referred to as “Junior Stock” ) by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share of Series E Preferred Stock equal to the greater of: (x) the Series E Original Issue Price, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon, and (y) the amount per share that would be paid out of the assets available for distribution had such shares of Series E Preferred Stock been converted into shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section B.4(a) at the then-effective Series E Conversion Price (all such payments in the aggregate being referred to herein as the Series E Liquidation Amount ). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock the full portion of the Series E Liquidation Amount to which they shall be entitled, the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

(b) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event of the Corporation, after the payment of the Series E Liquidation Amount required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, and Series D-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive prior and in preference to any distribution to holders of Junior Stock and pari passu with each other, the following amounts:

 

4


(i) with respect to each share of Series A Preferred Stock, an amount equal to the greater of: (x) the Series A Original Issue Price plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon, and (y) the amount per share that would be paid out of the assets available for distribution had such shares of Series A Preferred Stock been converted into shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section B.4(a) at the then effective Series A Conversion Price (as defined below) (all such payments in the aggregate being referred to in this Section B.2(b)(i) as the “Series A Liquidation Amount” );

(ii) with respect to each share of Series B Preferred Stock, an amount equal to the greater of: (x) the Series B Original Issue Price plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon, and (y) the amount per share that would be paid out of the assets available for distribution had such shares of Series B Preferred Stock been converted into shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section B.4(a) at the then effective Series B Conversion Price (as defined below) (all such payments in the aggregate being referred to in this Section B.2(b)(ii) as the “ Series B Liquidation Amount ”);

(iii) with respect to each share of Series C Preferred Stock, an amount equal to the greater of: (x) the Series C Original Issue Price plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon, and (y) the amount per share that would be paid out of the assets available for distribution had such shares of Series C Preferred Stock been converted into shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section B.4(a) at the then effective Series C Conversion Price (as defined below) (all such payments in the aggregate being referred to in this Section B.2(b)(iii) as the “Series C Liquidation Amount” );

(iv) with respect to each share of Series D Preferred Stock, an amount equal to the greater of: (x) the Series D Original Issue Price plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon, and (y) the amount per share that would be paid out of the assets available for distribution had such shares of Series D Preferred Stock been converted into shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section B.4(a) at the then effective Series D Conversion Price (as defined below) (all such payments in the aggregate being referred to in this Section B.2(b)(iv) as the “Series D Liquidation Amount” ); and

(v) With respect to each share of Series D-1 Preferred Stock, an amount equal to the greater of: (x) the Series D-1 Original Issue Price plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon, and (y) the amount per share that would be paid out of the assets available for distribution had such shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock been converted into shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section B.4(a) at the effective Series D-1 Conversion Price (as defined below) (all such payments in the aggregate being referred to in this Section B.2(b)(v) as the “Series D-1 Liquidation Amount” ).

If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets available for distribution to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, and Series D-1 Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to pay such holders the full Series A Liquidation Amount, Series B Liquidation Amount, Series C Liquidation Amount, Series D Liquidation Amount, and Series D-1 Liquidation Amount to which they are entitled, the holders of such shares shall share ratably in

 

5


any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, and Series D-1 Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

(c) Payments to Holders of Common Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding up, or Deemed Liquidation Event of the Corporation, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Preferred Stock, the remaining assets available for distribution to the Corporation’s stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.

(d) Deemed Liquidation Events .

(i) The following events shall be deemed to be a liquidation of the Corporation for purposes of this Section B.2 (a “Deemed Liquidation Event”), unless the holders of at least Sixty-Five percent (65%) of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) (the “Requisite Investors”) elect otherwise by written notice given to the Corporation at least five (5) days prior to the effective date of any such event, provided, however; that if such election would result in the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock receiving a per share amount less than the Series E Liquidation Amount, then such election shall also require the consent of the holders of a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock by written notice given to the Corporation at least five (5) days prior to the effective date of any such event:

(A) a merger or consolidation in which

 

  (I) the Corporation is a constituent party or

 

  (II) a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted or exchanged for shares of capital stock which represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of ( 1 )  the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation ( provided that , for the purpose of this Section B.2(d)(i) , all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or

 

6


exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted or exchanged);

(B) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation; or

(C) A transaction or series of related transactions resulting in the sale of all or substantially all of the outstanding stock of the Corporation, including pursuant to a tender offer to the holders of the Corporation’s stock.

(ii) The Corporation shall not have the power to effect any transaction constituting a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Section B.2(d)(i)(A)(I) above unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections B.2(a) and B.2(b) above.

(iii) In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Section B.2(d)(i)(A)(II) or (B) above, if the Corporation does not effect a distribution of the proceeds from a Deemed Liquidation Event within sixty (60) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (A) the Corporation shall deliver a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (B ) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (B) if Requisite Investors so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than seventy-five (75) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) (the “ Net Proceeds ”) to redeem, to the extent legally available therefor, on the ninetieth (90 th ) day after such Deemed Liquidation Event (the “ Liquidation Redemption Date ”), all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Series A Liquidation Amount, Series B Liquidation Amount, Series C Liquidation Amount, Series D Liquidation Amount, Series D-1 Liquidation Amount, or Series E Liquidation Amount, as applicable. In the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Net Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, or if the Corporation does not have sufficient lawfully available funds to effect such redemption, the Corporation shall first redeem the Series E Preferred Stock in full, and then shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock on a pari passu basis among the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series D-1 Preferred Stock and, to the fullest extent of such Net Proceeds or such lawfully available funds, as the case may be, and, where such redemption is limited by the amount of lawfully available funds, the Corporation shall redeem the remaining shares to have been

 

7


redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor. The provisions of Sections B.6(d) through 6(f) below shall apply, with such necessary changes in the details thereof as are necessitated by the context, to the redemption of the Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section B.2(d)(iii) . Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Section B.2(d)(iii), the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business.

(iv) The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (including the Series A-B Directors, as defined below).

(e) Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration . In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event, if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2(a) , 2(b) , and 2(c) as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2(a) , 2(b) , and 2(c) after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Section 2(e) , consideration placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

3. Voting .

(a) General . On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the provisions of Section A.2(b) above and Section B.3(b) and Section B.3(c) below, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock, and with the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock the terms of which so provide, as a single class (on an as-converted basis).

(b) Election of Directors . The holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series A Director”). The holders of record of the shares of Series B Preferred

 

8


Stock, exclusively and as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series B Director” and together with the Series A Director, the “Series A-B Directors”). The holders of record of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series C Director,” together with the Series A-B Directors, the “Preferred Directors”). Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentences may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a single class (in the case of a Series A-B Director) or Series C Preferred Stock (in the case of the Series C Director) given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. Except as provided in this Section B.3(b) and Section A.2(b) , the holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of the Preferred Stock, exclusively and voting together as a single class (on an as-converted basis), shall be entitled to elect all other directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. A vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

(c) At any time when shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, except where the vote or written consent of the holders of a greater number of shares of the Corporation is required by law or by this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote required by law or this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite Investors, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, the Corporation shall not, either directly or by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise (and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be void ab initio, and of no force or effect):

(i) amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s Bylaws;

(ii) create or issue or authorize the creation or issuance of any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to the Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends and redemption rights;

(iii) increase the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock;

(iv) increase the size of the Board of Directors above eight (8) members if Brian Halligan is serving as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or above nine (9) members if Brian Halligan is no longer serving as the Chief Executive Officer, or alter the election procedures with respect to the Board of Directors;

 

9


(v) pay or declare dividends on, make distributions with respect to, or repurchase any shares of capital stock of the Corporation, other than (x) the redemption of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6 hereof, (y) the repurchase of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of Section 2 of the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of even date herewith, by and among the Corporation and the “Stockholders” and the “Investors” party thereto, and (z) repurchases of Common Stock upon termination of employment or service pursuant to agreements and plans in effect on the date hereof or otherwise approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (including the Series A-B Directors);

(vi) incur or guarantee any indebtedness, liability or other obligation for borrowed money, or enter into any operating or capital lease in a single transaction a series of related transactions in excess of $500,000;

(vii) increase the number of shares of Common Stock available for grant or issuance under the Corporation’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan as amended as of the date hereof (the “Option Plan”) or authorize or establish any new plan or arrangement providing for the grant or issuance of shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities to directors, employees or consultants of the Corporation (or increase the number of shares of Common Stock available for grant or issuance under any such plan or arrangement); or

(viii) alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Preferred Stock.

(d) At any time when shares of Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding, except where the vote or written consent of the holders of a greater number of shares of the Corporation is required by law or by this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote required by law or this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, the Corporation shall not, either directly or by amendment, merger, consolidation, conversion or otherwise:

(i) alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series E Preferred Stock; provided that , the issuance and sale by the Corporation in connection with a bona fide capital raising transaction of a new series of capital stock with preferences, rights, privileges or powers senior to or on a parity with the Series E Preferred Stock shall not constitute an alteration or change of the preferences, rights, privileges, powers, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the Series E Preferred Stock;

(ii) pay or declare dividends or make any distributions or redemptions on any series or class of capital stock (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless and until the holders of Series E Preferred Stock have first received via dividend or distribution an amount per share of Series E Preferred Stock equal to the Series E Original Issue Price; or

 

10


(iii) increase the authorized number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

(e) At any time when any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, and in addition to any other vote or approval required by law or this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, without the approval of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (including the Series A-B Directors) at a meeting duly called and held, or via unanimous written consent in lieu thereof, the Corporation shall not: (i) authorize or enter into any transaction or series of related transactions (x) for the merger, consolidation or other reorganization with or into another entity, (y) for the voluntary dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, or (z) otherwise constituting a Change of Control (as defined below), and (ii) authorize or enter into any transaction or series of related transactions that effects any acquisition of the capital stock of another entity which results in the consolidation of that entity into the results of operations of the Corporation or acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another entity.

For purposes hereof, the term “Change of Control” means, regardless of form thereof, (1) the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, (2) the sale, lease or other disposition (including exclusive license) of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property rights) of the Corporation (or any subsidiaries) on a consolidated basis to a person or entity which is not an affiliate of the Corporation, (3) a merger, reorganization or consolidation in which the outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock are converted into or exchanged for a different kind of securities of the successor entity and the holders of the Corporation’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of such transaction, or (4) the sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the outstanding stock of the Corporation (or any subsidiaries) to a person or entity which is not an affiliate of the Corporation.

4. Optional Conversion.

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights” ):

(a) Right to Convert . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing (i) with respect to shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A Original Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion, (ii) with respect to shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion, (iii) with respect to shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series C Original Issue Price by the Series C Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion; (iv) with respect to shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series D Original Issue Price by the Series D Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion; (v) with respect to shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock, Series D Original Issue Price by the Series D-1 Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion; and (vi) with respect to the shares of Series E Preferred Stock, Series E Original Issue Price by the Series E Conversion

 

11


Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series A Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to the Series A Original Issue Price. The “Series B Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to the Series B Original Issue Price. The “Series C Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to the Series C Original Issue Price. The “Series D Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to the Series D Original Issue Price. The “Series D-1 Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to the Series D Original Issue Price. The “Series E Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to the Series E Original Issue Price. Such initial Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, and Series E Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series D-1 Preferred Stock, and Series E Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. The Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, and Series E Conversion Price are each referred to herein as a “Conversion Price.”

In the event of a notice of redemption of any shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section B.6 hereof, the Conversion Rights of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for redemption, unless the redemption price is not paid on such redemption date, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such price is paid in full. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

(b) Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion.

(i) In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent. Such

 

12


notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) shall be the time of conversion (the “Conversion Time”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled, together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share.

(ii) The Corporation shall at all times when the Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing a Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series D-1 Preferred Stock, or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.

(iii) All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock and the rights associated with such shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and shall not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation (without the need for stockholder action) may from time to time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

13


(iv) The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section B.4 . The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

(d) Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

(i) Special Definitions . For purposes of this Section B.4., the following definitions shall apply:

(A) “ Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(B) “ Series E Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series E Preferred Stock was issued.

(C) “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(D) “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section B.4(d)(iii) below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Series E Original Issue Date, other than the following (“ Exempted Securities ”):

 

  (I) shares of Common Stock issued or deemed issued as a distribution on Preferred Stock;

 

  (II) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Section B.4(e) or B.4(f) below;

 

  (III) shares of Common Stock issued or deemed issued to employees or directors of, or consultants to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (including the Series A-B Directors);

 

 

14


  (IV) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security; or

 

  (V) shares of Common Stock issued or deemed issued in connection with acquisitions, strategic transactions, equipment leases or asset-backed or similar financings approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (including the Series A-B Directors).

(ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, or Series E Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if: (a) the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section B.4(d)(v) ) for such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is equal to or greater than the applicable Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, or Series E Conversion Price, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock, or (b) prior to such issuance or deemed issuance, the Corporation receives written notice from the Requisite Investors agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Series E Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

(A) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series E Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which, upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, would entitle the holder thereof to receive Exempted Securities pursuant to Sections B.4(d)(i)(D)(I), (II), (III), or (IV) ) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

15


(B) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to a Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section B.4(d)(iv) below, are revised (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, or Series E Conversion Price, as applicable, computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment pursuant to this clause (B) shall have the effect of increasing a Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) such Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the such Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(C) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which, upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, would entitle the holder thereof to receive Exempted Securities pursuant to Sections B.4(d)(i)(D)(I), (II), (III), or (IV) ), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to a Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section B.4(d)(iv) below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section B.4(d)(v) hereof) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than such Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series E Original Issue Date, as applicable), are revised after the Series E Original Issue Date, as applicable (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Section B.4(d)(iii)(A) above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 

16


(D) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, or Series E Conversion Price, pursuant to the terms of Section B.4(d)(iv) below, the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, or Series E Conversion Price, as applicable, shall be readjusted to such Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, or Series E Conversion Price, as applicable, as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security never been issued.

(iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series E Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section B.4(d)(iii)) , without consideration or for a consideration per share less than a Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then such Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP 2 = CP 1 * (A + B) ÷ (A + C)

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(A) CP2 shall mean the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, or Series E Conversion Price, as applicable, in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(B) CP1 shall mean the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, or Series E Conversion Price, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(C) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding and deemed outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series D-1 Preferred Stock, and Series E Preferred Stock) outstanding immediately prior to such issue);

 

17


(D) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

(E) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

(v) Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Section 4(d) , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(A) Cash and Property : Such consideration shall:

 

  (I) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

  (II) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (including the Series A-B Directors); and

 

  (III) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (I) and (II) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(B) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section B.4(d)(iii) , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

 

  (I) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

18


  (II) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(vi) Multiple Closing Dates . In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to a Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section B.4(d)(iv) above, then, upon the final such issuance, such Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any adjustments as a result of any subsequent issuances within such period).

(e) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series E Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock without a comparable subdivision of the Preferred Stock or combine the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock without a comparable combination of the Common Stock, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price, the Series D-1 Conversion Price, and the Series E Conversion Price, in effect immediately before that subdivision or combination shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series E Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock without a comparable combination of the Preferred Stock or effect a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock without a comparable subdivision of the Common Stock, the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, the Series D-1 Conversion Price, and the Series E Conversion Price, in effect immediately before the combination or subdivision shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this Section B.4(e) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(f) Adjustment for Certain Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series E Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, the Series D-1 Conversion Price, and the Series E Conversion Price,

 

19


in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

(i) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

(ii) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such distribution;

provided , however , that if such record date shall have been fixed and such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, each of the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, the Series D-1 Conversion Price, and the Series E Conversion Price, shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter each of the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, the Series D-1 Conversion Price, and the Series E Conversion Price, shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section B.4(f) as of the time of actual payment of such distributions; and provided further , however , that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive (i) a distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event or (ii) a distribution of shares of Preferred Stock which are convertible, as of the date of such event, into such number of shares of Common Stock as is equal to the number of additional shares of Common Stock being issued with respect to each share of Common Stock in such distribution.

(g) Adjustments for Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series E Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to receive, a distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property, then and in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of the Preferred Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the kind and amount of securities of the Corporation, cash or other property which they would have been entitled to receive had the Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the conversion date, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, giving application to all adjustments called for during such period under this paragraph with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock; provided , however , that no such provision shall be made if the holders of Preferred Stock receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a distribution of such securities, cash or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities, cash or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

20


(h) Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc . Subject to the provisions of Section B.2(c) , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Sections (e), (f) or (g)  of this Section B.4 ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (including the Series A-B Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section B.4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section B.4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of any Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section B.4(h) shall be construed as preventing the holders of Preferred Stock from seeking any appraisal rights to which they are otherwise entitled under the DGCL in connection with a merger triggering an adjustment hereunder, nor shall this Section B.4(h) be deemed conclusive evidence of the fair value of the shares of Preferred Stock in any such appraisal.

(i) Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of a Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of the applicable series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series D-1 Preferred Stock, or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of such series of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series D-1 Conversion Price, or Series E Conversion Price, as applicable, then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series D-1 Preferred Stock, or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable.

 

21


(j) Notice of Record Date . In the event:

(i) the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other right; or

(ii) of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

(iii) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such distribution or right, and the amount and character of such distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least ten (10) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice. Any notice required by the provisions hereof to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed sent to such holder if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to such holder at his, her or its address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

5. Mandatory Conversion .

(a) Upon the earlier of (A) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a price at least equal to the Series E Original Issue Price per share, in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $50,000,000 of proceeds, net of the underwriting discount and commissions, to the Corporation and with respect to which such Common Stock is listed for trading on either the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market (a “Qualified Public Offering”) or (B) a date specified by vote or written consent of the Requisite Investors, such vote or consent must also include the holders of at least a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock (the “Mandatory Conversion Date”), (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation as shares of such series.

(b) All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be given written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Date and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section B.5 . Such notice need not be given in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Date. Such notice shall be sent by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, or given by electronic communication in compliance

 

22


with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, to each record holder of Preferred Stock. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section B.5 . On the Mandatory Conversion Date, all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor, to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock has been converted. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, or on his, her or its written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash as provided in Section B.4(b) in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

(c) All certificates evidencing shares of Preferred Stock which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the Mandatory Conversion Date, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the shares of Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date. Such converted Preferred Stock may not be reissued as shares of such class or series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the persons entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

6. Redemption .

(a) Redemption . All shares of Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation out of funds lawfully available therefor at the Redemption Price (as defined below), in one installment with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after March 3, 2020 and in three (3) consecutive, annual installments commencing thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after March 3, 2020, from the Requisite Investors, of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Preferred Stock (the date of each such installment being referred to as a “Redemption Date”) . Upon receipt of a redemption request, the Corporation shall apply all of its assets to any

 

23


such redemption, and to no other corporate purpose, except to the extent prohibited by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders. On the initial Redemption Date, the Corporation shall first redeem the Series E Preferred Stock in full. After redeeming the Series E Preferred Stock in full with any remaining legally available funds, on each Redemption Date, the Corporation shallredeem on a pro rata, pari passu basis the Preferred Stock (other than Series E Preferred Stock), in accordance with the number of shares of Preferred Stock (other than Series E Preferred Stock) owned by each holder, that number of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (other than Series E Preferred Stock) determined by dividing (i) the total number of shares of remaining Preferred Stock (other than Series E Preferred Stock) outstanding immediately prior to such Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). If the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem on any Redemption Date all shares of Preferred Stock and of any other class or series of stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, the Corporation shall first redeem the Series E Preferred Stock or a pro rata portion of each holder of Series E Preferred Stock’s shares of such stock out of funds legally available therefor and then redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s redeemable shares of other Preferred Stock out of funds legally available therefor, based in each case on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor.

(b) Redemption Price and Payment . The Preferred Stock to be redeemed on the Redemption Dates shall be redeemed by the Corporation out of funds lawfully available therefor in an amount equal to the Series A Original Issue Price per share, the Series B Original Issue Price per share, the Series C Original Issue Price per share, the Series D Original Issue Price per share, the Series D-1 Original Issue Price per share, or the Series E Original Issue Price per share, as applicable, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on each such share (each, a “Redemption Price”) . Any delinquent amounts with respect to an aggregate Redemption Price that is not paid when due shall bear interest at a rate of one percent (1%) per month.

(c) Redemption Notice . Written notice of the mandatory redemption (the “Redemption Notice”) shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to each holder of record of Preferred Stock, at its post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, not less than fifteen (15) days prior to each Redemption Date. Each Redemption Notice shall state:

 

  (I) the number of shares of Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem on the Redemption Date specified in the Redemption Notice;

 

  (II) the Redemption Date and the Redemption Price;

 

  (III) the date upon which the holder’s right to convert such shares to be redeemed terminates (as determined in accordance with Section 4(a) ); and

 

24


  (IV) that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

(d) Surrender of Certificates; Payment . On or before the applicable Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section B.4 hereof, shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof, and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled and retired. In the event less than all of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder.

(e) Rights Subsequent to Redemption . If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the applicable Redemption Date the Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

(f) Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares . Any shares of Preferred Stock which are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately canceled and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption or acquisition by the Corporation.

7. Waiver . Any rights, powers, preferences, and other terms of the Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the Requisite Investors, provided, however, that to the extent such waiver applies to any special right, power, preference, or other unique term of the Series E Preferred Stock, such waiver shall also require the affirmative consent of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock. Any of the rights of the holders of Series A Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived by the affirmative consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived by the affirmative consent or vote of the holders of at least Seventy-Three percent (73%) of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights of the holders of Series C Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived by the affirmative consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights of the holders of Series D Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived by the affirmative consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any

 

25


of the rights of the holders of Series D-1 Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived by the affirmative consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding. Any of the rights of the holders of Series E Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived by the affirmative consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding.

FIFTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SIXTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SEVENTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the

Corporation shall so provide.

EIGHTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

TENTH: To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or other agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

 

26


ELEVENTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

TWELFTH: The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, or in being informed about, an Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any affiliate, partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, agent or other related person of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons” ), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

THIRTEENTH: In connection with repurchases by the Corporation of its Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, advisors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, Sections 502 and 503 of the California Corporations Code shall not apply in all or in part with respect to such repurchases.

 

27


*    *    *

3. The foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

4. That said Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation as of this 25th day of October, 2012.

 

By:   /s/ Brian Halligan
Name:   Brian Halligan
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 

28


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF

INCORPORATION OF

HUBSPOT, INC.

The undersigned does hereby certify on behalf of HubSpot, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as follows:

FIRST: That he is the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.

SECOND: That the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 7, 2007, under the name “ HubSpot, Inc. ”.

THIRD: Pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Certificate of Amendment (the “ Certificate of Amendment ”) to the Corporation’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the “ Restated Certificate ”), further amends the provisions of the Restated Certificate.

FOURTH: That pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, a paragraph is added to Article Fourth prior to Section A of the Restated Certificate to read as follows:

“At the initial date and time of the effectiveness of this Certificate of Amendment (the “ Reverse Split Effective Time ”), the following recapitalization (the “ Reverse Stock Split ”) shall occur: every three (3) shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Reverse Split Effective Time shall be combined into one (1) share of Common Stock. Any fractional shares resulting from such combination shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon the Reverse Stock Split shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Common Stock of each holder. In lieu of any fractional shares to which a holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The Reverse Stock Split shall occur automatically without any further action by the holders of the shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock affected thereby. All rights, preferences and privileges of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the Reverse Stock Split in accordance with this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.”

FIFTH: That the foregoing Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation has been duly adopted and approved by the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 141, 228 and 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

* * * * * * * *


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to the Corporation’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer this 25th day of September, 2014.

 

HubSpot, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Brian Halligan

Name:   Brian Halligan
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS#
COMMON STOCK
PAR VALUE $0.001
HubSpot
Certificate Number
ZQ00000000
COMMON STOCK
THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN CANTON, MA, JERSEY CITY, NJ AND
COLLEGE STATION, TX
Shares
* * 000000 ******************
* * * 000000 *****************
**** 000000 ****************
***** 000000 ***************
****** 000000 **************
HUBSPOT, INC.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE &
MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE
***ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND
ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO***
THIS CERTIFIES THAT
CUSIP 443573 10 0
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF
HubSpot, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.
Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME
President
FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME
Secretary
DATED DD-MMM-YYYY
COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR,
HUBSPOT, INC.
SEAL
2007
DELAWARE
By
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004
MR A SAMPLE
DESIGNATION (IF ANY) ADD 1 ADD 2 ADD 3 ADD 4
CUSIP Holder ID
Insurance Value Number of Shares DTC
Certificate Numbers
1234567890/1234567890
1234567890/1234567890
1234567890/1234567890
1234567890/1234567890
1234567890/1234567890
1234567890/1234567890
Total Transaction
XXXXXX XX X
XXXXXXXXXX
1,000,000.00
123456
12345678123456789012345
Num/No.
Denom.
Total
1 1 1
2 2 2
3 3 3
4 4 4
5 5 5
6 6 6
7
1234567


 

HUBSPOT, INC.

THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE.

 

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

   

TEN COM

  -   as tenants in common     UNIF GIFT MIN ACT   -                                              Custodian                                                 
                              (Cust)                                             (Minor)

TEN ENT

  -   as tenants by the entireties         under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act                                                  
                                                                                      (State)

JT TEN

  -   as joint tenants with right of survivorship     UNIF TRF MIN ACT   -                                              Custodian (until age                                  )
      and not as tenants in common                         (Cust)
                                    under Uniform Transfers  to Minors Act                      
                  (Minor)                                                                           (State)
 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

 

        

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

For value received,

 

 

 

 

 

hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

      

 

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)   

 

 

 

   Shares
of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint   

 

   Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.   

 

Dated:  

 

  20  

 

      

Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

 

Signature:

 

 

 

    

 

Signature:

 

 

 

    
  Notice:   The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever.     
            
            
            
              

 

LOGO

Exhibit 5.1

September 26, 2014

HubSpot, Inc.

25 First Street, 2nd Floor

Cambridge, Massachusetts 02141

Re:         Securities Registered under Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to you in connection with your filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-198333) (as amended or supplemented, the “Registration Statement”) pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), relating to the registration of the offering by HubSpot, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) of up to 5,750,000 shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, including Shares purchasable by the underwriters upon their exercise of an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters by the Company. The Shares are being sold to the several underwriters named in, and pursuant to, an underwriting agreement among the Company and such underwriters (the “Underwriting Agreement”).

We have reviewed such documents and made such examination of law as we have deemed appropriate to give the opinions set forth below. We have relied, without independent verification, on certificates of public officials and, as to matters of fact material to the opinions set forth below, on certificates of officers of the Company.

The opinion set forth below is limited to the Delaware General Corporation Law (which includes reported judicial decisions interpreting the Delaware General Corporation Law).

Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares have been duly authorized and, when the price and other terms upon which the Shares are to be sold have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) and the Shares have been issued and delivered against payment in accordance with such terms, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

We hereby consent to the inclusion of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving our consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Goodwin Procter LLP

GOODWIN PROCTER LLP

Exhibit 10.6

HUBSPOT, INC.

2014 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

SECTION 1. GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS

The name of the plan is the HubSpot, Inc. 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the officers, employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants of HubSpot, Inc. (the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its businesses to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company. It is anticipated that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Company’s welfare will assure a closer identification of their interests with those of the Company and its stockholders, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Company’s behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company.

The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

“Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“Administrator” means either the Board or the compensation committee of the Board or a similar committee performing the functions of the compensation committee and which is comprised of not less than two Non-Employee Directors who are independent.

“Award” or “Awards,” except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Units, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Cash-Based Awards, Performance Share Awards and Dividend Equivalent Rights.

“Award Certificate” means a written or electronic document setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan. Each Award Certificate is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Cash-Based Award” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive a cash-denominated payment.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.

“Consultant” means any natural person that provides bona fide services to the Company, and such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.


“Covered Employee” means an employee who is a “Covered Employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

“Dividend Equivalent Right” means an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the shares of Stock specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other award to which it relates) if such shares had been issued to and held by the grantee.

“Effective Date” means the date on which the Plan is approved by stockholders as set forth in Section 21.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“Fair Market Value” of the Stock on any given date means the fair market value of the Stock determined in good faith by the Administrator; provided, however, that if the Stock is admitted to quotation on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”), NASDAQ Global Market or another national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price. If there is no closing price for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there was a closing price; provided further, however, that if the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the first day when trading prices for the Stock are reported on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

“Incentive Stock Option” means any Stock Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

“Initial Public Offering” means the consummation of the first underwritten, firm commitment public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, or such other event as a result of or following which the Stock shall be publicly held.

“Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not also an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

“Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

“Option” or “Stock Option” means any option to purchase shares of Stock granted pursuant to Section 5.

“Performance-Based Award” means any Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Share Award or Cash-Based Award granted to a Covered Employee that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

2


“Performance Criteria” means the criteria that the Administrator selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for an individual for a Performance Cycle. The Performance Criteria (which shall be applicable to the organizational level specified by the Administrator, including, but not limited to, the Company or a unit, division, group, or Subsidiary of the Company) that will be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following: total shareholder return, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), changes in the market price of the Stock, economic value-added, funds from operations or similar measure, sales or revenue, acquisitions or strategic transactions, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, return on sales, gross or net profit levels, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings (loss) per share of Stock, sales or market shares and number of customers, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group. The Administrator may appropriately adjust any evaluation performance under a Performance Criterion to exclude any of the following events that occurs during a Performance Cycle: (i) asset write-downs or impairments, (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (iii) the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reporting results, (iv) accruals for reorganizations and restructuring programs. (v) any extraordinary non-recurring items, including those described in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s authoritative guidance and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition of operations appearing the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the applicable year, and (vi) any other extraordinary items adjusted from the Company U.S. GAAP results.

“Performance Cycle” means one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Administrator may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Criteria will be measured for the purpose of determining a grantee’s right to and the payment of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Share Award or Cash-Based Award, the vesting and/or payment of which is subject to the attainment of one or more Performance Goals. Each such period shall not be less than 12 months.

“Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Cycle, the specific goals established in writing by the Administrator for a Performance Cycle based upon the Performance Criteria.

“Performance Share Award” means an Award entitling the recipient to acquire shares of Stock upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals.

Restricted Shares ” means the shares of Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Award that remain subject to a risk of forfeiture or the Company’s right of repurchase.

“Restricted Stock Award” means an Award of Restricted Shares subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.

“Restricted Stock Units” means an Award of stock units subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.

 

3


“Sale Event” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding stock immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding stock or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Stock of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.

Sale Price ” means the value as determined by the Administrator of the consideration payable, or otherwise to be received by stockholders, per share of Stock pursuant to a Sale Event.

“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

“Stock” means the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company, subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 3.

“Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive shares of Stock having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Stock Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.

“Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has at least a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly.

“Ten Percent Owner” means an employee who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation.

“Unrestricted Stock Award” means an Award of shares of Stock free of any restrictions.

 

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; ADMINISTRATOR AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS

(a) Administration of Plan . The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.

(b) Powers of Administrator . The Administrator shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

(i) to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

(ii) to determine the time or times of grant, and the extent, if any, of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock

 

4


Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Cash-Based Awards, Performance Share Awards and Dividend Equivalent Rights, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;

(iii) to determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by any Award;

(iv) to determine and modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the forms of Award Certificates;

(v) to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award in circumstances involving the grantee’s death, disability, retirement, or a change in control (including a Sale Event);

(vi) subject to the provisions of Section 5(b), to extend at any time the period in which Stock Options may be exercised; and

(vii) at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including related written instruments); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

All decisions and interpretations of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan grantees.

(c) Delegation of Authority to Grant Options and Restricted Stock Units . Subject to applicable law, the Administrator, in its discretion, may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company all or part of the Administrator’s authority and duties with respect to the granting of Options and Restricted Stock Units to individuals who are (i) not subject to the reporting and other provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and (ii) not Covered Employees. Any such delegation by the Administrator shall include a limitation as to the amount of Options and Restricted Stock Units that may be granted during the period of the delegation and shall contain guidelines as to the determination of the exercise price and the vesting criteria. The Administrator may revoke or amend the terms of a delegation at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Administrator’s delegate or delegates that were consistent with the terms of the Plan.

(d) Award Certificate . Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Certificates that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award which may include, without limitation, the term of an Award and the provisions applicable in the event employment or service terminates.

 

5


(e) Indemnification . Neither the Board nor the Administrator, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Administrator (and any delegate thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under the Company’s articles or bylaws or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.

(f) Foreign Award Recipients . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate or have employees or other individuals eligible for Awards, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Administrator determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to this Plan as appendices); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 3(a) hereof; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Administrator determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act or any other applicable United States securities law, the Code, or any other applicable United States governing statute or law.

 

SECTION 3. STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS; SUBSTITUTION

(a) Stock Issuable . The maximum number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 1,973,551 shares (the “Initial Limit”), subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(c), plus on January 1, 2015 and each January 1 thereafter, the number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be cumulatively increased by 5 percent of the number of shares of Stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 or such lesser number of shares of Stock as determined by the Administrator (the “Annual Increase”). Subject to such overall limitation, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued in the form of Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed the Initial Limit cumulatively increased on January 1, 2015 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase for such year or 1,000,000 shares of Stock, subject in all cases to adjustment as provided in Section 3(c). The shares of Stock underlying any Awards under the Plan and under the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan that are forfeited, canceled, held back upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the

 

6


shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan. In the event the Company repurchases shares of Stock on the open market, such shares shall not be added to the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, shares of Stock may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award; provided, however, that Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights with respect to no more than 1,000,000 shares of Stock may be granted to any one individual grantee during any one calendar year period. The shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of Stock or shares of Stock reacquired by the Company.

(b) [Reserved.]

(c) Changes in Stock . Subject to Section 3(d) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company’s capital stock, the outstanding shares of Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Stock or other securities, or, if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Administrator shall make an appropriate or proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, including the maximum number of shares that may be issued in the form of Incentive Stock Options, (ii) the number of Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights that can be granted to any one individual grantee and the maximum number of shares that may be granted under a Performance-Based Award, (iii) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iv) the repurchase price, if any, per share subject to each outstanding Restricted Stock Award, and (v) the exercise price for each share subject to any then outstanding Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the exercise price multiplied by the number of Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights) as to which such Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights remain exercisable. The Administrator shall also make equitable or proportionate adjustments in the number of shares subject to outstanding Awards and the exercise price and the terms of outstanding Awards to take into consideration cash dividends paid other than in the ordinary course or any other extraordinary corporate event. The adjustment by the Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Administrator in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.

(d) Mergers and Other Transactions . In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, the parties thereto may cause the assumption or continuation of Awards theretofore granted by the successor entity, or the substitution of such Awards with new Awards of the successor entity or parent thereof, with appropriate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per share exercise prices, as such parties shall agree. To the extent the parties to such Sale Event do not provide for the assumption, continuation or substitution of Awards, upon the effective time of the Sale Event, the Plan and all outstanding Awards granted hereunder shall terminate. In such case except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant Award Certificate, all Options and Stock Appreciation Rights that are not

 

7


exercisable immediately prior to the effective time of the Sale Event shall become fully exercisable as of the effective time of the Sale Event, all other Awards with time-based vesting, conditions or restrictions shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the Sale Event and all Awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in connection with a Sale Event in the Administrator’s discretion or to the extent specified in the relevant Award Certificate. In the event of such termination, (i) the Company shall have the option (in its sole discretion) to make or provide for a cash payment to the grantees holding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the Sale Price multiplied by the number of shares of Stock subject to outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights; or (ii) each grantee shall be permitted, within a specified period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as determined by the Administrator, to exercise all outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable) held by such grantee.

(e) Substitute Awards . The Administrator may grant Awards under the Plan in substitution for stock and stock based awards held by employees, directors or other key persons of another corporation in connection with the merger or consolidation of the employing corporation with the Company or a Subsidiary or the acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of property or stock of the employing corporation. The Administrator may direct that the substitute awards be granted on such terms and conditions as the Administrator considers appropriate in the circumstances. Any substitute Awards granted under the Plan shall not count against the share limitation set forth in Section 3(a).

 

SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY

Grantees under the Plan will be such full or part-time officers and other employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries as are selected from time to time by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

SECTION 5. STOCK OPTIONS

(a) Award of Stock Options . The Administrator may grant Stock Options under the Plan. Any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Administrator may from time to time approve.

Stock Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

Stock Options granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the

 

8


terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable. If the Administrator so determines, Stock Options may be granted in lieu of cash compensation at the optionee’s election, subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may establish.

(b) Exercise Price . The exercise price per share for the Stock covered by a Stock Option granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall be determined by the Administrator at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the option price of such Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the grant date.

(c) Option Term . The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the Stock Option is granted. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the term of such Stock Option shall be no more than five years from the date of grant.

(d) Exercisability; Rights of a Stockholder . Stock Options shall become exercisable at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Administrator at or after the grant date. The Administrator may at any time accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of any Stock Option. An optionee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to shares acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option and not as to unexercised Stock Options.

(e) Method of Exercise . Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part, by giving written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the following methods except to the extent otherwise provided in the Option Award Certificate:

(i) In cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator;

(ii) Through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership following such procedures as the Company may prescribe) of shares of Stock that are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan. Such surrendered shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

(iii) By the optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company for the purchase price; provided that in the event the optionee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Company shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or

(iv) With respect to Stock Options that are not Incentive Stock Options, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.

 

9


Payment instruments will be received subject to collection. The transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the shares of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option will be contingent upon receipt from the optionee (or a purchaser acting in his stead in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Option) by the Company of the full purchase price for such shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Option Award Certificate or applicable provisions of laws (including the satisfaction of any withholding taxes that the Company is obligated to withhold with respect to the optionee). In the event an optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the number of attested shares. In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the exercise of Stock Options, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless exercise of Stock Options may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

(f) Annual Limit on Incentive Stock Options . To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under this Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and subsidiary corporations become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent that any Stock Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

SECTION 6. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

(a) Award of Stock Appreciation Rights . The Administrator may grant Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan. A Stock Appreciation right is an award entitling the recipient to receive shares of Stock having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Stock Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.

(b) Exercise Price of Stock Appreciation Rights . The exercise price of a Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of grant.

(c) Grant and Exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted by the Administrator independently of any Stock Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan.

(d) Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined from time to time by the Administrator. The term of a Stock Appreciation Right may not exceed ten years.

 

SECTION 7. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

(a) Nature of Restricted Stock Awards . The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock awards under the Plan. A Restricted Stock Award is any Award of Restricted Shares

 

10


subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives. The terms and conditions of each such Award Certificate shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

(b) Rights as a Stockholder . Upon the grant of the Restricted Stock Award and payment of any applicable purchase price, a grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the voting of the Restricted Shares and receipt of dividends; provided that if the lapse of restrictions with respect to the Restricted Stock Award is tied to the attainment of performance goals, any dividends paid by the Company during the performance period shall accrue and shall not be paid to the grantee until and to the extent the performance goals are met with respect to the Restricted Stock Award. Unless the Administrator shall otherwise determine, (i) uncertificated Restricted Shares shall be accompanied by a notation on the records of the Company or the transfer agent to the effect that they are subject to forfeiture until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and (ii) certificated Restricted Shares shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company such instruments of transfer as the Administrator may prescribe.

(c) Restrictions . Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Restricted Stock Award Certificate. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, if a grantee’s employment (or other service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason, any Restricted Shares that have not vested at the time of termination shall automatically and without any requirement of notice to such grantee from or other action by or on behalf of, the Company be deemed to have been reacquired by the Company at its original purchase price (if any) from such grantee or such grantee’s legal representative simultaneously with such termination of employment (or other service relationship), and thereafter shall cease to represent any ownership of the Company by the grantee or rights of the grantee as a stockholder. Following such deemed reacquisition of Restricted Shares that are represented by physical certificates, a grantee shall surrender such certificates to the Company upon request without consideration.

(d) Vesting of Restricted Shares . The Administrator at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which the non-transferability of the Restricted Shares and the Company’s right of repurchase or forfeiture shall lapse. Subsequent to such date or dates and/or the attainment of such pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions, the shares on which all restrictions have lapsed shall no longer be Restricted Stock and shall be deemed “vested.” Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s rights in any Restricted Shares that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or other service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries and such shares shall be subject to the provisions of Section 7(c) above.

 

11


SECTION 8. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

(a) Nature of Restricted Stock Units . The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan. A Restricted Stock Unit is an Award of stock units that may be settled in shares of Stock upon the satisfaction of such restrictions and conditions at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives. The terms and conditions of each such Award Certificate shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees. Except in the case of Restricted Stock Units with a deferred settlement date that complies with Section 409A, at the end of the vesting period, vested Restricted Stock Units shall be settled in the form of shares of Stock. Restricted Stock Units with deferred settlement dates are subject to Section 409A, and shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

(b) Election to Receive Restricted Stock Units in Lieu of Compensation . The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit a grantee to elect to receive a portion of future cash compensation otherwise due to such grantee in the form of an award of Restricted Stock Units. Any such election shall be made in writing and shall be delivered to the Company no later than the date specified by the Administrator and in accordance with Section 409A and such other rules and procedures established by the Administrator. Any such future cash compensation that the grantee elects to defer shall be converted to a fixed number of Restricted Stock Units based on the Fair Market Value of Stock on the date the compensation would otherwise have been paid to the grantee if such payment had not been deferred as provided herein. The Administrator shall have the sole right to determine whether and under what circumstances to permit such elections and to impose such limitations and other terms and conditions thereon as the Administrator deems appropriate. Any Restricted Stock Units that are elected to be received in lieu of cash compensation shall be fully vested, unless otherwise provided in the Award Certificate.

(c) Rights as a Stockholder . A grantee shall have the rights as a stockholder only as to shares of Stock acquired by the grantee upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units; provided, however, that the grantee may be credited with Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the stock units underlying his Restricted Stock Units, subject to the provisions of Section 11 and such terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine.

(d) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s right in all Restricted Stock Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

 

SECTION 9. UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

Grant or Sale of Unrestricted Stock . The Administrator may grant (or sell at par value or such higher purchase price determined by the Administrator) an Unrestricted Stock Award under the Plan. An Unrestricted Stock Award is an Award pursuant to which the grantee may receive shares of Stock free of any restrictions under the Plan. Unrestricted Stock Awards may be granted in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of cash compensation due to such grantee.

 

12


SECTION 10. CASH-BASED AWARDS

Grant of Cash-Based Awards . The Administrator may grant Cash-Based Awards under the Plan. A Cash-Based Award is an award that entitles the grantee to a payment in cash upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals. The Administrator shall determine the maximum duration of the Cash-Based Award, the amount of cash to which the Cash-Based Award pertains, the conditions upon which the Cash-Based Award shall become vested or payable, and such other provisions as the Administrator shall determine. Each Cash-Based Award shall specify a cash-denominated payment amount, formula or payment ranges as determined by the Administrator. Payment, if any, with respect to a Cash-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award and may be made in cash.

 

SECTION 11. PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARDS

(a) Nature of Performance Share Awards . The Administrator may grant Performance Share Awards under the Plan. A Performance Share Award is an Award entitling the grantee to receive shares of stock upon the attainment of performance goals. The Administrator shall determine whether and to whom Performance Share Awards shall be granted, the Performance Goals, the periods during which performance is to be measured, which may not be less than one year except in the case of a Sale Event, and such other limitations and conditions as the Administrator shall determine.

(b) Rights as a Stockholder . A grantee receiving a Performance Share Award shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to shares of Stock actually received by the grantee under the Plan and not with respect to shares subject to the Award but not actually received by the grantee. A grantee shall be entitled to receive shares of Stock under a Performance Share Award only upon satisfaction of all conditions specified in the Performance Share Award Certificate (or in a performance plan adopted by the Administrator).

(c) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award agreement or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s rights in all Performance Share Awards shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

 

SECTION 12. PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS TO COVERED EMPLOYEES

(a) Performance-Based Awards . The Administrator may grant one or more Performance-Based Awards in the form of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Share Awards or Cash-Based Award payable upon the attainment of Performance Goals that are established by the Administrator and relate to one or more of the Performance Criteria, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator. The Administrator shall define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for any Performance Cycle. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be

 

13


expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a division, business unit, or an individual. Each Performance-Based Award shall comply with the provisions set forth below.

(b) Grant of Performance-Based Awards . With respect to each Performance-Based Award granted to a Covered Employee (or any other eligible individual that the Administrator determines is reasonably likely to become a Covered Employee), the Administrator shall select, within the first 90 days of a Performance Cycle (or, if shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code) the Performance Criteria for such grant, and the Performance Goals with respect to each Performance Criterion (including a threshold level of performance below which no amount will become payable with respect to such Award). Each Performance-Based Award will specify the amount payable, or the formula for determining the amount payable, upon achievement of the various applicable performance targets. The Performance Criteria established by the Administrator may be (but need not be) different for each Performance Cycle and different Performance Goals may be applicable to Performance-Based Awards to different Covered Employees.

(c) Payment of Performance-Based Awards . Following the completion of a Performance Cycle, the Administrator shall meet to review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Cycle have been achieved and, if so, to also calculate and certify in writing the amount of the Performance-Based Awards earned for the Performance Cycle. The Administrator shall then determine the actual size of each Covered Employee’s Performance-Based Award, and, in doing so, may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance-Based Award for a Covered Employee if, in its sole judgment, such reduction or elimination is appropriate.

(d) Maximum Award Payable . The maximum Performance-Based Award payable to any one Covered Employee under the Plan for a Performance Cycle is 1,000,000 shares of Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(c) hereof) or $2,000,000 in the case of a Performance-Based Award that is a Cash-Based Award.

 

SECTION 13. DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS

(a) Dividend Equivalent Rights . The Administrator may grant Dividend Equivalent Rights under the Plan. A Dividend Equivalent Right is an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the shares of Stock specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other Award to which it relates) if such shares had been issued to the grantee. A Dividend Equivalent Right may be granted hereunder to any grantee as a component of an award of Restricted Stock Units, Restricted Stock Award or Performance Share Award or as a freestanding award. The terms and conditions of Dividend Equivalent Rights shall be specified in the Award Certificate. Dividend equivalents credited to the holder of a Dividend Equivalent Right may be paid currently or may be deemed to be reinvested in additional shares of Stock, which may thereafter accrue additional equivalents. Any such reinvestment shall be at Fair Market Value on the date of reinvestment or such other price as may then apply under a dividend reinvestment plan sponsored by the Company, if any. Dividend Equivalent Rights may be settled in cash or shares of Stock or a combination thereof, in a single installment or installments. A Dividend Equivalent Right granted as a component of an award of Restricted

 

14


Stock Units or Restricted Stock Award with performance vesting or Performance Share Award shall provide that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall be settled only upon settlement or payment of, or lapse of restrictions on, such other Award, and that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall expire or be forfeited or annulled under the same conditions as such other Award.

(b) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s rights in all Dividend Equivalent Rights shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

 

SECTION 14. TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS

(a) Transferability . Except as provided in Section 14(b) below, during a grantee’s lifetime, his or her Awards shall be exercisable only by the grantee, or by the grantee’s legal representative or guardian in the event of the grantee’s incapacity. No Awards shall be sold, assigned, transferred or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by a grantee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order. No Awards shall be subject, in whole or in part, to attachment, execution, or levy of any kind, and any purported transfer in violation hereof shall be null and void.

(b) Administrator Action . Notwithstanding Section 14(a), the Administrator, in its discretion, may provide either in the Award Certificate regarding a given Award or by subsequent written approval that the grantee (who is an employee or director) may transfer his or her Non-Qualified Options to his or her immediate family members, to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners, provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Award. In no event may an Award be transferred by a grantee for value.

(c) Family Member . For purposes of Section 14(b), “family member” shall mean a grantee’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the grantee’s household (other than a tenant of the grantee), a trust in which these persons (or the grantee) have more than 50 percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the grantee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the grantee) own more than 50 percent of the voting interests.

(d) Designation of Beneficiary . To the extent permitted by the Company, each grantee to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the grantee’s death. Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Administrator and shall not be effective until received by the Administrator. If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the grantee, the beneficiary shall be the grantee’s estate.

 

15


SECTION 15. TAX WITHHOLDING

(a) Payment by Grantee . Each grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Stock or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the grantee for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator regarding payment of, any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld by the Company with respect to such income. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee. The Company’s obligation to deliver evidence of book entry (or stock certificates) to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on tax withholding obligations being satisfied by the grantee.

(b) Payment in Stock . Subject to approval by the Administrator, the Company’s minimum required tax withholding obligation may be satisfied, in whole or in part, by the Company withholding from shares of Stock to be issued pursuant to any Award a number of shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due. The Administrator may also require Awards to be subject to mandatory share withholding up to the required withholding amount. For purposes of share withholding, the Fair Market Value of withheld shares shall be determined in the same manner as the value of Stock includible in income of the grantee.

 

SECTION 16. SECTION 409A AWARDS

To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “409A Award”), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Administrator from time to time in order to comply with Section 409A. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a grantee who is then considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the grantee’s separation from service, or (ii) the grantee’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A. Further, the settlement of any such Award may not be accelerated except to the extent permitted by Section 409A.

 

SECTION 17. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. TRANSFER, LEAVE OF ABSENCE, ETC.

(a) Termination of Employment . If the grantee’s employer ceases to be a Subsidiary, the grantee shall be deemed to have terminated employment for the purposes of the Plan.

For purposes of the Plan, the following events shall not be deemed a termination of employment:

(b) a transfer to the employment of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another; or

(c) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the employee’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Administrator otherwise so provides in writing.

 

16


Unless the Administrator provides otherwise or as required by law, vesting of Awards granted hereunder shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence of such grantee that exceeds a period of seven (7) days.

 

SECTION 18. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Administrator may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the holder’s consent. Except as provided in Section 3(c) or 3(d), without prior stockholder approval, in no event may the Administrator exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or effect repricing through cancellation and re-grants or cancellation of Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash. To the extent required under the rules of any securities exchange or market system on which the Stock is listed, to the extent determined by the Administrator to be required by the Code to ensure that Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code, or to ensure that compensation earned under Awards qualifies as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by the Company stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders. Nothing in this Section 18 shall limit the Administrator’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(c) or 3(d).

 

SECTION 19. STATUS OF PLAN

With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Stock or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Administrator shall otherwise expressly determine in connection with any Award or Awards. In its sole discretion, the Administrator may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations to deliver Stock or make payments with respect to Awards hereunder, provided that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the foregoing sentence.

 

SECTION 20. GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a) No Distribution . The Administrator may require each person acquiring Stock pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof.

(b) Delivery of Stock Certificates . Stock certificates to grantees under this Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company. Uncertificated Stock shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a Stock transfer agent of the Company

 

17


shall have given to the grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic “book entry” records). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Administrator has determined, with advice of counsel (to the extent the Administrator deems such advice necessary or advisable), that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed, quoted or traded. All Stock certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal, state or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted or traded. The Administrator may place legends on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Administrator may require that an individual make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Administrator, in its discretion, deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. The Administrator shall have the right to require any individual to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Administrator.

(c) Stockholder Rights . Until Stock is deemed delivered in accordance with Section 20(b), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights of a stockholder will exist with respect to shares of Stock to be issued in connection with an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of a Stock Option or any other action by the grantee with respect to an Award.

(d) Other Compensation Arrangements; No Employment Rights . Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, including trusts, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases. The adoption of this Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(e) Trading Policy Restrictions . Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s insider trading policies and procedures, as in effect from time to time.

(f) Clawback Policy . Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s clawback policy, as may be adopted and as in effect from time to time.

 

SECTION 21. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

This Plan shall become effective immediately prior to the Company’s Initial Public Offering, following stockholder approval of the Plan in accordance with applicable state law, the Company’s bylaws and articles of incorporation, and applicable stock exchange rules or pursuant to written consent. No grants of Stock Options and other Awards may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date and no grants of Incentive Stock Options may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is approved by the Board.

 

18


SECTION 22. GOVERNING LAW

This Plan and all Awards and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

DATE APPROVED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS: September 25, 2014

DATE APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS: September 25, 2014

 

19


INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE HUBSPOT, INC.

2014 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Optionee:     

 

  
No. of Option Shares:     

 

     
Option Exercise Price per Share:      $                                                     
     [FMV on Grant Date (110% of FMV if a 10% owner)]
Grant Date:     

 

     
Vesting Commencement Date:     

 

     
Expiration Date:     

 

     
     [up to 10 years (5 if a 10% owner)]

Pursuant to the HubSpot, Inc. 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), HubSpot, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”), of the Company specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan.

1. Vesting Schedule . No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become vested and exercisable. Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Administrator (as defined in Section 2 of the Plan) to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, 25 percent of the Option Shares shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such date. Thereafter, the remaining 75 percent of the Option Shares shall vest and become exercisable in 36 equal monthly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Optionee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on each such date. Once vested and exercisable, this Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Sale Event (as defined in the Plan) in which this Stock Option is continued or assumed by a successor to the Company, this Stock Option shall be deemed vested and exercisable upon the date on which the Optionee’s employment or service relationship with the Company and any subsidiary or successor entity, as the case may be, terminates if such termination occurs (i) within 12 months after such Sale Event or 90 days prior to such Sale Event, and (ii) such termination is by the Company or any subsidiary or successor entity without Cause or by the Optionee for Good Reason.


The following definitions shall apply:

Cause ” shall mean (i) the Optionee’s dishonest statements or acts with respect to the Company or any affiliate of the Company, or any current or prospective customers, suppliers vendors or other third parties with which such entity does business; (ii) the Optionee’s commission of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud; (iii) the Optionee’s failure to perform his assigned duties and responsibilities to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company which failure continues, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, after written notice given to the Optionee by the Company; (iv) the Optionee’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or insubordination with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company (including, but not limited to, any violation of the Company’s code of conduct, insider trading, willful accounting improprieties or failure to cooperate with investigations); or (v) the Optionee’s material violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between the Optionee and the Company relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisclosure and/or assignment of inventions.

Good Reason shall mean (i) a material diminution in the Optionee’s base salary except for across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting all or substantially all similarly situated employees of the Company or (ii) a change of more than 50 miles in the geographic location at which the Optionee provides services to the Company, so long as the Optionee provides notice to the Company within at least 90 days following the initial occurrence of any such event and the Company fails to cure such event within 30 days of such notice.

2. Manner of Exercise .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date of this Stock Option, the Optionee may give written notice to the Administrator of his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares purchasable at the time of such notice. This notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased.

Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; or (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or (iv) a combination of (i), (ii) and (iii) above. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

The transfer to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Option Shares will be contingent upon (i) the Company’s receipt from the Optionee of the full purchase price for the Option Shares, as set forth above, (ii) the fulfillment of any other

 

2


requirements contained herein or in the Plan or in any other agreement or provision of laws, and (iii) the receipt by the Company of any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of Stock Options under the Plan and any subsequent resale of the shares of Stock will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In the event the Optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the Shares attested to.

(b) The shares of Stock purchased upon exercise of this Stock Option shall be transferred to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Administrator with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such transfer and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan. The determination of the Administrator as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee. The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Stock subject to this Stock Option unless and until this Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such shares of Stock.

(c) The minimum number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option may be exercised at any one time shall be 100 shares, unless the number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option is being exercised is the total number of shares subject to exercise under this Stock Option at the time.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

3. Termination of Employment . If the Optionee’s employment by the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Plan) is terminated, the period within which to exercise the Stock Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.

(a) Termination Due to Death . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of death, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of death shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

(b) Termination Due to Disability . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s disability (as determined by the Administrator), any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent vested and exercisable on the date of such disability, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee for a period of 12 months from the date of disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of disability shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

 

3


(c) Termination for Cause . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date shall terminate immediately and be of no further force and effect. For purposes hereof, “Cause” shall mean, unless otherwise provided in an employment agreement between the Company and the Optionee, a determination by the Administrator that the Optionee shall be dismissed as a result of (i) any material breach by the Optionee of any agreement between the Optionee and the Company; (ii) the conviction of, indictment for or plea of nolo contendere by the Optionee to a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; or (iii) any material misconduct or willful and deliberate non-performance (other than by reason of disability) by the Optionee of the Optionee’s duties to the Company.

(d) Other Termination . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, the Optionee’s disability, or Cause, and unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent vested and exercisable on the date of termination (after giving effect to any accelerated vesting in Section 1 above), for a period of three months from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

The Administrator’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s employment shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees.

4. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

5. Transferability . This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Stock Option is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee, and thereafter, only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee.

6. Status of the Stock Option . This Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Stock Option qualifies as such. The Optionee should consult with his or her own tax advisors regarding the tax effects of this Stock Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. To the extent any portion of this Stock Option does not so qualify as an “incentive stock option,” such portion shall be deemed to be a non-qualified stock option. If the Optionee intends to dispose or does dispose (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any Option Shares within the one-year period beginning on the date after the transfer of such shares to him or her, or within the two-year period beginning on the day after the grant of this Stock Option, he or she will so notify the Company within 30 days after such disposition.

 

4


7. Tax Withholding . The Optionee shall, not later than the date as of which the exercise of this Stock Option becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Company shall have the authority to cause the minimum required tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued to the Optionee a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

8. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Optionee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time.

9. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

10. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Optionee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Optionee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Optionee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

5


11. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

HUBSPOT, INC.
By:  

 

  Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      Optionee’s Signature
      Optionee’s name and address:
     

 

     

 

     

 

 

6


NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

FOR COMPANY EMPLOYEES

UNDER THE HUBSPOT, INC.

2014 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Optionee:     

 

  
No. of Option Shares:     

 

     
Option Exercise Price per Share:      $                                                     
     [FMV on Grant Date]      
Grant Date:     

 

     
Vesting Commencement Date:     

 

     
Expiration Date:     

 

     

Pursuant to the HubSpot, Inc. 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), HubSpot, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. This Stock Option is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1. Vesting Schedule . No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become vested and exercisable. Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Administrator (as defined in Section 2 of the Plan) to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, 25 percent of the Option Shares shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such date. Thereafter, the remaining 75 percent of the Option Shares shall vest and become exercisable in 36 equal monthly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Optionee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on each such date. Once vested and exercisable, this Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Sale Event (as defined in the Plan) in which this Stock Option is continued or assumed by a successor to the Company, this Stock Option shall be deemed vested and exercisable upon the date on which the Optionee’s employment or service relationship with the Company and any subsidiary or successor entity, as the case may be, terminates if such termination occurs (i) within 12 months after such Sale Event or 90 days prior to such Sale Event, and (ii) such termination is by the Company or any subsidiary or successor entity without Cause or by the Optionee for Good Reason.


The following definitions shall apply:

Cause ” shall mean (i) the Optionee’s dishonest statements or acts with respect to the Company or any affiliate of the Company, or any current or prospective customers, suppliers vendors or other third parties with which such entity does business; (ii) the Optionee’s commission of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud; (iii) the Optionee’s failure to perform his assigned duties and responsibilities to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company which failure continues, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, after written notice given to the Optionee by the Company; (iv) the Optionee’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or insubordination with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company (including, but not limited to, any violation of the Company’s code of conduct, insider trading, willful accounting improprieties or failure to cooperate with investigations); or (v) the Optionee’s material violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between the Optionee and the Company relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisclosure and/or assignment of inventions.

“Good Reason” shall mean (i) a material diminution in the Optionee’s base salary except for across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting all or substantially all similarly situated employees of the Company or (ii) a change of more than 50 miles in the geographic location at which the Optionee provides services to the Company, so long as the Optionee provides notice to the Company within at least 90 days following the initial occurrence of any such event and the Company fails to cure such event within 30 days of such notice.

2. Manner of Exercise .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date of this Stock Option, the Optionee may give written notice to the Administrator of his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares purchasable at the time of such notice. This notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased.

Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; (iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; or (v) a combination of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

 

2


The transfer to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Option Shares will be contingent upon (i) the Company’s receipt from the Optionee of the full purchase price for the Option Shares, as set forth above, (ii) the fulfillment of any other requirements contained herein or in the Plan or in any other agreement or provision of laws, and (iii) the receipt by the Company of any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of Stock Options under the Plan and any subsequent resale of the shares of Stock will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In the event the Optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the Shares attested to.

(b) The shares of Stock purchased upon exercise of this Stock Option shall be transferred to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Administrator with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such transfer and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan. The determination of the Administrator as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee. The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Stock subject to this Stock Option unless and until this Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such shares of Stock.

(c) The minimum number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option may be exercised at any one time shall be 100 shares, unless the number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option is being exercised is the total number of shares subject to exercise under this Stock Option at the time.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

3. Termination of Employment . If the Optionee’s employment by the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Plan) is terminated, the period within which to exercise the Stock Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.

(a) Termination Due to Death . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of death, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of death shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

 

3


(b) Termination Due to Disability . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s disability (as determined by the Administrator), any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent vested and exercisable on the date of such disability, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee for a period of 12 months from the date of disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of disability shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

(c) Termination for Cause . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date shall terminate immediately and be of no further force and effect. For purposes hereof, “Cause” shall mean, unless otherwise provided in an employment agreement between the Company and the Optionee, a determination by the Administrator that the Optionee shall be dismissed as a result of (i) any material breach by the Optionee of any agreement between the Optionee and the Company; (ii) the conviction of, indictment for or plea of nolo contendere by the Optionee to a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; or (iii) any material misconduct or willful and deliberate non-performance (other than by reason of disability) by the Optionee of the Optionee’s duties to the Company.

(d) Other Termination . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, the Optionee’s disability, or Cause, and unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent vested and exercisable on the date of termination (after giving effect to any accelerated vesting in Section 1 above), for a period of three months from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

The Administrator’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s employment shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees.

4. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

5. Transferability . This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Stock Option is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee, and thereafter, only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee.

6. Tax Withholding . The Optionee shall, not later than the date as of which the exercise of this Stock Option becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event.

 

4


The Company shall have the authority to cause the minimum required tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued to the Optionee a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

7. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Optionee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time.

8. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

9. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Optionee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Optionee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Optionee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

5


10. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

HUBSPOT, INC.
By:  

 

  Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      Optionee’s Signature
      Optionee’s name and address:
     

 

     

 

     

 

 

6


NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

UNDER THE HUBSPOT, INC.

2014 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Optionee:     

 

  
No. of Option Shares:     

 

     
Option Exercise Price per Share:      $                                                     
     [FMV on Grant Date]   
Grant Date:     

 

     
Vesting Commencement Date:     

 

     
Expiration Date:     

 

     
     [No more than 10 years]   

Pursuant to the HubSpot, Inc. 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), HubSpot, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above, who is a Director of the Company but is not an employee of the Company, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”), of the Company specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. This Stock Option is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1. Vesting Schedule . No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become vested and exercisable. Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Administrator (as defined in Section 2 of the Plan) to accelerate the vesting schedule hereunder, 25 percent of the Option Shares shall vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Optionee remains in service as a member of the Board on such date. Thereafter, the remaining 75 percent of the Option Shares shall vest and become exercisable in 36 equal monthly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided the Optionee remains in service as a member of the Board on each such date. Once vested and exercisable, this Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.

2. Manner of Exercise .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date of this Stock Option, the Optionee may give written notice to the Administrator of his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares purchasable at the time of such notice. This notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased.


Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; (iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; or (v) a combination of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

The transfer to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Option Shares will be contingent upon (i) the Company’s receipt from the Optionee of the full purchase price for the Option Shares, as set forth above, (ii) the fulfillment of any other requirements contained herein or in the Plan or in any other agreement or provision of laws, and (iii) the receipt by the Company of any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of Stock Options under the Plan and any subsequent resale of the shares of Stock will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In the event the Optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the Shares attested to.

(b) The shares of Stock purchased upon exercise of this Stock Option shall be transferred to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Administrator with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such transfer and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan. The determination of the Administrator as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee. The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Stock subject to this Stock Option unless and until this Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such shares of Stock.

(c) The minimum number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option may be exercised at any one time shall be 100 shares, unless the number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option is being exercised is the total number of shares subject to exercise under this Stock Option at the time.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

 

2


3. Termination as Director . If the Optionee ceases to be a Director of the Company, the period within which to exercise the Stock Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.

(a) Termination Due to Death . If the Optionee’s service as a Director terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of death, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of death shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

(b) Other Termination . If the Optionee ceases to be a Director for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date the Optionee ceased to be a Director, for a period of six months from the date the Optionee ceased to be a Director or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date the Optionee ceases to be a Director shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

The Administrator’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s service as a Director shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees.

4. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

5. Transferability . This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Stock Option is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee, and thereafter, only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee.

6. No Obligation to Continue as a Director . Neither the Plan nor this Stock Option confers upon the Optionee any rights with respect to continuance as a Director.

7. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

 

3


8. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Optionee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Optionee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Optionee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

9. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

HUBSPOT, INC.
By:  

 

  Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      Optionee’s Signature
      Optionee’s name and address:
     

 

     

 

     

 

 

4


RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

UNDER THE HUBSPOT, INC.

2014 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:     

 

  
No. of Restricted Stock Units:     

                                                 

     
Grant Date:     

 

     
Vesting Commencement Date:     

 

     

Pursuant to the HubSpot, Inc. 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), HubSpot, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Stock Units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Each Restricted Stock Unit shall relate to one share of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company.

1. Restrictions on Transfer of Award . This Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and any shares of Stock issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Stock Units have vested as provided in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement and (ii) shares of Stock have been issued to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

2. Vesting of Restricted Stock Units . The restrictions and conditions of Paragraph 1 of this Agreement shall lapse as to 25 percent of the Restricted Stock Units and such Restricted Stock Units shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Grantee remains in service as a member of the Board on such date. Thereafter, the restrictions and conditions of Paragraph 1 of this Agreement shall lapse as to the remaining 75 percent of the Restricted Stock Units and such Restricted Stock Units shall vest in 36 equal monthly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided that the Grantee remains in service as a member of the Board on such dates. The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 2.

3. Termination of Service . If the Grantee’s service with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the vesting conditions set forth in Paragraph 2 above, any Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such unvested Restricted Stock Units.

4. Issuance of Shares of Stock . As soon as practicable following each vesting date specified in Paragraph 2 (each such date, a “Vesting Date”) (but in no event later than two and one-half months after the end of the year in which the Vesting Date occurs), the Company shall


issue to the Grantee the number of shares of Stock equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Stock Units that have vested pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to such shares.

5. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

6. Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner that all provisions relating to the settlement of the Award are exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals” as described in Section 409A of the Code.

7. No Obligation to Continue as a Director . Neither the Plan nor this Award confers upon the Grantee any rights with respect to continuance as a Director.

8. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

9. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

2


10. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

HUBSPOT, INC.
By:  

 

  Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      Grantee’s Signature
      Grantee’s name and address:
     

 

     

 

     

 

 

3


RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

FOR COMPANY EMPLOYEES

UNDER THE HUBSPOT, INC.

2014 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:     

 

  
No. of Restricted Stock Units:     

                                                 

     
Grant Date:     

 

     
Vesting Commencement Date:     

 

     

Pursuant to the HubSpot, Inc. 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), HubSpot, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Stock Units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Each Restricted Stock Unit shall relate to one share of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company.

1. Restrictions on Transfer of Award . This Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and any shares of Stock issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Stock Units have vested as provided in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement and (ii) shares of Stock have been issued to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

2. Vesting of Restricted Stock Units . The restrictions and conditions of Paragraph 1 of this Agreement shall lapse as to 25 percent of the Restricted Stock Units and such Restricted Stock Units shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Grantee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such date. Thereafter, the restrictions and conditions of Paragraph 1 of this Agreement shall lapse as to the remaining 75 percent of the Restricted Stock Units and such Restricted Stock Units shall vest in 36 equal monthly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided that the Grantee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such dates. The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 2.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Sale Event (as defined in the Plan) in which this Award is continued or assumed by a successor to the Company, the Restricted Stock Units shall be deemed vested and exercisable upon the date on which the Grantee’s employment or service relationship with the Company and any subsidiary or successor entity, as the case may be, terminates if such termination occurs (i) within 12 months after such Sale Event or 90 days prior to such Sale Event, and (ii) such termination is by the Company or any subsidiary or successor entity without Cause or by the Grantee for Good Reason.

The following definitions shall apply:

Cause ” shall mean (i) the Grantee’s dishonest statements or acts with respect to the Company or any affiliate of the Company, or any current or prospective customers, suppliers vendors or other third parties with which such entity does business; (ii) the Grantee’s commission of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud; (iii) the Grantee’s failure to perform his assigned duties and responsibilities to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company which failure continues, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, after written notice given to the Grantee by the Company; (iv) the Grantee’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or insubordination with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company (including, but not limited to, any violation of the Company’s code of conduct, insider trading, willful accounting improprieties or failure to cooperate with investigations); or (v) the Grantee’s material violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between the Grantee and the Company relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisclosure and/or assignment of inventions.

“Good Reason” shall mean (i) a material diminution in the Grantee’s base salary except for across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting all or substantially all similarly situated employees of the Company or (ii) a change of more than 50 miles in the geographic location at which the Grantee provides services to the Company, so long as the Grantee provides notice to the Company within at least 90 days following the initial occurrence of any such event and the Company fails to cure such event within 30 days of such notice.

3. Termination of Employment . If the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the vesting and acceleration conditions set forth in Paragraph 2 above, any Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such unvested Restricted Stock Units.

4. Issuance of Shares of Stock . As soon as practicable following each vesting date specified in Paragraph 2 (each such date, a “Vesting Date”) (but in no event later than two and


one-half months after the end of the year in which the Vesting Date occurs), the Company shall issue to the Grantee the number of shares of Stock equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Stock Units that have vested pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to such shares.

5. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

6. Tax Withholding . The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt of this Award becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Company shall have the authority to cause the required minimum tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued to the Grantee a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due.

7. Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner that all provisions relating to the settlement of the Award are exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals” as described in Section 409A of the Code.

8. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Grantee at any time.

9. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

10. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

2


11. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

HUBSPOT, INC.
By:  

 

  Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      Grantee’s Signature
      Grantee’s name and address:
     

 

     

 

     

 

 

3


RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

UNDER THE HUBSPOT, INC.

2014 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Name of Grantee:     

 

  
No. of Shares:     

                                                 

     
Grant Date:     

 

     
Vesting Commencement Date:     

 

     

Pursuant to the HubSpot, Inc. 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) as amended through the date hereof, HubSpot, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants a Restricted Stock Award (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Upon acceptance of this Award, the Grantee shall receive the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company specified above, subject to the restrictions and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. The Company acknowledges the receipt from the Grantee of consideration with respect to the par value of the Stock in the form of cash, past or future services rendered to the Company by the Grantee or such other form of consideration as is acceptable to the Administrator.

1. Award . The shares of Restricted Stock awarded hereunder shall be issued and held by the Company’s transfer agent in book entry form, and the Grantee’s name shall be entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Grantee shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such shares, including voting and dividend rights, subject, however, to the restrictions and conditions specified in Paragraph 2 below. The Grantee shall (i) sign and deliver to the Company a copy of this Award Agreement and (ii) deliver to the Company a stock power endorsed in blank.

2. Restrictions and Conditions .

(a) Any book entries for the shares of Restricted Stock granted herein shall bear an appropriate legend, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, to the effect that such shares are subject to restrictions as set forth herein and in the Plan.

(b) Shares of Restricted Stock granted herein may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee prior to vesting.

(c) If the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is voluntarily or involuntarily terminated for any reason (including death) prior to vesting of shares of Restricted Stock granted herein (after giving effect to any accelerated vesting in Section 3 below), all shares of Restricted Stock shall immediately and automatically be forfeited and returned to the Company.

3. Vesting of Restricted Stock . The restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement shall lapse as to 25 percent of the Shares and such Shares shall vest on the first


anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Grantee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such date. Thereafter, the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement shall lapse as to the remaining 75 percent of the Shares and such Shares shall vest in 36 equal monthly installments following the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, provided that the Grantee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such dates. Subsequent to such vesting date or dates, the shares of Stock on which all restrictions and conditions have lapsed shall no longer be deemed Restricted Stock. The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 3.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Sale Event (as defined in the Plan) in which this Award is continued or assumed by a successor to the Company, the Restricted Stock shall be deemed vested and exercisable and the conditions and restrictions in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement shall lapse upon the date on which the Grantee’s employment or service relationship with the Company and any subsidiary or successor entity, as the case may be, terminates if such termination occurs (i) within 12 months after such Sale Event or 90 days prior to such Sale Event, and (ii) such termination is by the Company or any subsidiary or successor entity without Cause or by the Grantee for Good Reason.

The following definitions shall apply:

Cause ” shall mean (i) the Grantee’s dishonest statements or acts with respect to the Company or any affiliate of the Company, or any current or prospective customers, suppliers vendors or other third parties with which such entity does business; (ii) the Grantee’s commission of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud; (iii) the Grantee’s failure to perform his assigned duties and responsibilities to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company which failure continues, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, after written notice given to the Grantee by the Company; (iv) the Grantee’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or insubordination with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company (including, but not limited to, any violation of the Company’s code of conduct, insider trading, willful accounting improprieties or failure to cooperate with investigations); or (v) the Grantee’s material violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between the Grantee and the Company relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisclosure and/or assignment of inventions.

“Good Reason” shall mean (i) a material diminution in the Grantee’s base salary except for across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting all or substantially all similarly situated employees of the Company or (ii) a change of more than 50 miles in the geographic location at which the Grantee provides services to the Company, so long as the Grantee provides notice to the Company within at least 90 days following the initial occurrence of any such event and the Company fails to cure such event within 30 days of such notice.

4. Dividends . Dividends on shares of Restricted Stock shall be paid currently to the Grantee.

5. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Award shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

6. Transferability . This Agreement is personal to the Grantee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

7. Tax Withholding . The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt of this Award becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. Except in the case where an election is made pursuant to Paragraph 8 below, the Company shall have the authority to cause the required minimum tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued or released by the transfer agent a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

8. Election Under Section 83(b) . The Grantee and the Company hereby agree that the Grantee may, within 30 days following the Grant Date of this Award, file with the Internal Revenue Service and the Company an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. In the event the Grantee makes such an election, he or she agrees to provide a copy of the election to the Company. The Grantee acknowledges that he or she is responsible for obtaining the advice of his or her tax advisors with regard to the Section 83(b) election and that he or she is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents with regard to such election.

9. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Grantee at any time.

 

2


10. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

11. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

 

3


12. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

HUBSPOT, INC.
By:  

 

  Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      Grantee’s Signature
      Grantee’s name and address:
     

 

     

 

     

 

 

4

Exhibit 10.7

 

 

HUBSPOT, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

 


This AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of April 4, 2012, by and between COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) and HUBSPOT, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

A. Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 29, 2010, as amended from time to time including by that First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 25, 2011 (collectively, the “Original Agreement”).

B. Borrower has informed Bank that in June of 2011 it acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of PERFORMABLE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Performable”), pursuant to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated June 15, 2011 (in the form delivered to Bank as of the Closing Date, the “Performable Acquisition Agreement”), by and among Borrower, Sox Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Sox”), Bruins Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Bruins” and, together with Sox, the “Merger Subs” each having been created as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Borrower for the sole purpose of the Performable acquisition), Performable, Borrower Stockholders (as defined therein), and the Stockholder Representative (as defined therein), pursuant to which Sox was merged with and into Performable, with Performable continuing as the surviving corporation (and Sox ceasing legal existence), and, in a second step, Performable was merged with and into Bruins, continuing legal existence under the name “Performable, Inc.” (the “Performable Acquisition”). Certain Events of Default have occurred and are continuing under the Original Agreement resulting from: (a) the Performable Acquisition causing violations of Sections 6.10, 7.3, 7.4 and 7.7 of the Original Agreement, (b) transfers of assets and property from Performable to Borrower subsequent to the Performable Acquisition not otherwise permitted under the Original Agreement causing violations of Sections 7.1 and 7.8 of the Original Agreement and (c) Borrower’s failure to deliver to Bank timely the written statement regarding the Events of Default noted in clauses (a) and (b) above, as required under Section 6.2(c) of the Original Agreement (collectively, the “Existing Defaults”).

C. Borrower has requested that Bank waive the Existing Defaults, to make available to Borrower a revolving line of credit and a growth capital credit facility, which extensions of credit the Borrower will use for the purposes permitted hereunder, and amend certain provisions of the Loan Documents in connection herewith. In connection with the extension of such new credit hereunder and the waiver and to document the amendments requested by Borrower in connection therewith, Borrower has requested that Bank amended and restate the terms of the Original Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the terms on which Bank will advance credit to Borrower, and Borrower will repay the amounts owing to Bank.

AGREEMENT

The parties agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions . Any term used in the Code and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to the term in the Code. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:

“Account Debtor” means any Person who is obligated on an Account, chattel paper, or a general intangible.

“Accounts” means all presently existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, payment intangibles, and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods (including, without limitation, the licensing of software and other technology), the licensing, sale or other transfer of any intellectual property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or the rendering of services by Borrower, whether or not earned by performance, and including, without limitation, all accounts, contract rights and payment intangibles of Borrower under or in respect of term license agreements, subscription license agreements and maintenance contracts, and also including all accounts, payment intangibles and other forms of obligations owing to Borrower under any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

 

April 4, 2012

 

1


“Advance” or “Advances” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Revolving Line.

“Advance Rate” means, for any date of determination, the percentage equal to (a) the sum of the monthly Subscription Renewal Rates for each of the three consecutive months ending on or immediately prior to such date, divided by (b) three (3). In no event shall the Advance Rate be greater than one (1.00).

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly such Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, and each of such Person’s senior executive officers, directors, and partners.

“Aggregate Consideration” means, with respect to any acquisition under Section 7.3, the total aggregate consideration paid or payable by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including all cash and non-cash consideration, any assumption of Indebtedness, deferred purchase price and any earn out obligations or liabilities.

“Bank Expenses” means all reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, administration, and enforcement of the Loan Documents; Collateral audit fees; and Bank’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in amending, enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal), incurred before, during and after an Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not suit is brought.

“Borrower State” means Delaware, the state under whose laws Borrower is organized.

“Borrower’s Books” means all of Borrower’s books and records including: ledgers; records concerning Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition; and all computer programs, or tape files, and the equipment, containing such information.

“Borrowing Base” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Advance Rate, as of such date, multiplied by (b) the Recurring Subscription Revenues for the three month period ending on the last day of the month immediately preceding such date (or such date if the date of determination is the last day of a month), as determined by Bank with reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by Borrower or from other information then available to Bank including information obtained from working capital or other similar audits conducted by or on behalf of Bank, less such reserves as may be established, by Bank in its good faith credit judgment, from time to time; provided, that the advance rate is subject to adjustment by Bank after the Closing Date, in its good faith credit judgment.

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in the State of California are authorized or required to close.

“Cash” means unrestricted cash and cash equivalents.

“Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

“Change in Control” shall mean a transaction, or series of related transactions, after the Closing Date, in which any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of Equity Interests then outstanding of Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such “person” or “group” to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower, who did not have such power before such transaction.

 

April 4, 2012

 

2


“Chief Executive Office State” means Massachusetts, where Borrower’s chief executive office is located.

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

“Code” means the California Uniform Commercial Code as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Collateral” means the property described on Exhibit A attached hereto and all Negotiable Collateral to the extent not described on Exhibit A ; provided however, the Collateral shall not include more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding voting Equity Interests owned or held of record by Borrower in any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary.

“Collateral Access Agreement” means an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion, pursuant to which a mortgagee or lessor of real property on which Collateral is stored or otherwise located, or a warehouseman, processor, contract manufacturer, equipment holder, co-location facility or other bailee of any Collateral, that acknowledges the Liens of Bank and waives or subordinates any Liens held by such Person on such Collateral and, includes such other agreements with respect to the Collateral, including agreements relating to access to the Collateral, as Bank may require in its sole discretion, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Collateral State” means the state or states where the Collateral is located, which is Massachusetts.

“Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designed to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Copyrights” means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

“Credit Extension” means each Advance, Existing Equipment Advance, Growth Capital Advance or any other extension of credit by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrower hereunder.

“Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, orders and the like issued by any federal state, local foreign or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority or any agency pertaining to the environment or to any hazardous materials or wastes, toxic substances, flammable, explosive or radioactive materials, asbestos or other similar materials.

“Equipment” means all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which Borrower has any right, title or interest.

“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, any of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership, membership or profit interests in) such Person, any of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership, membership or profit interests in) such Person, any of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or

 

April 4, 2012

 

3


other ownership, membership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and any of the other ownership, membership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned in Article 8.

“Excluded Deposit Accounts” means deposit accounts maintained by Borrower or Subsidiaries of Borrower that are identified on the Schedule or as to which Borrower has provided with prior written notice, so long as the US Dollar-equivalent value of the deposits in each such account is at all times less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), and the aggregate US Dollar-equivalent value of the deposits in all such accounts is at all times less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

“Excluded Foreign Subsidiary” means any Foreign Subsidiary that is a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC) in respect of which either (a) the pledge of all of the voting Equity Interests or any of the assets of such Foreign Subsidiary as Collateral or (b) the guaranteeing by such Foreign Subsidiary of the Obligations would result in material adverse tax consequences to Borrower.

“Existing Equipment Advance” has the meaning given in Section 2.1(e).

“Existing Equipment Advance Maturity Date” means June 1, 2012.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means, in relation to any Person, any Subsidiary of that Person that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America or any of the States (or the District of Columbia) thereof.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time in the United States of America.

“Guarantor” means any Person who from time to time may guaranty all or any portion of the Obligations.

“Guaranty Documents” has the meaning given in Section 8.11.

“Growth Capital Advance(s)” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Growth Capital Line.

“Growth Capital Availability End Date” means April 4, 2013.

“Growth Capital Line” means Credit Extensions of up to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate.

“Growth Capital Maturity Date” means October 1, 2015.

“Indebtedness” means (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, including without limitation reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, and (d) all Contingent Obligations.

“Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

 

April 4, 2012

 

4


“Intellectual Property” means all of each Loan Party’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) Any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

(c) Any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

(d) Any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above; and

(e) All amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

“Inventory” means all present and future inventory in which Borrower has any interest, including any returns upon any accounts or other proceeds, including insurance proceeds, resulting from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title representing any of the above, and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

“Investment” means any beneficial ownership of (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other securities) any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

“IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Letter of Credit” means a commercial or standby letter of credit or similar undertaking issued by Bank at Borrower’s request in accordance with Section 2.1.

“Letter of Credit Facility” means a facility for Letters of Credit not to exceed One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000).

“Letter of Credit Facility Maturity Date” means April 24, 2013.

“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrower, any Guaranty Document, and any other document, instrument or agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement, all as amended or extended from time to time.

“Loan Party” or “Loan Parties” means, individually or collectively, as applicable Borrower and each Guarantor.

“Material Adverse Effect” means (i) a material adverse change in Borrower’s prospects, business or financial condition (including without limitation, evidence of a lack of investor support and/or Borrower’s inability to attract sufficient additional equity financing from its investors), or (ii) a material impairment in the prospect of repayment of all or any portion of the Obligations or in otherwise performing Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents, or (iii) a material impairment in the perfection, value or priority of Bank’s security interests in the Collateral.

“Negotiable Collateral” means all of Borrower’s present and future letters of credit of which it is a beneficiary, drafts, instruments (including promissory notes), securities, documents of title, and chattel paper, and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

 

April 4, 2012

 

5


“Obligations” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Borrower to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

“Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

“Performable” means PERFORMABLE, INC., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower.

“Periodic Payments” means all installments or similar recurring payments that Borrower may now or hereafter become obligated to pay to Bank pursuant to the terms and provisions of any instrument, or agreement now or hereafter in existence between Borrower and Bank.

“Permitted Indebtedness” means:

(a) Indebtedness of Borrower and the other Loan Parties in favor of Bank arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(c) Indebtedness not to exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens;” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;

(d) Subordinated Debt;

(e) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness consisting of earn-out obligations incurred by Borrower in connection with its acquisition of Performable in an aggregate amount not to exceed $3,900,000, provided that Borrower may only make payments in respect of such earn-out obligations each in an amount not to exceed $1,300,000 for Borrower’s fiscal years 2012, 2013 and 2014; and

(g) Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

“Permitted Investment” means:

(a) Investments existing on the Closing Date disclosed in the Schedule;

(b) Cash Equivalents;

(c) Repurchases of stock from former employees, officers or directors of Borrower under the terms of customary board-approved stock repurchase agreements to the extent permitted under Section 7.6;

(d) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

(e) Investments by Borrower in its wholly-owned Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in any fiscal year;

 

April 4, 2012

 

6


(f) Investments not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(g) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(h) Deposit and securities accounts maintained with banks and other financial institutions to the extent expressly permitted under Section 6.6 and as to which Borrower has complied with the requirements of Section 6.6; and

(i) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary.

“Permitted Liens” means the following:

(a) (i) Any Liens in favor of Bank, including Liens arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and (ii) Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule (excluding Liens to be satisfied with the proceeds of the Advances);

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, maintain adequate reserves, provided the same have no priority over any of Bank’s security interests;

(c) Liens securing Permitted Indebtedness not to exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) in the aggregate at any time outstanding (i) upon or in any Equipment (other than Equipment financed by Bank) acquired or held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

(d) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (c) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(e) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.5 or 8.9;

(f) Liens in favor of other depository institutions arising in connection with deposit accounts maintained by Borrower or Borrower’s Subsidiaries at such depository institutions, provided that (i) such deposit accounts are otherwise expressly permitted to be maintained under Section 6.6, (ii) such Liens are limited to amounts on deposit in such accounts and secure only the customary fees and expenses of such institutions for deposit services charged by such institution arising in connection with such deposit accounts, and not for borrowed money, financing or other extensions of credit, and (iii) to the extent required under Section 6.6, Bank has a first-priority (subject only to Liens of the type described in clause (ii) above) perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit accounts;

(g) Liens securing Subordinated Debt;

 

April 4, 2012

 

7


(h) Statutory Liens securing Indebtedness and other liabilities in an aggregate amount not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) at any time of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(i) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, landlords or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(j) Statutory Liens of landlords arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of business securing obligations not yet delinquent, that are subject to a Collateral Access Agreement, if required by Bank;

(k) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations (other than Liens imposed by ERISA); and

(l) Liens consisting of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

“Permitted Transfer” means the conveyance, sale, lease, transfer or disposition by Borrower or any Subsidiary of:

(a) Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(b) non-exclusive licenses for the use of the Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(c) worn-out or obsolete Equipment not financed by Bank;

(d) the abandonment of immaterial Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights of Borrower or its Subsidiaries that are, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower’s board of directors, either no longer economically practicable to maintain or no longer useful in the conduct of the business of Borrower or of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(e) a conveyance, sale, lease, transfer or disposition by a Subsidiary to the Borrower to the extent not otherwise prohibited herein; and

(f) Transfers that constitute the creation of Permitted Liens or the making of Permitted Investments.

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

“Pricing Addendum” means that certain Prime Referenced Rate Addendum to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and between Bank and Borrower, dated as of the Closing Date, as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

“Prime Rate” means the per annum interest rate established by Bank as its prime rate for its borrowers, as such rate may vary from time to time, which rate is not necessarily the lowest rate on loans made by Bank at any such time.

 

April 4, 2012

 

8


“Prohibited Territory” means any person or country listed by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of Treasury as to which transactions between a United States Person and that territory are prohibited.

“Recurring Subscription Revenue” means, for any period of determination, Borrower’s aggregate net cash receipts during such period constituting recurring revenues under Subscription Contracts in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business.

“Responsible Officer” means each of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Controller of Borrower.

“Restricted Agreement” is any material license or other material agreement (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public) to which Borrower is a party or under which Borrower is bound (including licenses and agreements under which Borrower is the licensee): (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from assigning to Bank, or granting a to Bank a Lien in, Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement, the rights arising thereunder or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of such license or contract could interfere with the Bank’s right to use, license, sell or collect any Collateral or otherwise exercise its rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral under the Loan Documents or applicable law.

“Revolving Line” means a Credit Extension of up to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).

“Revolving Maturity Date” means October 4, 2013.

“Schedule” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

“Security Instrument” means any security agreement, assignment, pledge agreement, financing or other similar statement or notice, continuation statement, other agreement or instrument, or any amendment or supplement to any thereof, creating, governing or providing for, evidencing or perfecting or maintaining the priority of any security interest or Lien.

“Shares” means (i) sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding voting Equity Interests owned or held of record by Borrower or any other Loan Party in any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary; (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding non-voting Equity Interests owned or held of record by Borrower or any other Loan Party in any Excluded Foreign Subsidiary, and (iii) one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests owned or held of record by Borrower or any other Loan Party in each Subsidiary of Borrower that is not an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary.

“SOS Reports” means the official reports from the Secretaries of State of each Collateral State, Chief Executive Office State and the Borrower State and other applicable federal, state or local government offices identifying all current security interests filed in the Collateral and Liens of record as of the date of such report.

“Subordinated Debt” means Indebtedness incurred by Borrower that is subordinated in writing to the Obligations owing by Borrower to Bank on terms satisfactory to Bank (and identified as being such by Borrower and Bank), including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, subordination of such Indebtedness in right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment in full, in cash, of the Obligations, the subordination of the priority of any Lien at any time securing such Indebtedness to Bank’s Lien, and prohibitions on the exercise of any rights or remedies of the holder of such Indebtedness against Borrower or any of Borrower’s property pursuant to a written subordination agreement executed and delivered by Bank.

“Subscription Contracts” means those written consumer and business subscription agreements for Borrower’s products that: (a) have been duly and properly executed and delivered by Borrower and each account debtor party thereto; (b) have been entered into in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and consistent with past practice; (c) are with a counter-party that is not an Affiliate of Borrower, and (d) provide for a subscription periods of one, two or three years.

 

April 4, 2012

 

9


“Subscription Renewal Rate” means, for any given month, the amount obtained by dividing (a) the number of renewals of existing Subscription Contracts, which by their terms expire and are eligible for renewal during such month, that are actually renewed by customers during such month, by (b) the aggregate number of Subscription Contracts expiring or otherwise eligible for renewal during such month. In no event shall the Subscription Renewal Rate be greater than one (1.00).

“Subsidiary” means with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof has the ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned or controlled by such Person, either directly or through an Affiliate.

“Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

1.2 Accounting Terms . Any accounting term not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP and all calculations shall be made in accordance with GAAP. The term “financial statements” shall include the accompanying notes and schedules.

2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT .

2.1 Credit Extensions .

(a) Promise to Pay; Use of Proceeds . Borrower promises to pay to Bank, in lawful money of the United States of America, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Credit Extensions made by Bank to Borrower, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Credit Extensions at rates in accordance with the terms hereof. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements as provided herein (including payment of Permitted Indebtedness consisting of earn-out obligations incurred by Borrower in connection with its acquisition of Performable), and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

(b) Advances Under Revolving Line .

(i) Amount . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement Borrower may request Advances in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) the Revolving Line or (B) the Borrowing Base. Except as set forth in the Pricing Addendum, amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) may be repaid and reborrowed at any time without penalty or premium prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, at which time all Advances under this Section 2.1(b) shall be immediately due and payable.

(ii) Form of Request . Whenever Borrower desires an Advance, subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of Advances set forth in this Agreement, Borrower will notify Bank by facsimile transmission or telephone no later than 3:00 p.m. Pacific time (12:00 p.m. Pacific time for wire transfers), on the Business Day that the Advance is to be made. Each such notification shall be promptly confirmed by a Payment/Advance Form in substantially the form of Exhibit B . Bank is authorized to make Advances under this Agreement, based upon instructions received from a Responsible Officer or a designee of a Responsible Officer, or without instructions if in Bank’s discretion such Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due and remain unpaid. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any facsimile or telephonic notice given by a person who Bank reasonably believes to be a Responsible Officer or a designee thereof, and Borrower shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages or loss suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance. Bank will credit the amount of Advances made under this Section 2.1(b) to Borrower’s deposit account.

 

April 4, 2012

 

10


(c) Letter of Credit Facility . At any time and from time to time from April 25, 2011 through the Business Day immediately prior to the Letter of Credit Facility Maturity Date, Bank shall issue for the account of Borrower such Letters of Credit as Borrower may request by delivering to Bank a duly executed letter of credit application on Bank’s standard form; provided , however , that the outstanding and undrawn amounts under all such Letters of Credit shall not at any time exceed the Letter of Credit Facility. Any drawn but unreimbursed amounts under any Letters of Credit shall be charged as Advances against the Revolving Line. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s form application and letter of credit agreement. Borrower will pay any standard issuance and other fees that Bank notifies Borrower it will charge for issuing and processing Letters of Credit. If Borrower has not secured to Bank’s satisfaction its obligations with respect to any Letters of Credit by the Letter of Credit Facility Maturity Date, then, effective as of such date, the balance in any deposit accounts held by Bank and the certificates of deposit or time deposit accounts issued by Bank in Borrower’s name (and any interest paid thereon or proceeds thereof, including any amounts payable upon the maturity or liquidation of such certificates or accounts), shall automatically secure such obligations to the extent of the then continuing or outstanding and undrawn Letters of Credit. Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any requests by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the Letters of Credit are outstanding or continue.

(d) Growth Capital Advances .

(i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank agrees to make Growth Capital Advances to Borrower. Borrower may request Growth Capital Advances from the Closing Date through the Growth Capital Availability End Date. In no event shall the aggregate amount of Growth Capital Advances exceed the Growth Capital Line. Each Growth Capital Advance shall be in a minimum original principal amount of at least the lesser of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or the remaining availability under the Growth Capital Line.

(ii) Interest shall accrue from the date of each Growth Capital Advance at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.3(c). Any Growth Capital Advances that are outstanding on Growth Capital Availability End Date shall be payable in thirty (30) equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, beginning on May 1, 2013, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Growth Capital Maturity Date, at which time all amounts owing in connection with the Growth Capital Advances, and all other amounts owing under this Agreement, shall be immediately due and payable in full and in cash. Growth Capital Advances, once repaid, may not be reborrowed. Except as set forth in the Pricing Addendum, Borrower may prepay any Growth Capital Advances without penalty or premium. Partial prepayments hereunder shall be applied to the installments hereunder in the inverse order of their maturities without reamortization of the repayment schedule for the remaining principal balance.

(iii) When Borrower desires to obtain a Growth Capital Advance, subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Growth Capital Advance set forth in this Agreement, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by facsimile transmission to be received no later than 3:00 p.m. Pacific time three (3) Business Days before the day on which the Growth Capital Advance is to be made. Such notice shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B . The notice shall be duly executed by a Responsible Officer or its designee. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any facsimile or telephonic notice given by a person who Bank reasonably believes to be a Responsible Officer or a designee thereof, and Borrower shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages or loss suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance.

(e) Existing Equipment Advance .

(i) Prior to the Closing Date, Bank made Equipment Advances (as defined in the Original Agreement) to Borrower pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1(c) of the Original Agreement, in the aggregate principal amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), of which Forty-One Thousand Six Hundred Sixty-Six and 70/100 Dollars ($41,666.70) in principal amount remain outstanding as of the Closing Date (the “Existing Equipment Advance”).

(ii) Interest on the Existing Equipment Advance shall continue to accrue from and after the Closing Date at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.3(c). The Existing Equipment Advance outstanding on the Closing Date shall be repaid in equal monthly

 

April 4, 2012

 

11


installments of principal and accrued interest each in the amount of $20,833.33, beginning on May 1, 2012, and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Existing Equipment Loan Maturity Date, at which time all amounts due in connection with the Existing Equipment Advance shall be immediately due and payable. Except as set forth in the Pricing Addendum, Borrower may prepay the Existing Equipment Advance as provided in Section 2.3(f).

2.2 Overadvances . If the aggregate amount of the outstanding Advances exceeds the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base at any time, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess.

2.3 Interest Rates, Payments, and Calculations .

(a)  Interest Rates .

(i) Advances . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, as set forth in the Pricing Addendum.

(ii) Existing Equipment Advance . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Existing Equipment Advance shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a rate equal to the Prime Rate.

(iii) Growth Capital Advances . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Growth Capital Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, as set forth in the Pricing Addendum.

(b) Default Interest Rate . From and after the occurrence of any Event of Default, and so long as any such Event of Default remains unremedied or uncured thereafter, the Obligations shall bear interest at a per annum rate of five percent (5%) above the otherwise applicable interest rate hereunder, which interest shall be payable upon demand. In addition to the foregoing, a late payment charge equal to five percent (5%) of each late payment hereunder may be charged on any payment not received by Bank within ten (10) calendar days after the payment due date therefor, but acceptance of payment of any such charge shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default. In no event shall the interest payable under this Agreement at any time exceed the maximum rate permitted by law.

(c) Payments . Except as set forth in the Pricing Addendum, interest hereunder shall be due and payable monthly, in arrears, on the first day of each month during the term hereof, until maturity (whether as stated herein, by acceleration or otherwise). In the event that any payment under this Agreement becomes due and payable on any day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, to the extent applicable, interest shall continue to accrue and be payable thereon during such extension at the rates set forth herein or in the Pricing Addendum. Bank shall, at its option, charge such interest, all Bank Expenses, and all Periodic Payments against any of Borrower’s deposit accounts or against the Revolving Line, in which case those amounts shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a part of the Obligations, and such interest shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder. All payments shall be free and clear of any taxes, withholdings, duties, impositions or other charges, to the end that Bank will receive the entire amount of any Obligations payable hereunder, regardless of source of payment.

(d) Computation; Bank’s Records . In the event the Prime Rate is changed from time to time hereafter, the applicable rate of interest hereunder shall be increased or decreased, effective as of the day the Prime Rate is changed, by an amount equal to such change in the Prime Rate. All interest chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year for the actual number of days elapsed. The amount and date of each Credit Extension under this Agreement, its applicable interest rate, and the amount and date of any repayment shall be noted on Bank’s records, which records shall be conclusive evidence thereof, absent manifest error; provided, however, any failure by Bank to make any such notation, or any error in any such notation, shall not relieve Borrower of its obligations to repay Bank all amounts payable by Borrower to Bank under or pursuant to this Agreement, when due in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

April 4, 2012

 

12


(e) Prepayment Upon an Event of Loss . Borrower shall bear the risk of any loss, theft, destruction, or damage of or to the Collateral, including the Equipment and other property financed by Bank from time to time (the “Financed Equipment”). If, during the term of this Agreement, any item of Financed Equipment becomes obsolete or is lost, stolen, destroyed, damaged beyond repair, rendered permanently unfit for use, or seized by a governmental authority for any reason for a period equal to at least the remainder of the term of this Agreement (an “Event of Loss”), then, if no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, within ten (10) days following the later of such Event of Loss or Borrower’s receipt of insurance proceeds in respect of such Event of Loss, at Borrower’s option, Borrower shall (i) pay to Bank on account of the Obligations all accrued interest to the date of the prepayment, plus all outstanding principal owing with respect to the Financed Equipment subject to the Event of Loss; or (ii) repair or replace any Financed Equipment subject to an Event of Loss provided the repaired or replaced Financed Equipment is of equal or like value to the Financed Equipment subject to an Event of Loss and provided further that Bank has a first priority perfected security interest in such repaired or replaced Financed Equipment.

(f) Prepayment . Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding balance of any Obligations at any time without premium or penalty, and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower may designate in writing the Obligations to which a prepayment shall be applied. Unless otherwise agreed by Bank in writing, partial prepayments hereunder (other than payments with respect to Advances under the Revolving Line) shall be applied to the installments owing hereunder in respect of Obligations (other than Advances under the Revolving Line) in the inverse order of their maturities. Any prepayment hereunder (other than prepayment of Advances under the Revolving Line) shall also be accompanied by the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest on the amount so prepaid. Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing shall not, in any way whatsoever, limit, restrict, or otherwise affect Bank’s right to make demand for payment of all or any part of the Obligations under this Agreement due on a demand basis in Bank’s sole and absolute discretion.

2.4 Crediting Payments . Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, Bank shall credit a wire transfer of funds, check or other item of payment to such deposit account or Obligation as Borrower specifies, except that to the extent Borrower uses the Existing Equipment Advance to purchase Collateral, Borrower’s repayment of the Existing Equipment Advance shall apply on a “first-in-first-out” basis so that the portion of the Existing Equipment Advance used to purchase a particular item of Collateral shall be paid in the chronological order the Borrower purchased the Collateral. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to immediately apply any wire transfer of funds, check, or other item of payment Bank may receive to conditionally reduce Obligations, but such applications of funds shall not be considered a payment on account unless such payment is of immediately available federal funds or unless and until such check or other item of payment is honored when presented for payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any wire transfer or payment received by Bank after 12:00 noon Pacific time shall be deemed to have been received by Bank as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day. Whenever any payment to Bank under the Loan Documents would otherwise be due (except by reason of acceleration) on a date that is not a Business Day, such payment shall instead be due on the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as the case may be, shall accrue and be payable for the period of such extension.

2.5 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank the following:

(a) Facility Fee . On the Closing Date, a fully-earned fee equal to Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000), which shall be nonrefundable;

(b) Letter of Credit Fee . Bank’s customary fees and expenses for the issuance or renewal of Letters of Credit, including, without limitation, a letter of credit fee of one percent (1.00%) per annum of the face amount of each Letter of Credit issued, upon the issuance of such Letter of Credit, each anniversary of the issuance during the term of such Letter of Credit, and upon the renewal of such Letter of Credit by Bank; and

(c) Bank Expenses . On the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses incurred through the Closing Date, and, after the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses, as and when they become due.

 

April 4, 2012

 

13


2.6 Term . This Agreement shall become effective on the Closing Date and, subject to Section 13.8, shall continue in full force and effect for so long as any Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank shall have the right to terminate its obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS .

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . The obligation of Bank to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Agreement, duly executed by Borrower;

(b) the Pricing Addendum, duly executed by Borrower;

(c) an Unconditional Guaranty and Third Party Security Agreement, each duly executed by Performable;

(d) (i) an officer’s certificate of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (ii) an officer’s certificate of Performable with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of the Guaranty Documents and other Loan Documents to which it is a party;

(e) UCC National Form Financing Statement Amendment with respect to Borrower and UCC National Form Financing Statement with respect to Performable;

(f) a Warrant in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, duly executed by Borrower;

(g) agreement to furnish insurance;

(h) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due specified in Section 2.5;

(i) current SOS Reports indicating that except for Permitted Liens, there are no other security interests or Liens of record in the Collateral;

(j) current financial statements, including audited statements for Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal year, together with an unqualified opinion, company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheets and income statements for the most recently ended month in accordance with Section 6.2, and such other updated financial information as Bank may reasonably request;

(k) current Compliance Certificate in accordance with Section 6.2;

(l) a Borrowing Base Certificate in accordance with Section 6.2 for the period ending February 29, 2012;

(m) a Collateral Information Certificate, duly executed by Borrower and a Collateral Information Certificate, duly executed by Performable;

(n) an Automatic Debit Authorization, duly executed by Borrower; and

(o) such other documents, instruments or certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

 

April 4, 2012

 

14


3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . The obligation of Bank to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is further subject to the following conditions:

(a) timely receipt by Bank of the Payment/Advance Form as provided in Section 2.1; and

(b) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Payment/Advance Form and on the effective date of each Credit Extension as though made at and as of each such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would exist after giving effect to such Credit Extension (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date). The making of each Credit Extension shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by Borrower on the date of such Credit Extension as to the accuracy of the facts referred to in this Section 3.2.

4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST .

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Borrower grants and pledges to Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral to secure prompt repayment of any and all Obligations and in order to secure prompt performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under the Loan Documents. Except as set forth in the Schedule and except for Permitted Liens of the type described in clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens on Equipment that is not Financed Equipment and Permitted Liens of the type described in clause (f) of the definition of Permitted Liens, in each case, that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first priority security interest in later-acquired Collateral. Borrower also hereby agrees not to sell, transfer, assign, mortgage, pledge, lease, grant a security interest in, or encumber any of its Intellectual Property and not to allow a Lien to exist on any of its Intellectual Property, in each case, except in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, Bank’s Lien on the Collateral shall remain in effect for so long as any Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been asserted or is known to exist) are outstanding.

4.2 Perfection of Security Interest . Borrower authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of Borrower of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to Borrower, if applicable. Any such financing statements may be filed by Bank at any time in any jurisdiction whether or not Revised Division 9 of the Code is then in effect in that jurisdiction. Borrower shall from time to time endorse and deliver to Bank, at the request of Bank, all Negotiable Collateral and other documents that Bank may reasonably request, in form satisfactory to Bank, to perfect and continue perfection of Bank’s security interests in the Collateral and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents. Borrower shall have possession of the Collateral, except where expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement or where Bank chooses to perfect its security interest by possession in addition to the filing of a financing statement. Where Collateral is in possession of a third party bailee (other than locations where property of Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries may be located with a value less than $25,000 at any one location or less than $100,000 in the aggregate for all such locations), Borrower shall take such steps as Bank requests for Bank to obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, of the bailee that the bailee holds such Collateral for the benefit of Bank. Other than with respect to the Excluded Deposit Accounts, Borrower shall obtain “control” of any Collateral consisting of investment property, deposit accounts, securities accounts, letter-of-credit rights or electronic chattel paper (as such items and the term “control” are defined in Revised Division 9 of the Code) by causing the securities intermediary or depositary institution or issuing bank to execute a control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. Borrower will not create any chattel paper without placing a legend on the chattel paper acceptable to Bank indicating that Bank has a security interest in the chattel paper. Borrower from time to time may deposit with Bank specific cash collateral to secure specific Obligations; Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such specific balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any request by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the specific Obligations are outstanding.

 

April 4, 2012

 

15


4.3 Right to Inspect . Bank (through any of its officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Borrower’s usual business hours but no more than twice each year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect Borrower’s Books and to make copies thereof and to check, test, and appraise the Collateral in order to verify Borrower’s financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral and Borrower’s other assets and properties.

4.4 Pledge of Collateral . Borrower hereby pledges, assigns and grants to Bank a security interest in all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in the Shares, together with all proceeds and substitutions thereof, all cash, stock (constituting Shares) and other moneys and property paid thereon, all rights to subscribe for securities (constituting Shares) declared or granted in connection therewith, and all other cash and noncash proceeds of the foregoing, as security for the performance of the Obligations. On the Closing Date, the certificate or certificates for the Shares in which Borrower has an interest will be delivered to Bank, accompanied by an instrument of assignment duly executed in blank by Borrower. To the extent required by the terms and conditions governing the Shares in which Borrower has an interest, Borrower shall cause the books of each entity whose Shares are part of the Collateral and any transfer agent to reflect the pledge of the Shares. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default hereunder, Bank may effect the transfer of any securities included in the Collateral (including but not limited to the Shares) into the name of Bank and cause new certificates representing such securities to be issued in the name of Bank or its transferee. Borrower will execute and deliver such documents, and take or cause to be taken such actions, as Bank may reasonably request to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Shares. Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and Borrower has received a written notice from Bank indicating that Borrower is no longer permitted to exercise its voting rights with respect to the Shares and/or to give consents, waivers and ratifications in respect of the Shares (“Exercise Notice”), Borrower shall be entitled to exercise any voting rights with respect to the Shares in which Borrower has an interest and to give consents, waivers and ratifications in respect thereof, provided that no vote shall be cast or consent, waiver or ratification given or action taken which would be inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement or which would constitute or create any violation of any of such terms. All such rights to vote and give consents, waivers and ratifications shall terminate upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and Borrower’s receipt of an Exercise Notice from Bank.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization and Qualification . Borrower and each Subsidiary is an entity duly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized and qualified and licensed to do business in any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be so qualified, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Due Authorization; No Conflict . The execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents are within Borrower’s powers, have been duly authorized, and are not in conflict with nor constitute a breach of any provision contained in Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, nor will they constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement by which it is bound, except to the extent such default could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.3 Collateral . Borrower has rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral, and its title to the Collateral is free and clear of Liens, adverse claims, and restrictions on transfer or pledge except for Permitted Liens. All Collateral is located solely in the Collateral States at the locations specified in the Collateral Information Certificate (or is Inventory in transit to or from such locations in the ordinary course of business), and at such other locations as may be timely disclosed in writing to Bank pursuant to Section 7.2. Borrower has not received notice of actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any account debtor whose Subscription Contracts are included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base. No Account Debtor under any of Borrower’s Subscription Contracts is located in a Prohibited Territory. All Inventory and Equipment is in all material respects of good and merchantable quality, free from all material defects, except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Except as set forth in the Schedule or as disclosed in writing from time to time with respect to accounts maintained outside of Bank to the extent expressly permitted under Section 6.6, none of Borrower’s cash, securities or investment property is maintained or invested with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates.

 

April 4, 2012

 

16


5.4 Intellectual Property . Borrower is the sole owner of its Intellectual Property, except for non-exclusive licenses granted by Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business or to Borrower. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each of its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property in which Borrower has any interest has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to Borrower that any part of the Intellectual Property in which Borrower has any interest violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim, invalidity or unenforceability could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.5 Name; Location of Chief Executive Office . Except as disclosed in the Schedule, Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof, and its exact legal name is as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. The chief executive office of Borrower is located in the Chief Executive Office State at the address indicated in Section 10 hereof or at such other location as to which Borrower has provided notice in accordance with Section 7.2.

5.6 Actions, Suits, Litigation, or Proceedings . Except as set forth in the Schedule, there are no actions, suits, litigation or proceedings, at law or in equity, pending by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary before any court, administrative agency, or arbitrator in which a likely adverse decision could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7 No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements . All consolidated and consolidating financial statements related to Borrower and any Subsidiary that are delivered by Borrower to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating financial condition as of the date thereof and Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating results of operations for the period then ended. There has not been a material adverse change in the consolidated or in the consolidating financial condition of Borrower since the date of the most recent of such financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.8 Solvency, Payment of Debts . Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature; the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; and Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.9 Compliance with Laws and Regulations . Borrower and each Subsidiary have met the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. No event has occurred resulting from Borrower’s failure to comply with ERISA that is reasonably likely to result in Borrower’s incurring any liability that could have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of the important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations T and U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). Borrower has complied in all material respects with all the provisions of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Borrower is in compliance with all environmental laws, regulations and ordinances except where the failure to comply is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower has not violated any statutes, laws, ordinances or rules applicable to it, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower and each Subsidiary have filed or caused to be filed all tax returns required to be filed, and have paid, or have made adequate provision for the payment of, all taxes reflected therein except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP or where the failure to file such returns or pay such taxes could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 Subsidiaries . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments. As of the Closing Date, Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than Performable.

5.11 Government Consents . Borrower and each Subsidiary have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all governmental authorities that are necessary for the continued operation of Borrower’s business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

April 4, 2012

 

17


5.12 Restricted Agreements . Except as disclosed on the Schedule or as timely disclosed in writing to Bank pursuant to Section 6.10, Borrower is not a party to, nor is bound by, any Restricted Agreement.

5.13 Shares . Borrower has full power and authority to create a first lien on the Shares in which Borrower has any interest and no disability or contractual obligation exists that would prohibit Borrower from pledging such Shares pursuant to this Agreement. To Borrower’s knowledge, there are no subscriptions, warrants, rights of first refusal or other restrictions on transfer relative to, or options exercisable with respect to such Shares. The Shares in which Borrower has any interest have been and will be duly authorized and validly issued, and are fully paid and non-assessable. To Borrower’s knowledge, none of the Shares in which Borrower has an interest are the subject of any present or threatened suit, action, arbitration, administrative or other proceeding, and Borrower knows of no reasonable grounds for the institution of any such proceedings.

5.14 Full Disclosure . No representation, warranty or other statement made by Borrower in any certificate or written statement furnished to Bank taken together with all such certificates and written statements furnished to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading, it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results.

6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS .

Borrower covenants and agrees that, until payment in full of all outstanding Obligations, and for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make a Credit Extension hereunder, Borrower shall do all of the following

6.1 Good Standing and Government Compliance . Borrower shall maintain its and each of its Subsidiaries’ organizational existence and good standing in the Borrower State, shall maintain qualification and good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and shall furnish to Bank the organizational identification number issued to Borrower by the authorities of the jurisdiction in which Borrower is organized, if applicable. Borrower shall meet, and shall cause each Subsidiary to meet, the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. Borrower shall comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, and maintain all material permits, licenses and approvals required thereunder where the failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower shall comply, and shall cause each Subsidiary to comply, with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, and shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which or failure to comply with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Borrower shall deliver the following to Bank:

(a) (i) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s operations during such period prepared in accordance with GAAP, in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer; (ii) as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated and consolidating financial statements of Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with an opinion which is unqualified (including no going concern comment or qualification) or otherwise consented to in writing by Bank on such financial statements of an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank; (iii) if applicable, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by Borrower to its security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt and all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (iv) promptly upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or any Subsidiary that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any Subsidiary

 

April 4, 2012

 

18


of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or more; (v) promptly upon receipt, each management letter prepared by Borrower’s independent certified public accounting firm regarding Borrower’s management control systems; (vi) as soon as available, but in any event not later than sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower’s financial and business projections and budget for the current year (including monthly detail), certified by a Responsible Officer as being approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors; and (vii) such budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information as Bank may reasonably request from time to time;

(b) Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, together with aged listings by invoice date of accounts receivable and accounts payable.

(c) Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements a Compliance Certificate certified as of the last day of the applicable month and signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto.

(d) As soon as possible and in any event within two (2) calendar days after becoming aware of the occurrence or existence of an Event of Default hereunder, a written statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the Event of Default, and the action which Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(e) Bank shall have a right from time to time hereafter to audit Borrower’s Accounts and appraise Collateral, at Borrower’s expense, provided that such audits will be conducted no more often than every six (6) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Borrower may deliver to Bank on an electronic basis any certificates, reports or information required pursuant to this Section 6.2, and Bank shall be entitled to rely on the information contained in the electronic files, provided that Bank in good faith believes that the files were delivered by a Responsible Officer. If Borrower delivers this information electronically, it shall also deliver to Bank by U.S. Mail, reputable overnight courier service, hand delivery, facsimile or .pdf file within five (5) Business Days of submission of the unsigned electronic copy the certification of monthly financial statements, the Borrowing Base Certificate and the Compliance Certificate, each bearing the physical signature of the Responsible Officer.

6.3 Condition of Collateral . Borrower shall keep all Inventory and Equipment in good operating condition and repair (ordinary wear and tear excepted), free from all material defects except for inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Borrower shall make all necessary repairs to its Equipment and replacement of parts so that the value and operating efficiency thereof shall all times be maintained and preserved. Borrower shall keep complete and accurate books and records with respect to the Collateral, including maintenance records. Returns and allowances, if any, as between Borrower and its Account Debtors shall be on the same basis and in accordance with the usual customary practices of Borrower, as they exist on the Closing Date. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all returns and recoveries and of all disputes and claims involving more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

6.4 Taxes . Borrower shall make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, due and timely payment or deposit of all material federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law, including, but not limited to, those laws concerning income taxes, F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A. and state disability, and will execute and deliver to Bank, on demand, proof satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower or a Subsidiary has made such payments or deposits and any appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; provided that Borrower or a Subsidiary need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and is reserved against (to the extent required by GAAP) by Borrower.

6.5 Insurance .

(a) Borrower, at its expense, shall keep the Collateral and its other property and assets insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, sprinklers, and all other hazards and risks, and in such

 

April 4, 2012

 

19


amounts, as ordinarily insured against by other owners in similar businesses conducted in the locations where Borrower’s business is conducted on the date hereof. Borrower shall also maintain liability and other insurance in amounts and of a type that are customary to businesses similar to Borrower’s.

(b) All such policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as are reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as an additional loss payee, as its interests may appear, and all liability insurance policies shall show Bank as an additional insured and shall specify that the insurer must give at least 30 days notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason; provided that the insurer may give Bank no fewer than ten (10) days’ notice before cancellation of any policy due to nonpayment of premiums. Upon Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of all premium payments. If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, proceeds payable under any casualty policy in connection with or in respect of the Collateral will, at Borrower’s option, be payable to Borrower to replace the property subject to the claim, provided that any such replacement property shall be of equal or greater value than the property being replaced and shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Obligations.

6.6 Accounts . Borrower shall maintain all of its, and shall cause all of its Subsidiaries to maintain all of their, deposit and operating accounts with Bank, and all of its and their primary investment accounts with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates (covered by satisfactory control agreements); provided , however , notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (a) Borrower and its Subsidiaries may maintain the Excluded Deposit Accounts, subject to the limitations set forth in the definition thereof, and (b) at any time while Borrower maintains one or more deposit accounts with Bank or investment accounts with Bank’s Affiliates with aggregate deposits or value in an amount not less than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), Borrower and its Subsidiaries may, at such time, also maintain cash, cash equivalents, investments and securities in excess of such amount in accounts outside of Bank and Bank’s Affiliates that are identified on the Schedule or as to which Borrower has provided Bank with not less than five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any such additional account, so long as each such account remains, at all times, subject Bank’s first-priority security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens of the type described in clause (f) of the definition of Permitted Liens), pursuant to an account control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

6.7 Title . Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in writing of any event which materially affects the value of the Collateral, the ability of Borrower or Bank to dispose of the Collateral, or the rights or remedies of Bank in relation thereto, including, but not limited to, the levy of any legal process against the Collateral. Upon request by Bank, Borrower shall deliver to Bank any and all evidence of ownership of, and certificates of title to, any and all of the Equipment.

6.8 Financial Covenant . Borrower shall at all times maintain the following financial covenant:

(a) Minimum Cash at Bank . Borrower shall at all times maintain a balance of Cash at Bank of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).

6.9 Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) Borrower shall register or cause to be registered on an expedited basis (to the extent not already registered) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as the case may be, those registrable intellectual property rights now owned or hereafter developed or acquired by Borrower, to the extent that Borrower, in its reasonable business judgment, deems it appropriate to so protect such intellectual property rights.

(b) Borrower shall give Bank written notice of any applications or registrations of intellectual property rights filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office, including the date of such filing and the registration or application numbers, if any, within 10 days of making such filing.

 

April 4, 2012

 

20


(c) Borrower shall give Bank written notice of the filing of any applications or registrations with the United States Copyright Office, including the title of such intellectual property rights to be registered, as such title will appear on such applications or registrations, and the date such applications or registrations will be filed, within 10 days of making such filing.

(d) Borrower shall (i) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its material Intellectual Property, (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to detect infringements of its material Intellectual Property and promptly advise Bank in writing of infringements of such Intellectual Property detected and (iii) not allow any material Intellectual Property to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without the written consent of Bank, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

6.10 Restricted Agreements . Prior to entering into or becoming bound by any Restricted Agreement, Borrower shall : (i) provide written notice to Bank of the material terms of such license or agreement with a description of its likely impact on Borrower’s business or financial condition; and (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for Bank to have a security interest in the Collateral, and to have the power to enforce remedies in the Collateral, that might otherwise be restricted by the terms of the applicable license or agreement, whether now existing or entered into in the future.

6.11 Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries . Without limiting the generality of any other provision hereof, in the event Borrower or any Subsidiary creates or acquires any Subsidiary, Borrower and such Subsidiary shall promptly notify Bank of the creation or acquisition of such new Subsidiary and take all such action as may be reasonably required by Bank to cause each such Subsidiary (unless it is an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary) to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents and grant a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the property of such Subsidiary (substantially as described on Exhibit A hereto), and Borrower and/or the applicable Loan Party shall grant and pledge to Bank a perfected security interest in the Shares of each Subsidiary (whether foreign or domestic).

6.12 Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Borrower shall promptly furnish to Bank from time to time, such statements and schedules further identifying the Collateral and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as Bank may request, all in reasonable detail.

7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS .

Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any credit hereunder shall be available and until the outstanding Obligations are paid in full or for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make any Credit Extensions, Borrower will not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, to “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, including intellectual property, or move cash balances on deposit with Bank to accounts opened at another financial institution, other than Permitted Transfers and transfers to Excluded Deposit Accounts and to other accounts permitted under Section 6.6, in each case, to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder.

7.2 Change in Name, Location, Executive Office, or Executive Management; Change in Business; Change in Fiscal Year; Change in Control . Change its name or the Borrower State or relocate its chief executive office without thirty (30) days prior written notification to Bank; without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank, add any new offices or business or Collateral locations (unless such new offices or locations contain, in the aggregate, less than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) in Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’ assets or property); replace its chief executive officer or chief financial officer without providing written notification to Bank within ten (10) days thereafter; engage in any business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business, other than or reasonably related or incidental to the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower; change its fiscal year end; suffer or permit a Change in Control.

 

April 4, 2012

 

21


7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other Person or business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of a Subsidiary into another Subsidiary or into Borrower), or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, or enter into any agreement to do any of the same, except for acquisitions by Borrower where: (a) Bank shall have received at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of such proposed transaction, which notice shall include a reasonably detailed description of such proposed transaction; (b) the property acquired (or the property of the Person acquired) in such acquisition is used or useful in the same, similar, complementary or a related line of business as the Borrower was engaged in on the Closing Date (or any reasonable extensions thereof); (c) the Aggregate Consideration paid or payable by Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with all such acquisitions during the term of this Agreement shall not exceed Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) in the aggregate; (d) the Person, business and assets acquired in such acquisition shall be free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens); (e) at or prior to the closing of any acquisition, Bank will be granted a first priority perfected Lien, in all assets or stock acquired pursuant thereto and Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have executed such documents and taken such actions as may be required by Bank in connection therewith; (f) at the time of such acquisition no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and, after giving effect to such transaction no Event of Default would exist; (g) such acquisitions do not result in a Change in Control; (h) Borrower is in all cases the surviving or successor entity; (i) both before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction, Borrower shall have Cash in excess of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000); and (j) Borrower provides to Bank, prior to the consummation of such acquisition (i) historical financial information for the Person being acquired, including, if available, audited financial statements, quality of earnings reports and year-to-date interim financial statements, (ii) true, correct and complete copies of all of the definitive, executed documents, instruments and agreements relating to such acquisition, including all related annexes, schedules and exhibits, and (iii) such other financial information and other information regarding the Person who is being so acquired, as Bank may reasonably request.

7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness, or prepay any Indebtedness or take any actions which impose on Borrower an obligation to prepay any Indebtedness, except Indebtedness to Bank.

7.5 Encumbrances . Create, incur, assume or allow any Lien with respect to any of its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens. Agree with any Person other than Bank not to grant a security interest in, or otherwise encumber, any of its property, or covenant to any other Person that Borrower in the future will refrain from creating, incurring, assuming or allowing any Lien with respect to any of Borrower’s property, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than (i) contractual restrictions on encumbrance of Equipment subject to Permitted Liens of the type described in clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Lien solely with respect to such Equipment, and (ii) subject to Sections 5.12 and 6.10, restrictions by reason of customary provisions restricting assignments contained in licenses of intellectual property under which Borrower or a Subsidiary is the licensee (and not the licensor) entered into in the ordinary course of business (provided that such restrictions are limited to licenses or the property subject to such licenses, as the case may be).

7.6 Distributions . Pay any dividends or make any other distribution or payment on account of or in redemption, retirement or purchase of any of its Equity Interests, or permit its Subsidiaries to do so, except that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 7.6, Borrower may: (a) pay up to Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year to repurchase Equity Interests in Borrower, as required pursuant to customary stock repurchase agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors, from former officers, directors or employees upon the death, disability or termination or cessation of employment or service of such officers, directors or employees; (b) make dividends payable exclusively in the form of capital stock; (c) convert convertible securities (including warrants) into equity securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities; and (d) distribute equity securities to current or former employees, officers, consultants or directors upon the exercise of their stock options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall be permitted to make such repurchases under clause (a) above only if, at the time of such repurchase, and immediately after giving effect thereto: (i) no Event of Default, or any event or circumstance that with the giving of notice or the passage of time (or both) could result in an Event of Default, exists or could reasonably be expected to occur, (ii) Borrower is solvent, and (iii) such distribution is permitted under and is made in compliance with applicable law including Sections 170 and 173 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, Borrower’s Subsidiaries may make dividends and distributions to Borrower on account of or in redemption, retirement or purchase of any of their respective Equity Interests.

 

April 4, 2012

 

22


7.7 Investments . Directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, other than Permitted Investments, or maintain or invest any of its property with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates or permit any Subsidiary to do so unless such Person has entered into a control agreement with Bank (other than with respect to Excluded Deposit Accounts), in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Borrower. Further, Borrower shall not enter into any license or agreement with any Prohibited Territory or with any Person organized under or doing business in a Prohibited Territory.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower except for: (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, and (b) transactions constituting bona fide rounds of preferred stock financing for capital raising purposes provided that such transactions are approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors, including all disinterested directors.

7.9 Subordinated Debt . Make any payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make any such payment, except in compliance with the terms of such Subordinated Debt and the terms of the subordination agreement relating to such Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision of any document evidencing such Subordinated Debt, except in compliance with the terms of the subordination agreement relating to such Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision affecting Bank’s rights contained in any documentation relating to the Subordinated Debt without Bank’s prior written consent.

7.10 Location of Equipment . Store, or cause or permit any Subsidiary to store, any Collateral with a bailee, warehouseman, or similar third party unless (a) Borrower shall promptly thereafter give Bank written notice thereof identifying the names and addresses of such third parties and briefly describing the Collateral in the possession of such third parties; (b) the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank (i) other than with respect to locations where property of Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries may be located with a value less than $25,000 at any one location or less than $100,000 in the aggregate for all such locations, shall have received a duly executed Collateral Access Agreement, including an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Collateral for Bank’s benefit or (ii) is in possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Collateral. Except for such locations as Bank may approve in writing, Borrower shall keep, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to keep, its Equipment and all Collateral only at the locations set forth in the Schedule delivered by Borrower to Bank prior to the Closing Date (or inventory in transit between such locations in the ordinary course of business), and at such other locations of which Borrower gives Bank prior written notice pursuant to Section 7.2, and as to which Bank files Security Instruments where needed to perfect its security interests and liens in such Collateral and as to which (x) if applicable, Bank has received a Collateral Access Agreement for any location where Borrower or its Subsidiaries maintain more than $25,000 at any one location (provided that, unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, not more than $100,000 of property in which Bank holds a Lien in the aggregate shall be located with third party bailees at locations not subject to a Collateral Access Agreement), and (y) Borrower has taken such actions as Bank reasonably requests to perfect and maintain the perfection and priority of Bank’s Lien on the Collateral.

7.11 No Investment Company; Margin Regulation . Become or be controlled by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or become principally engaged in, or undertake as one of its important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for such purpose.

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT .

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement:

 

April 4, 2012

 

23


8.1 Payment Default . If Borrower fails to pay any of the Obligations when due;

8.2 Covenant Default .

(a) If Borrower fails to perform any obligation under Article 6 or violates any of the covenants contained in Article 7 of this Agreement; or

(b) If Borrower fails or neglects to perform or observe any other material term, provision, condition, covenant contained in this Agreement, in any of the Loan Documents, or in any other present or future agreement between Borrower and Bank and as to any default under such other term, provision, condition or covenant that can be cured, has failed to cure such default within ten (10) days after Borrower receives notice thereof or any officer of Borrower becomes aware thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be deemed an Event of Default but no Credit Extensions will be made;

8.3 Defective Perfection . If Bank shall receive at any time following the Closing Date an SOS Report indicating that except for Permitted Liens, Bank’s security interest in the Collateral is not prior to all other security interests or Liens of record reflected in such SOS Report;

8.4 Material Adverse Change . If there occurs any circumstance or circumstances that could have a Material Adverse Effect;

8.5 Attachment . If any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within ten (10) days, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of Borrower’s assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any of Borrower’s assets by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within ten (10) days after Borrower receives notice thereof, provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made during such cure period);

8.6 Insolvency . If Borrower becomes insolvent, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the dismissal of such Insolvency Proceeding);

8.7 Other Agreements . If there is a default or other failure to perform in any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or that could have a Material Adverse Effect;

8.8 Subordinated Debt . If Borrower makes any payment on account of Subordinated Debt, except to the extent such payment is allowed under any subordination agreement entered into with Bank;

8.9 Judgments; Settlements . If a judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) shall be rendered against Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of ten (10) days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction or stay of such judgment); or if a settlement or settlements is agreed upon for an amount individually or in the aggregate of at least One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000);

 

April 4, 2012

 

24


8.10 Misrepresentations . If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth herein or in any certificate delivered to Bank by any Responsible Officer pursuant to this Agreement or to induce Bank to enter into this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

8.11 Guaranty . If any guaranty of all or a portion of the Obligations (a “Guaranty”) ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor fails to perform any obligation under any Guaranty or a security agreement securing any Guaranty (collectively, the “Guaranty Documents”), or any event of default occurs under any Guaranty Document or any Guarantor revokes or purports to revoke a Guaranty, or any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth in any Guaranty Document or in any certificate delivered to Bank in connection with any Guaranty Document, or if any of the circumstances described in Sections 8.3 through 8.9 occur with respect to any Guarantor.

9. BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES .

9.1 Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, at its election, without notice of its election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower:

(a) Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, immediately due and payable (provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.6, all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) Demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to the amount of any Letters of Credit remaining undrawn, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and (ii) pay in advance all Letter of Credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of the Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall promptly deposit and pay such amounts;

(c) Cease advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(d) Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts, upon terms and in whatever order that Bank reasonably considers advisable;

(e) Make such payments and do such acts as Bank considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Bank so requires, and to make the Collateral available to Bank as Bank may designate. Borrower authorizes Bank to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any encumbrance, charge, or lien which in Bank’s determination appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect to any of Borrower’s owned premises, Borrower hereby grants Bank a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, in order to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

(f) Set off and apply to the Obligations any and all (i) balances and deposits of Borrower held by Bank, and (ii) indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower held by Bank;

(g) Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a license or other right, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1, to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Bank’s benefit;

 

April 4, 2012

 

25


(h) Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrower’s premises) as Bank determines is commercially reasonable, and apply any proceeds to the Obligations in whatever manner or order Bank deems appropriate. Bank may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral. Bank may specifically disclaim any warranties of title or the like. This procedure will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral. If Bank sells any of the Collateral upon credit, Borrower will be credited only with payments actually made by the purchaser, received by Bank, and applied to the indebtedness of the purchaser. If the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, Bank may resell the Collateral and Borrower shall be credited with the proceeds of the sale;

(i) Bank may credit bid and purchase at any public sale;

(j) Apply for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or conservator of the Collateral, without notice and without regard to the adequacy of the security for the Obligations and without regard to the solvency of Borrower, any guarantor or any other Person liable for any of the Obligations; and

(k) Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower.

Bank may comply with any applicable state or federal law requirements in connection with a disposition of the Collateral and compliance will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

9.2 Power of Attorney . Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and each of Bank’s designated officers or employees) as Borrower’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Event of Default, (i) send requests for verification of Accounts, if any, included in the Collateral, and notify Account Debtors of Bank’s security interests and Liens in such Accounts, if any; (ii) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security relating to the Collateral that may come into Bank’s possession; (iii) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against Account Debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to Account Debtors, in each case relating to the Collateral; (iv) dispose of any Collateral; (v) make, settle and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Borrower’s policies of insurance; (vi) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the Accounts, if any included in the Collateral, directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; (vii) transfer all or any part of the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party to the extent permitted under the Code; (b) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto relative to any of the Collateral without the signature of Borrower where permitted by law, (c) to execute and do all such assurances, acts and things which Borrower is required, but fails to do under the covenants and provisions of the Loan Documents; (d) to take any and all such actions as Bank may reasonably determine to be necessary or advisable for the purpose of maintaining, preserving or protecting the Collateral or any of the rights, remedies, powers or privileges of Bank under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (e) to modify, in its sole discretion, any intellectual property security agreement entered into between Borrower and Bank without first obtaining Borrower’s approval of or signature to such modification by amending Exhibits A, B, and C, thereof, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title or interest in any intellectual property acquired by Borrower or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any intellectual property in which Borrower no longer has or claims to have any right, title or interest, and (f) to sign Borrower’s name on any documents or Security Instruments necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of, or maintain the priority of, Bank’s security interest in the Collateral. The appointment of Bank as attorney in fact of Borrower, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Obligations have been fully repaid and performed, and all of Bank’s obligations to provide Credit Extensions or other financial accommodations to Borrower under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall have terminated.

 

April 4, 2012

 

26


9.3 Accounts Collection . At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, (a) Bank may notify any Person owing funds to Borrower of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Account; and (b) Borrower shall collect all amounts owing to Borrower for Bank, receive in trust all payments as Bank’s trustee, and immediately deliver such payments to Bank in their original form as received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit.

9.4 Bank Expenses . If Borrower fails to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third persons or entities, as required under the terms of this Agreement, then Bank may do any or all of the following after reasonable notice to Borrower: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; (b) set up such reserves under the Revolving Line as Bank deems necessary to protect Bank from the exposure created by such failure; or (c) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.5 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Bank deems prudent. Any amounts so paid or deposited by Bank shall constitute Bank Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, and shall bear interest at the then applicable rate hereinabove provided, and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Bank shall not constitute an agreement by Bank to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Bank of any Event of Default under this Agreement.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral . Bank has no obligation to clean up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

9.6 No Obligation to Pursue Others . Bank has no obligation to attempt to satisfy the Obligations by collecting them from any other Person liable for them and Bank may release, modify or waive any collateral provided by any other Person to secure any of the Obligations, all without affecting Bank’s rights against Borrower. Borrower waives any right it may have to require Bank to pursue any other Person for any of the Obligations.

9.7 Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. Borrower expressly agrees that this Section 9.7 may not be waived or modified by Bank by course of performance, conduct, estoppel or otherwise.

9.8 Demand; Protest . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment and any other notices relating to the Obligations.

10. NOTICES .

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Borrower or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

 

If to Borrower:    HubSpot, Inc.
   25 First Street, 2nd Floor
   Cambridge, MA 02141
   Attn: Chief Financial Officer
   FAX: (617) 812-5820
If to Bank:    Comerica Bank
   39200 Six Mile Road, M/C 7578
   Livonia, Michigan 48152
   Attn: National Documentation Services

 

April 4, 2012

 

27


with a copy to:    Comerica Bank
   1000 Winter Street, Suite 3600
   Waltham, MA 02451
   Attn: William Sweeney, Sr. Vice President and
             James Demoy, Vice President

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

11. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER .

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each of Borrower and Bank hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts located in the State of California. THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

12. REFERENCE PROVISION .

12.1 In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

12.2 With the exception of the items specified in Section 12.3, below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Comerica Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Comerica Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the Superior Court in the County where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

12.3 The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This reference provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this reference provision as provided herein.

12.4 The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted.

12.5 The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

 

April 4, 2012

 

28


12.6 The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

12.7 Procedures . Except as expressly set forth herein, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

12.8 Application of Law . The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

12.9 Repeal . If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

12.10 THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER COMERICA DOCUMENTS.

13. GENERAL PROVISIONS .

13.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties and shall bind all Persons who become bound as a debtor to this Agreement; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned

 

April 4, 2012

 

29


by Borrower without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Borrower to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.

13.2 Indemnification . Borrower shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the Collateral or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Bank, its officers, employees and agents as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to transactions between Bank and Borrower whether under this Agreement, or otherwise (including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except, in each case, for losses, obligations, demands, claims, and/or liabilities caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

13.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

13.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

13.5 Correction of Loan Documents . Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.

13.6 Amendments in Writing, Integration . All amendments to or terminations of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents must be in writing signed by the parties. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

13.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

13.8 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make any Credit Extension to Borrower. The obligations of Borrower to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 13.2 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

13.9 Confidentiality . In handling any information identified by Borrower as confidential information, Bank and all employees and agents of Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that Bank exercises with respect to its own proprietary information of the same types to maintain the confidentiality of any non-public information thereby received or received pursuant to this Agreement except that disclosure of such information may be made (i) to the subsidiaries or Affiliates of Bank, (ii) to prospective transferees or purchasers of, or participants in, any interest in the Obligations (provided, however, Bank shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision), (iii) as required by law, regulations, rule or order, subpoena, judicial order or other order, (iv) as may be required in connection with the examination, audit or similar investigation of Bank, (v) as Bank may determine to be appropriate in connection with the enforcement of any remedies under any of the Loan Documents and (vi) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information hereunder shall not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in the knowledge or possession of Bank when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank; or (b) is disclosed to Bank by a third party, provided Bank does not have actual knowledge that such third party is prohibited from disclosing such information.

 

April 4, 2012

 

30


13.10 Effect of Amendment and Restatement . This Agreement is intended to and does completely amend, restate, supercede and replace, without novation, the Original Agreement; provided , however , the execution and delivery of this Agreement shall not, in any manner or circumstance, be deemed to be a novation of or to have terminated, released, extinguished, or discharged any of the Borrower’s Indebtedness under the Original Agreement or any Liens granted under the Original Agreement or the other Loan Documents, all of which are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall continue under and shall hereafter be evidenced and governed by this Agreement.

13.11 Performable Acquisition . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, including the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.1, Bank hereby consents to the Performable Acquisition on the terms set forth in the Performable Acquisition Agreement, as provided to Bank prior to the Closing Date, and waives the Existing Defaults; provided that: (a) the total consideration paid or agreed to be paid by Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with the Performable Acquisition consists exclusively of (a) a cash payment at closing not to exceed $3,300,000, (b) contingent earn-out obligations not to exceed $1,300,000 per year, payable in 2012, 2013 and 2014, and (c) shares of Borrower’s capital stock. Bank’s consent to the Performable Acquisition and waiver of the Existing Defaults: (a) in no way shall be deemed to be an agreement by Bank to waive any covenant, liability or obligation of Borrower, any guarantor or any third party or to waive any right, power, or remedy of Bank, except as expressly set forth in this Section 13.11; (b) shall not limit or impair Bank’s right to demand strict performance of Borrower’s liabilities and obligations to Bank and the Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents at all times following the Closing Date, including Sections 6.2, 6.11, 7.1, 7.3, 7.4, 7.7 and 7.8 of this Agreement; (c) in no way shall obligate Bank to make any future waivers, consents or modifications to this Agreement; and (d) is not a continuing waiver with respect to any failure to perform any Obligation. Borrower acknowledges that: (i) Bank does not waive any other failure by Borrower to perform its Obligations under the Loan Documents, and Bank does not waive Borrower’s obligations under Section 6.2, 6.11, 7.1, 7.3, 7.4, 7.7 and 7.8 of the Original Agreement other than with respect to the Performable Acquisition, and (ii) Bank is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties and agreements, as set forth herein and in the Loan Documents in consenting to the Performable Acquisition and agreeing to this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute a satisfaction of Borrower’s Obligations.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

April 4, 2012

 

31


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

HUBSPOT, INC.
By:   /s/ [Illegible]
Name:   [Illegible]
Title:   CFO

 

COMERICA BANK
By:   /s/ William Sweeney
Name:   William Sweeney
Title:   SVP

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement]

 

April 4, 2012

 


DEBTOR:    HUBSPOT, INC.
SECURED PARTY:                COMERICA BANK

EXHIBIT A

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to (collectively, the “Collateral”):

 

  (a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), financial assets, general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records; and

 

  (b) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any copyrights, patents, trademarks, servicemarks and applications therefor, now owned or hereafter acquired, or any claims for damages by way of any past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”); provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment or proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part of, or rights in, the Intellectual Property (the “Rights to Payment”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of April 4, 2012, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Rights to Payment.

 

2


 

LOGO

EXHIBIT B TECHNOLOGY & LIFE SCIENCES DIVISION LOAN ANALYSIS LOAN ADVANCE/PAYDOWN REQUEST FORM DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS 3:00* P.M., P.S.T. DEADLINE FOR GROWTH CAPITAL ADVANCES IS 3:00P.M., P.S.T.** DEADLINE FOR WIRE TRANSFERS IS 1:30 P.M., P.S.T. ‘At month end and the day before a holiday, the cut off time is 1:30 P.M., P.S.T. **Subject to 3 day advance notice. To: Loan Analysis FAX#: (650) 462-6061 DATE:———— TIME: _ FROM: HUBSPOT I NC TELEPHONE REQUEST (For Bank Use Only): Borrower’s Name FROM: FROM: Authorized Signer’s Name Authorized Signature (Borrower) The following person is authorized to request the loan payment transfer/loan advance on the designated account and is known to me. Authorized Request & Phone# PHONE#: FROM ACCOUNT#: (please include Note number, if applicable) TO ACCOUNT#: (please include Note number, if applicable) Received by (Bank) & Phone# Authorized Signature (Bank) REQUESTED TRANSACTION TYPE REQUESTED DOLLAR AMOUNT For Bank Use Only Date Rec’d: Time: Comp. Status: YES NO Status Date: Time: Approval: PRINCIPAL INCREASE’(ADVANCE) $ PRINCIPALPAYMENT (ONLY) $ OTHER INSTRUCTIONS: All representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects as of the date of the telephone request for and advance confirmed by this Borrowing Certificate; provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date. If YES,the Outgoing Wire Transfer Instructions must be completed below. YES NO OUTGOING WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS I Fed Reference Number I Bank Transfer Number The items marked with an asterisk (‘) are required to be completed. *Beneficiary Name ‘Beneficiary Account Number ‘Beneficiary Address Currency Type US DOLLARS ONLY ‘ABA Routing Number (9 Digits) ‘Receiving Institution Name ‘Receiving Institution Address ‘Wire Amount $


EXHIBIT C

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

 

Borrower:   Bank:            Comerica Bank
HUBSPOT, INC.     
Commitment Amount:    $5,000,000      Technology & Life Sciences Division
     Loan Analysis Department
     250 Lytton Avenue
     3rd Floor, MC 4240
     Palo Alto, CA 94301
     Phone: (650) 462-6060
     Fax: (650) 462-6061

RECURRING SUBSCRIPTION CONTRACT REVENUES

    1.    

   Total Cash Receipts From Recurring Subscription Revenues for 3 months ending       $                    
AVERAGE SUBSCRIPTION RENEWAL RATE      

    2.

   Actual renewals during month ending                  (three months prior)                            

    3.

   Scheduled/ Eligible renewals during month ending                  (three months prior)                            

    4.

   Month 3 Renewal Rate (#2 divided by #3)                            

    5.

   Actual renewals during month ending                  (two months prior)                            

    6.

   Scheduled/ Eligible renewals during month ending                  (two months prior)                            

    7.

   Month 2 Renewal Rate (#5 divided by #6)                            

    8.

   Actual renewals during month ending                  (month ending on Certificate date)                            

    9.

   Scheduled/ Eligible renewals during month ending                  (month ending on Certificate date)                            

    10.

   Month 1 Renewal Rate (#8 divided by #9)                            

    11.

   ADVANCE RATE ([#4 plus #7 plus #10] divided by 3]                            
BORROWING BASE      
    12.    BORROWING BASE (#1 times #11)    $                       
BALANCES      
    13.    Maximum Loan Amount    $ 5,000,000      
    14.    Total Funds Available (Lesser of #12 or #13)       $                    
    15.    Outstanding under Sublimits (if any)       $                    
    16.    Present balance owing on Line of Credit       $                    
    17.    Reserve Position (#14 minus #15 and #16)       $                    

The undersigned represents and warrants that the foregoing is true, complete and correct, and that the information reflected in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties set forth in the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Comerica Bank.

Comments:

 

BANK USE ONLY
Rec’d By:  

 

Date:  

 

Reviewed By:  

 

Date:  

 

     

                                                             

Authorized Signer


EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Please send all Required Reporting to:   

Comerica Bank

Technology & Life Sciences Division

Loan Analysis Department

250 Lytton Avenue, 3rd Floor

Palo Alto, CA 94301

Phone: (650) 462-6060

Fax: (650) 462-6061

FROM:        HUBSPOT, INC.

The undersigned authorized Officer of HUBSPOT, INC. (“Borrower”), hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), (i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                                          with all required covenants, including without limitation the ongoing registration of intellectual property rights in accordance with Section 6.9(a), except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof; provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification. The Officer further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” or “Applicable” column.

 

REPORTING COVENANTS

  

REQUIRED

   COMPLIES

Company Prepared Monthly F/S

Compliance Certificate

  

Monthly, within 30 days

Monthly, within 30 days

   YES
YES
   NO
NO

CPA Audited, Unqualified F/S

Borrowing Base Cert., A/R & A/P Agings

Annual Business Plan (incl. operating budget)

Audit

  

Annually, within 180 days after FYE

Monthly, within 30 days

Annually, within 60 days after FYE

Semi-annual

   YES
YES
YES
YES
   NO
NO
NO
NO
If Public:   
10-Q    Quarterly, within 5 days of SEC filing (50 days)    YES    NO
10-K    Annually, within 5 days of SEC filing (95 days)    YES    NO
Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments    Amount: $                                                              YES    NO
Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments maintained with Bank    Amount: $                                                              YES    NO
Total amount of deposits in Excluded Deposit Accounts    Amount: $                                                              YES    NO

REPORTING COVENANTS

  

DESCRIPTION

   APPLICABLE
Legal Action > $100,000 (Sect. 6.2(a)(iv))    Notify promptly upon notice                         YES    NO
Inventory Disputes > $100,000 (Sect. 6.3)    Notify promptly upon notice                         YES    NO
Cross default with other agreements    Notify promptly upon notice                         YES    NO
> $100,000 (Sect. 8.7)       YES    NO
Judgment > $100,000 (Sect. 8.9)    Notify promptly upon notice                         YES    NO


 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

  

REQUIRED

   ACTUAL    COMPLIES

 

TO BE TESTED MONTHLY, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED:

        
Minimum Cash at Bank    $1,000,000    $                         YES    NO

OTHER COVENANTS

  

REQUIRED

   ACTUAL    COMPLIES

 

Permitted Indebtedness for equipment leases

  

 

< $200,000

       

 

YES

  

 

NO

Permitted Investments for stock repurchase    < $50,000         YES    NO
Permitted Investments for subsidiaries    < $50,000         YES    NO
Permitted Investments for employee loans    < $50,000         YES    NO
Permitted Liens for equipment leases    < $200,000         YES    NO
Deposit Accounts Outside of Bank    < 250,000 each         YES    NO
   < $250,000 all         YES    NO

Please Enter Below Comments Regarding Violations:

The Officer further acknowledges that at any time Borrower is not in compliance with all the terms set forth in the Agreement, including, without limitation, the financial covenants, no Credit Extensions will be made.

Very truly yours,

 

                                                                                  

Authorized Signer

Name:                                                                 

Title:                                                                 


EXHIBIT E

PRIME REFERENCED RATE ADDENDUM


HUBSPOT, INC.

SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Permitted Indebtedness (Section 1.1)

None.

Permitted Investments (Section 1.1)

None.

Permitted Liens (Section 1.1)

None.

Collateral Security Interest (Section 4.1)

None.

Location of cash, securities, investments outside Bank (Section 5.3)

B of A Checking #004604684323,

SVB Checking (Performable legacy account) #3300684901

Other Trade Names (Section 5.5)

HubSpot, LLC

Actions, Suits, Litigation, Proceedings (Section 5.6)

None.

Restricted Agreements (Section 5 .12)

None.

Location of Collateral (Section 7.10)

None.


PRIME REFERENCED RATE ADDENDUM TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Prime Referenced Rate Addendum to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this “Addendum”) is entered into as of April 4, 2012, by and between Comerica Bank (“Bank”) and HubSpot, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”). This Addendum supplements the terms of the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and between Borrower and Bank (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or restated from time to time, collectively, the “Agreement”).

1. Definitions. As used in this Addendum, the following terms shall have the following meanings. Initially capitalized terms used and not defined in this Addendum shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

a. “Applicable Margin” means, as applicable: (i) zero percent (0.00%) per annum with respect to Advances under the Revolving Line; and (ii) one percent (1.00%) per annum with respect to the Growth Capital Advances.

b. “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day designated as a holiday under Federal or applicable State statute or regulation, on which Bank is open for all or substantially all of its domestic and international business (including dealings in foreign exchange) in San Jose, California, and, in respect of notices and determinations relating to the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate, also a day on which dealings in dollar deposits are also carried on the London interbank market and on which banks are open for business in London, England.

c. “Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date hereof, of any of the following: (i) the adoption or introduction of, or any change in any applicable law, treaty, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) now or hereafter in effect and whether or not applicable to Bank on such date, or (ii) any change in interpretation, administration or implementation thereof of any such law, treaty, rule or regulation by any Governmental Authority, or (iii) the issuance, making or implementation by any Governmental Authority of any interpretation, administration, request, regulation, guideline, or directive (whether or not having the force of law), including any risk-based capital guidelines. For purposes of this definition, (x) a change in law, treaty, rule, regulation, interpretation, administration or implementation shall include, without limitation, any change made or which becomes effective on the basis of a law, treaty, rule, regulation, interpretation administration or implementation then in force, the effective date of which change is delayed by the terms of such law, treaty, rule, regulation, interpretation, administration or implementation, and (y) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Pub. L. 111-203, H.R. 4173) and all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines, interpretations or directives promulgated thereunder or issued in connection therewith shall be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or promulgated, whether before or after the date hereof, and (z) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall each be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented.

d. “Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate” means, for any day, a per annum interest rate which is equal to the quotient of the following:

 

  (1) for any day, the per annum rate of interest determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in United States Dollars for a period equal to one (1) month appearing on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service as of 8:00 a.m. (California time) (or as soon thereafter as practical) on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the event that such rate does not appear on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service (or otherwise on such Service) on any day, the “Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate” for such day shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as may be reasonably selected by Bank, or in the absence of such other service, the “Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate” for such day shall, instead, be determined based upon the average of the rates at which Bank is offered dollar deposits at or about 8:00 a.m.

 

-1-


  (California time) (or as soon thereafter as practical), on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day, in the interbank eurodollar market in an amount comparable to the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations and for a period equal to one (1) month;

 

  divided by

 

  (2) 1.00 minus the maximum rate (expressed as a decimal) on such day at which Bank is required to maintain reserves on “Euro-currency Liabilities” as defined in and pursuant to Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or, if such regulation or definition is modified, and as long as Bank is required to maintain reserves against a category of liabilities which includes eurodollar deposits or includes a category of assets which includes eurodollar loans, the rate at which such reserves are required to be maintained on such category.

e. “Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including, without limitation, any supranational bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

f. “LIBOR Lending Office” means Bank’s office located in the Cayman Islands, British West Indies, or such other branch of Bank, domestic or foreign, as it may hereafter designate as its LIBOR Lending Office by notice to Borrower.

g. “Prime Rate” means the per annum interest rate established by Bank as its prime rate for its borrowers, as such rate may vary from time to time, which rate is not necessarily the lowest rate on loans made by Bank at any such time.

e. “Prime Referenced Rate” means, for any day, a per annum interest rate which is equal to the Prime Rate in effect on such day, but in no event and at no time shall the Prime Referenced Rate be less than the sum of the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate for such day plus two and one-half percent (2.50%) per annum. If, at any time, Bank determines that it is unable to determine or ascertain the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate for any day, the Prime Referenced Rate for each such day shall be the Prime Rate in effect at such time, but not less than two and one-half percent (2.50%) per annum.

2. Interest Rate . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Addendum, the Obligations under the Agreement, other than the Existing Equipment Advance, shall bear interest at the Prime Referenced Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

3. Payment of Interest. Accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid balance of the Obligations outstanding under the Agreement shall be payable monthly, in arrears, on the first day of each month, until maturity (whether as stated herein, by acceleration, or otherwise). In the event that any payment under this Addendum becomes due and payable on any day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, to the extent applicable, interest shall continue to accrue and be payable thereon during such extension at the rates set forth in this Addendum. Interest accruing hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, and shall be assessed for the actual number of days elapsed, and in such computation, effect shall be given to any change in the applicable interest rate as a result of any change in the Prime Referenced Rate on the date of each such change.

4. Bank’s Records. The amount and date of each advance under the Agreement, its applicable interest rate, and the amount and date of any repayment shall be noted on Bank’s records, which records shall be conclusive evidence thereof, absent manifest error; provided , however , any failure by Bank to make any such notation, or any error in any such notation, shall not relieve Borrower of its obligations to repay Bank all amounts payable by Borrower to Bank under or pursuant to this Addendum and the Agreement, when due in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

-2-


5. Default Interest Rate . From and after the occurrence of any Event of Default, and for so long as any such Event of Default remains unremedied or uncured thereafter, the Obligations outstanding under the Agreement shall bear interest at a per annum rate of five percent (5%) above the otherwise applicable interest rate hereunder, which interest shall be payable upon demand. In addition to the foregoing, a late payment charge equal to five percent (5%) of each late payment hereunder may be charged on any payment not received by Bank within ten (10) calendar days after the payment due date therefor, but acceptance of payment of any such charge shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default under the Agreement. In no event shall the interest payable under this Addendum and the Agreement at any time exceed the maximum rate permitted by law.

6. Prepayment . Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding balance of any Obligations at any time without premium or penalty. Any prepayment hereunder, other than with respect to Advances under the Revolving Line, shall also be accompanied by the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest on the amount so prepaid. Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing shall not, in any way whatsoever, limit, restrict, or otherwise affect Bank’s right to make demand for payment of all or any part of the Obligations under the Agreement that are due on a demand basis in Bank’s sole and absolute discretion.

7. Regulatory Developments or Other Circumstances Relating to the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate.

a. If any Change in Law shall: (a) subject Bank to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to this Addendum or any Obligations under the Agreement, or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to Bank of the principal of or interest under this Addendum or any other amounts due under this Addendum in respect thereof (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of Bank or its LIBOR Lending Office imposed by the jurisdiction in which Bank’s principal executive office or LIBOR Lending Office is located); or (b) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including, without limitation, any imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by Bank, or shall impose on Bank or the foreign exchange and interbank markets any other condition affecting this Addendum or the Obligations; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to Bank of maintaining any part of the Obligations or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by Bank under this Addendum by an amount deemed by Bank to be material, then Borrower shall pay to Bank, within fifteen (15) days of Borrower’s receipt of written notice from Bank demanding such compensation, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Bank for such increased cost or reduction. A certificate of Bank, prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail by Bank and submitted by Bank to Borrower, setting forth the basis for determining such additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate Bank shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

b. In the event that any Change in Law affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by Bank (or any corporation controlling Bank), and Bank determines that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of any obligations of Bank hereunder or the maintaining of any Obligations, and such increase has the effect of reducing the rate of return on Bank’s (or such controlling corporation’s) capital as a consequence of such obligations or the maintaining of such Obligations to a level below that which Bank (or such controlling corporation) could have achieved but for such circumstances (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy), then Borrower shall pay to Bank, within fifteen (15) days of Borrower’s receipt of written notice from Bank demanding such compensation, additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate Bank (or such controlling corporation) for any increase in the amount of capital and reduced rate of return which Bank reasonably determines to be allocable to the existence of any obligations of Bank hereunder or to maintaining any Obligations. A certificate of Bank as to the amount of such compensation, prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail by Bank and submitted by Bank to Borrower, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error.

8. Legal Effect . Except as specifically modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.

 

-3-


9. Conflicts . As to the matters specifically the subject of this Addendum, in the event of any conflict between this Addendum and the Agreement, the terms of this Addendum shall control.

(remainder of page left blank)

 

-4-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have agreed to the foregoing as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMERICA BANK     HUBSPOT, INC.
By:   /s/ William Sweeney     By:   /s/ [Illegible]
Name:   William Sweeney     Name:   [Illegible]
Title:   SVP     Title:   CFO

[ Signature Page to Prime Referenced Rate Addendum to

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement ]


THIRD AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of March 21, 2014, by and between COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) and HUBSPOT, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 4, 2012, as amended, modified, supplemented or extended from time to time, including by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 30, 2013 and that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 23, 2013 (collectively, the “Agreement”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. The following defined terms in Section 1.1 of the Agreement hereby are added or amended and restated as follows:

“Advance Rate” means, for any date of determination, the percentage equal to (a) the sum of the monthly Subscription Renewal Rates for each of the three (3) consecutive months ending on or immediately prior to such date, divided by (b) three (3). In no event shall the Advance Rate be greater than one (1).

“Borrowing Base” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Advance Rate, as of such date, multiplied by (b) aggregate cash receipts from Subscription Contracts for the three (3) month period ending on the last day of the month immediately preceding such date (or such date if the date of determination is the last day of a month), as determined by Bank with reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by Borrower or from other information then available to Bank including information obtained from working capital or other similar audits conducted by or on behalf of Bank, less such reserves as may be established, by Bank in its good faith credit judgment, from time to time; provided, that the advance rate is subject to adjustment by Bank after the Closing Date, in its good faith credit judgment.

“Excluded Deposit Accounts” means deposit accounts maintained by Borrower or Subsidiaries of Borrower that are identified on the Schedule or as to which Borrower has provided with prior written notice, so long as (i) with respect to foreign accounts of HUBSPOT IRELAND LIMITED, the US Dollar-equivalent value of the deposits in all such accounts is at all times less than One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) (ii) with respect to foreign accounts of other foreign subsidiaries, the US Dollar-equivalent value of the deposits in all such accounts is at all times less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), and (iii) with respect to domestic accounts, the US Dollar-equivalent value of the deposits in all such accounts is at all times less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

“Growth Capital Amortization Commencement Date” means January 1, 2015.

“Growth Capital Availability End Date” means December 31, 2014.

“Growth Capital Maturity Date” means June 1, 2017.

 

-1-


“IPO II” means the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock of Borrower with net cash proceeds to Borrower of not less than Seventy Five Million Dollars ($75,000,000) (net of underwriting commissions and expenses), and that results in the common stock being traded or listed on the NYSE, AMEX or NASDAQ Global Market.

“Revolving Line” means a Credit Extension of up to Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000), inclusive of any amounts outstanding under the Ancillary Services Sublimit.

“Revolving Maturity Date” means March 21, 2016.

“Subscription Contracts” means those written subscription and other agreements for Borrower’s products and/or consulting, training, implementation and support services (“Services”) that: (a) have been duly and properly executed and delivered by Borrower and each account debtor party thereto; (b) have been entered into in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and consistent with past practice; and (c) are with a counter-party that is not an Affiliate of Borrower.

“Third Amendment Closing Date” means March 21, 2014.

2. Subsection (c) of the defined term “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(c) Indebtedness not to exceed Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens;” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;”

3. Subsection (e) of the defined term “Permitted Investments” in Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(e) Investments by Borrower in: (i) HUBSPOT IRELAND LIMITED, a company formed under the laws of Ireland with registration number 525723, in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000) in any fiscal quarter, and (ii) its other wholly-owned Subsidiaries (including any newly formed Subsidiary in Australia) in an aggregate amount not to exceed (y) One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the 2014 fiscal year or (z) Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in any subsequent fiscal year,”

4. Section 2.1(b)(i) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“(i) Amount . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement Borrower may request Advances in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) the Revolving Line or (B) the Borrowing Base, in each case, less the sum of the amounts outstanding under the Ancillary Services Sublimit (including the Ancillary Services Usage). Except as set forth in the Pricing Addendum, amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) may be repaid and reborrowed at any time without penalty or premium prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, at which time all Advances under this Section 2.1(b) shall be immediately due and payable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Borrower may not request Advances from the Third Amendment Effective Date until Bank has completed its audit of Borrower’s Accounts and appraised the Collateral, which shall occur no later than sixty (60) days after the Third Amendment Effective Date.”

 

-2-


5. Section 2.5(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“(a) Facility Fee . On the Third Amendment Closing Date, a facility fee equal to Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000) (which shall include all Bank Expenses for legal fees incurred through the Third Amendment Closing Date);”

6. Section 4.3 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“4.3 Right to Inspect . Within sixty (60) days of the Third Amendment Effective Date and at any time when (i) the outstanding principal balance of the Advances has been greater than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) at least once during a six (6) month period or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank (through any of its officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Borrower’s usual business hours but no more than twice each year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect Borrower’s Books and to make copies thereof and to check, test, and appraise the Collateral in order to verify Borrower’s financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral and Borrower’s other assets and properties. The scope of such examinations shall include testing and review of the underlying cash receipts that are the basis for calculating the Borrowing Base and Borrower’s renewal rates.”

7. Section 6.2(a)(i) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“(i) as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s operations during such period prepared in accordance with GAAP, in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer;”

8. Section 6.2(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“(b) Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each calendar month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, together with aged listings by invoice date of accounts receivable and accounts payable and evidence in form and substance satisfactory to Bank to support the cash receipts in the Borrowing Base Certificate.”

9. Section 6.2(e) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“(e) Intentionally Omitted.”

10. Section 6.8 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“6.8 Financial Covenant . Borrower shall at all times maintain the following financial covenant:

(a) Recurring Subscription Revenue . Borrower shall maintain at all times until consummation of IPO II, measured quarterly on a trailing three (3) month basis, revenue derived from Subscription Contracts (excluding revenue derived from the sale of Services) of at least the following amounts as set forth in the table below for the corresponding measuring periods;

 

-3-


Measuring Period Ending

   Minimum Recurring
Subscription Revenue
 

March 31, 2014

   $ 18,514,000   

June 30, 2014

   $ 19,839,000   

September 30, 2014

   $ 21,414,000   

December 31, 2014

   $ 23,068,000   

March 31, 2015

   $ 24,243,000   

June 30, 2015

   $ 26,039,000   

September 30, 2015

   $ 27,971,000   

December 31, 2015

   $ 30,046,000   

March 31, 2016

   $ 31,000,000   

11. Section 10 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated by revising the second address for notice Bank to read as follows:

 

with a copy to:    Comerica Bank   
   100 Federal Street, 28th Floor   
   Boston, MA 02110   
   Attn: Garth W. Gorrall   
   FAX: (617) 757 6351   

12. Exhibit C to the Agreement is hereby amended, restated and replaced with Exhibit C attached hereto.

13. Exhibit D to the Agreement is hereby amended, restated and replaced with Exhibit D attached hereto.

14. Borrower acknowledges and Bank hereby waives Borrower’s violation of (i) Section 6.2(a)(i), Section 6.2(b), and Section 6.2(c) of the Agreement for failure to timely deliver Borrower’s financial packages for all measuring periods prior to the Third Amendment Effective Date and (ii) Section 6.6 of the Agreement with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries’ maintaining cash, cash equivalents, investments and securities in excess of the Applicable Account Balance Amount in accounts outside of Bank through the Third Amendment Effective Date.

15. No later than sixty (60) days after Borrower forms its new Australian Subsidiary, Borrower shall deliver to Bank the original share certificates representing the Shares issued by such subsidiary, together with (i) assignments separate from certificate or other applicable instruments of transfer, duly executed in blank and (ii) an Australian Share Pledge Agreement in form and substance acceptable to Bank.

16. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

17. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, and the other Loan Documents shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects.

 

-4-


Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof. Borrower ratifies and reaffirms the continuing effectiveness of all promissory notes, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, environmental agreements, and all other instruments, documents and agreements entered into in connection with the Agreement. Borrower hereby further affirms its absolute and unconditional promise to pay to Bank the Advances, Growth Capital Advances, other Credit Extensions, and all other amounts due under the Letters of Credit and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the Obligations), at the times and in the amounts provided for therein. Borrower confirms and agrees that the obligations of Borrower to Bank under the Agreement as supplemented hereby are secured by and entitled to the benefits of the Loan Documents. The parties agree that this Amendment shall be deemed to be one of the Loan Documents under the Agreement. Nothing in this Amendment shall constitute a satisfaction of any of Borrower’s Obligations.

18. In order to induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

18.1 The representations and warranties contained in the Agreement and the other Loan Documents were true and correct in all material respects when made or deemed made, and, other than those representations that relate only to a specific earlier date, such representations and warranties continue to be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment. For the sake of clarity, as of the Third Amendment Closing Date, Borrower has the following Subsidiary: HubSpot Ireland.

18.2 Both before and immediately after giving effect to this Amendment and the other transactions contemplated hereby, no Event of Default, or other event or circumstance that with the giving of notice or the passage of time could become an Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing.

18.3 The execution, delivery, and performance by Borrower of this Amendment and the other documents, instruments and agreements delivered or to be delivered to Bank in connection herewith (a) are within the corporate powers of Borrower and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Borrower, (b) do not require any governmental or third party consents, except those which have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect, (c) do not and will not conflict with any requirement of law, Borrower’s or Guarantor’s articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, minutes or resolutions, (d) after giving effect to this Amendment, do not result in any breach of or constitute a default under any agreement or instrument to which Borrower, Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries is a party or by which Borrower, Guarantor or any of their properties are bound, and (e) do not result in or require the creation or imposition of any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance of any nature upon any of the assets or properties of Borrower or Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, other than those in favor of Bank.

18.4 This Amendment and the other instruments and agreements delivered or to be delivered to Bank in connection herewith have been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent that (a) enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, (b) enforcement may be subject to general principles of equity, and (c) the availability of the remedies of specific performance and injunctive relief may be subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceedings for such remedies may be brought.

18.5 Neither Borrower nor Guarantor has any right of offset, defense, counterclaim, dispute or disagreement of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to any of its liabilities, obligations or indebtedness arising under or in connection with any Loan Document.

19. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower;

 

-5-


(b) an officer’s certificate of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party

(c) the fees owing under Section 2.5 of the Agreement, as amended hereby, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts with Bank; and

(d) such other documents, instruments and certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

20. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Remainder of Page Left Blank]

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

HUBSPOT, INC.
By:  

/s/ [Illegible]

Title:   CFO
COMERICA BANK
By:  

/s/ [Illegible]

Title:   Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Third Amendment to

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement]


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of June 26, 2014, by and between COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) and HUBSPOT, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 4, 2012, as amended, modified, supplemented or extended from time to time, including by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 30, 2013, that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 23, 2013 and that certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 21, 2014 (collectively, the “Agreement”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. The following defined terms in Section 1.1 of the Agreement hereby are added or amended and restated as follows:

“Contractual Monthly Product Subscription Revenue” means the total amount of product subscription fees contractually committed to be paid for a full month under all of Borrower’s customer agreements, net of any commissions owed to Borrower’s partners.

“Subscription Renewal Rate” means, for a given month, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the aggregate Contractual Monthly Product Subscription Revenue of Borrower’s customers at the end of the month, excluding new customers added during that month, by (b) the aggregate Contractual Monthly Product Subscription Revenue of Borrower’s customer base as of the beginning of that month, provided in no event shall the Subscription Renewal Rate be greater than one (1.00).

2. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

3. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, and the other Loan Documents shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof. Borrower ratifies and reaffirms the continuing effectiveness of all promissory notes, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, environmental agreements, and all other instruments, documents and agreements entered into in connection with the Agreement. Borrower hereby further affirms its absolute and unconditional promise to pay to Bank the Advances, Growth Capital Advances, other Credit Extensions, and all other amounts due under the Letters of Credit and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the Obligations), at the times and in the amounts provided for therein. Borrower confirms and agrees that the obligations of Borrower to Bank under the Agreement as supplemented hereby are secured by and entitled to the benefits of the Loan Documents. The parties agree that this Amendment shall be deemed to be one of the Loan Documents under the Agreement. Nothing in this Amendment shall constitute a satisfaction of any of Borrower’s Obligations.

 

-1-


4. In order to induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

4.1 The representations and warranties contained in the Agreement and the other Loan Documents were true and correct in all material respects when made or deemed made, and, other than those representations that relate only to a specific earlier date, such representations and warranties continue to be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment. For the sake of clarity, as of the Fourth Amendment Closing Date, Borrower has the following Subsidiaries: HubSpot Ireland and HubSpot Australia.

4.2 Both before and immediately after giving effect to this Amendment and the other transactions contemplated hereby, no Event of Default, or other event or circumstance that with the giving of notice or the passage of time could become an Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing.

4.3 The execution, delivery, and performance by Borrower of this Amendment and the other documents, instruments and agreements delivered or to be delivered to Bank in connection herewith (a) are within the corporate powers of Borrower and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Borrower, (b) do not require any governmental or third party consents, except those which have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect, (c) do not and will not conflict with any requirement of law, Borrower’s or Guarantor’s articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, minutes or resolutions, (d) after giving effect to this Amendment, do not result in any breach of or constitute a default under any agreement or instrument to which Borrower, Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries is a party or by which Borrower, Guarantor or any of their properties are bound, and (e) do not result in or require the creation or imposition of any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance of any nature upon any of the assets or properties of Borrower or Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, other than those in favor of Bank.

4.4 This Amendment and the other instruments and agreements delivered or to be delivered to Bank in connection herewith have been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent that (a) enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, (b) enforcement may be subject to general principles of equity, and (c) the availability of the remedies of specific performance and injunctive relief may be subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceedings for such remedies may be brought.

4.5 Neither Borrower nor Guarantor has any right of offset, defense, counterclaim, dispute or disagreement of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to any of its liabilities, obligations or indebtedness arising under or in connection with any Loan Document.

5. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower;

(b) the fees owing under Section 2.5 of the Agreement, as amended hereby, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts with Bank; and

(c) such other documents, instruments and certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

6. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Remainder of Page Left Blank]

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

HUBSPOT, INC.
By:   /s/ John Kinzer
Title:   CFO
COMERICA BANK
By:   /s/ [Illegible]
Title:   SVP

[Signature Page to Fourth Amendment to

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement]


FIFTH AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of September 12, 2014, by and between COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) and HUBSPOT, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 4, 2012, as amended, modified, supplemented or extended from time to time, including by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 30, 2013, that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 23, 2013, that certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 21,2014 and that certain Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 26, 2014 (collectively, the “Agreement”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. The following defined term in Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“Revolving Line” means a Credit Extension of up to Thirty Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000), inclusive of any amounts outstanding under the Ancillary Services Sublimit.

2. The following defined terms are hereby deleted from Section 1.1 of the Agreement:

“Growth Capital Advance(s)”, “Growth Capital Amortization Commencement Date”, “Growth Capital Availability End Date”, “Growth Capital Line”, “Growth Capital Maturity Date”

3. Section 2.1(d) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(d) Intentionally Omitted .”

4. Section 2.3(a)(iii) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(iii) Intentionally Omitted .”

5. The following defined term is the Pricing Addendum hereby is amended and restated as follows:

“Applicable Margin” means one half of one percent (0.50%) per annum.

6. Exhibit C to the Agreement is hereby replaced with Exhibit C attached hereto.

7. Bank hereby agrees that Letters of Credit numbers 5125-30 and 5409-30 issued by Bank and naming DWF III Davenport LLC and Global Payments Comerica Alliance as beneficiaries, respectively and Borrower’s existing Three Hundred Thousand Dollar ($300,000) business credit card shall hereafter no longer reduce availability under the Ancillary Services Sublimit.

8. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

 

-1-


9. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, and the other Loan Documents shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof. Borrower ratifies and reaffirms the continuing effectiveness of all promissory notes, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, environmental agreements, and all other instruments, documents and agreements entered into in connection with the Agreement. Borrower hereby further affirms its absolute and unconditional promise to pay to Bank the Advances, other Credit Extensions, and all other amounts due under the Letters of Credit and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the Obligations), at the times and in the amounts provided for therein. Borrower confirms and agrees that the obligations of Borrower to Bank under the Agreement as supplemented hereby are secured by and entitled to the benefits of the Loan Documents. The parties agree that this Amendment shall be deemed to be one of the Loan Documents under the Agreement. Nothing in this Amendment shall constitute a satisfaction of any of Borrower’s Obligations.

10. In order to induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

10.1 The representations and warranties contained in the Agreement and the other Loan Documents were true and correct in all material respects when made or deemed made, and, other than those representations that relate only to a specific earlier date, such representations and warranties continue to be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment. For the sake of clarity, as of the Fourth Amendment Closing Date, Borrower has the following Subsidiaries: HubSpot Ireland and HubSpot Australia.

10.2 Both before and immediately after giving effect to this Amendment and the other transactions contemplated hereby, no Event of Default, or other event or circumstance that with the giving of notice or the passage of time could become an Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing.

10.3 The execution, delivery, and performance by Borrower of this Amendment and the other documents, instruments and agreements delivered or to be delivered to Bank in connection herewith (a) are within the corporate powers of Borrower and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Borrower, (b) do not require any governmental or third party consents, except those which have been duly obtained and are in full force and effect, (c) do not and will not conflict with any requirement of law, Borrower’s or Guarantor’s articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, minutes or resolutions, (d) after giving effect to this Amendment, do not result in any breach of or constitute a default under any agreement or instrument to which Borrower, Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries is a party or by which Borrower, Guarantor or any of their properties are bound, and (e) do not result in or require the creation or imposition of any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance of any nature upon any of the assets or properties of Borrower or Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, other than those in favor of Bank.

10.4 This Amendment and the other instruments and agreements delivered or to be delivered to Bank in connection herewith have been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent that (a) enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, (b) enforcement may be subject to general principles of equity, and (c) the availability of the remedies of specific performance and injunctive relief may be subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceedings for such remedies may be brought.

10.5 Neither Borrower nor Guarantor has any right of offset, defense, counterclaim, dispute or disagreement of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to any of its liabilities, obligations or indebtedness arising under or in connection with any Loan Document.

 

-2-


11. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower; and

(b) such other documents, instruments and certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

12. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Remainder of Page Left Blank]

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

HUBSPOT, INC.
By:  

/s/ John Kinzer

Title:  

CFO

COMERICA BANK
By:  

/s/ illegible

Title:  

SVP

[Signature Page to Fifth Amendment to

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement]

Exhibit 10.8

HUBSPOT, INC.

2014 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

The purpose of the HubSpot, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“the Plan”) is to provide eligible employees of HubSpot, Inc. (the “Company”) and each Designated Subsidiary (as defined in Section 11) with opportunities to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”). 394,710 shares of Common Stock in the aggregate have been approved and reserved for this purpose, plus on January 1, 2015 and each January 1 thereafter, the number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be cumulatively increased by the lesser of (i) 40,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) one percent of the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 or (iii) such lesser number of shares of Common Stock determined by the Administrator. The Plan is intended to constitute an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and shall be interpreted in accordance with that intent.

1.         Administration .    The Plan will be administered by the person or persons (the “Administrator”) appointed by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) for such purpose. The Administrator has authority at any time to: (i) adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for the administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; (ii) interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan; (iii) make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; (iv) decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and (v) otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. All interpretations and decisions of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and the Participants. No member of the Board or individual exercising administrative authority with respect to the Plan shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any option granted hereunder.


2.         Offerings .    The Company will make one or more offerings to eligible employees to purchase Common Stock under the Plan (“Offerings”). Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the initial Offering will begin on January 1, 2015 and will end on the last business day occurring on or before the following June 30 (the “Initial Offering”). Thereafter, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, an Offering will begin on the first business day occurring on or after each January 1 and July 1 and will end on the last business day occurring on or before the following June 30 and December 31, respectively. The Administrator may, in its discretion, designate a different period for any Offering, provided that no Offering shall exceed six months in duration or overlap any other Offering.

3.         Eligibility .    All individuals classified as employees on the payroll records of the Company and each Designated Subsidiary are eligible to participate in any one or more of the Offerings under the Plan, provided that as of the first day of the applicable Offering (the “Offering Date”) they are customarily employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for more than 20 hours a week and, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, have completed at least six months of employment. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, individuals who are not contemporaneously classified as employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for purposes of the Company’s or applicable Designated Subsidiary’s payroll system are not considered to be eligible employees of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary and shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan. In the event any such individuals are reclassified as employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for any purpose, including, without limitation, common law or statutory employees, by any action of any third

 

2


party, including, without limitation, any government agency, or as a result of any private lawsuit, action or administrative proceeding, such individuals shall, notwithstanding such reclassification, remain ineligible for participation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exclusive means for individuals who are not contemporaneously classified as employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on the Company’s or Designated Subsidiary’s payroll system to become eligible to participate in this Plan is through an amendment to this Plan, duly executed by the Company, which specifically renders such individuals eligible to participate herein.

4.         Participation .

(a)         Participants on Effective Date .    Each eligible employee at the time of the Initial Public Offering shall be deemed to be a Participant at such time. If an eligible employee is deemed to be a Participant pursuant to this Section 4(a), such individual shall be deemed not to have authorized payroll deductions and shall not purchase any Common Stock hereunder unless he or she thereafter authorizes payroll deductions by submitting an enrollment form (in the manner described in Section 4(c)) by the end of the Initial Offering. If such a Participant does not authorize payroll deductions by submitting an enrollment form by the end of the Initial Offering, that Participant will be deemed to have withdrawn from the Plan.

(b)         Participants in Subsequent Offerings .    An eligible employee who is not a Participant on any Offering Date may participate in such Offering by submitting an enrollment form to his or her appropriate payroll location at least 15 business days before the Offering Date (or by such other deadline as shall be established by the Administrator for the Offering).

(c)         Enrollment .    The enrollment form will (a) state a whole percentage (unless the Administrator determines in advance of an Offering to require that a fixed amount be specified in lieu of a percentage) to be deducted from an eligible employee’s Compensation (as

 

3


defined in Section 11) per pay period, (b) authorize the purchase of Common Stock in each Offering in accordance with the terms of the Plan and (c) specify the exact name or names in which shares of Common Stock purchased for such individual are to be issued pursuant to Section 10. An employee who does not enroll in accordance with these procedures will be deemed to have waived the right to participate. Unless a Participant files a new enrollment form or withdraws from the Plan, such Participant’s deductions and purchases will continue at the same percentage of Compensation for future Offerings, provided he or she remains eligible.

(d)        Notwithstanding the foregoing, participation in the Plan will neither be permitted nor be denied contrary to the requirements of the Code.

5.         Employee Contributions .    Each eligible employee may authorize payroll deductions at a minimum of 1 percent up to a maximum of 10 percent of such employee’s Compensation for each pay period. The Company will maintain book accounts showing the amount of payroll deductions made by each Participant for each Offering. No interest will accrue or be paid on payroll deductions.

6.         Deduction Changes .    Except in the event of a Participant increasing his or her payroll deduction from 0 percent during the first Offering as specified in Section 4(a) or as may be determined by the Administrator in advance of an Offering, a Participant may not increase or decrease his or her payroll deduction during any Offering, but may increase or decrease his or her payroll deduction with respect to the next Offering (subject to the limitations of Section 5) by filing a new enrollment form at least 15 business days before the next Offering Date (or by such other deadline as shall be established by the Administrator for the Offering). The Administrator may, in advance of any Offering, establish rules permitting a Participant to increase, decrease or terminate his or her payroll deduction during an Offering.

 

4


7.         Withdrawal .    A Participant may withdraw from participation in the Plan by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to his or her appropriate payroll location. The Participant’s withdrawal will be effective as of the next business day. Following a Participant’s withdrawal, the Company will promptly refund such individual’s entire account balance under the Plan to him or her (after payment for any Common Stock purchased before the effective date of withdrawal). Partial withdrawals are not permitted. Such an employee may not begin participation again during the remainder of the Offering, but may enroll in a subsequent Offering in accordance with Section 4.

8.         Grant of Options .    On each Offering Date, the Company will grant to each eligible employee who is then a Participant in the Plan an option (“Option”) to purchase on the last day of such Offering (the “Exercise Date”), at the Option Price hereinafter provided for, the lowest of (a) a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions on such Exercise Date by the lower of (i) 85 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Offering Date, or (ii) 85 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Exercise Date, (b) 300,000 shares; or (c) such other lesser maximum number of shares as shall have been established by the Administrator in advance of the Offering; provided, however, that such Option shall be subject to the limitations set forth below. Each Participant’s Option shall be exercisable only to the extent of such Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions on the Exercise Date. The purchase price for each share purchased under each Option (the “Option Price”) will be 85 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Offering Date or the Exercise Date, whichever is less.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant may be granted an option hereunder if such Participant, immediately after the option was granted, would be treated as owning stock

 

5


possessing 5 percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (as defined in Section 11). For purposes of the preceding sentence, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining the stock ownership of a Participant, and all stock which the Participant has a contractual right to purchase shall be treated as stock owned by the Participant. In addition, no Participant may be granted an Option which permits his or her rights to purchase stock under the Plan, and any other employee stock purchase plan of the Company and its Parents and Subsidiaries, to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such stock (determined on the option grant date or dates) for each calendar year in which the Option is outstanding at any time. The purpose of the limitation in the preceding sentence is to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and shall be applied taking Options into account in the order in which they were granted.

9.         Exercise of Option and Purchase of Shares .    Each employee who continues to be a Participant in the Plan on the Exercise Date shall be deemed to have exercised his or her Option on such date and shall acquire from the Company such number of whole shares of Common Stock reserved for the purpose of the Plan as his or her accumulated payroll deductions on such date will purchase at the Option Price, subject to any other limitations contained in the Plan; provided that, with respect to the Initial Offering, the exercise of each Option shall be conditioned on the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering on or before the Exercise Date. Any amount remaining in a Participant’s account at the end of an Offering solely by reason of the inability to purchase a fractional share will be carried forward to the next Offering; any other balance remaining in a Participant’s account at the end of an Offering will be refunded to the Participant promptly.

 

6


10.         Issuance of Certificates .    Certificates representing shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan may be issued only in the name of the employee, in the name of the employee and another person of legal age as joint tenants with rights of survivorship, or in the name of a broker authorized by the employee to be his, her or their, nominee for such purpose.

11.         Definitions .

The term “Compensation” means the amount of base pay, prior to salary reduction pursuant to Sections 125, 132(f) or 401(k) of the Code, but excluding overtime, commissions, incentive or bonus awards, allowances and reimbursements for expenses such as relocation allowances or travel expenses, income or gains on the exercise of Company stock options, and similar items.

The term “Designated Subsidiary” means any present or future Subsidiary (as defined below) that has been designated by the Board to participate in the Plan. The Board may so designate any Subsidiary, or revoke any such designation, at any time and from time to time, either before or after the Plan is approved by the stockholders. The current list of Designated Subsidiaries is attached hereto as Appendix A.

The term “Fair Market Value of the Common Stock” on any given date means the fair market value of the Common Stock determined in good faith by the Administrator; provided , however , that if the Common Stock is admitted to quotation on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) or another national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price on such date. If there is no closing price for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there is a closing price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the date for which Fair Market Value of the Common Stock is determined is the first day when trading prices for the Common Stock are reported on the NYSE

 

7


or another national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

The term “Initial Public Offering” means the consummation of the first underwritten, firm commitment public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale by the Company of its Common Stock.

The term “Parent” means a “parent corporation” with respect to the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

The term “Participant” means an individual who is eligible as determined in Section 3 and who has complied with the provisions of Section 4.

The term “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation” with respect to the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

12.         Rights on Termination of Employment .    If a Participant’s employment terminates for any reason before the Exercise Date for any Offering, no payroll deduction will be taken from any pay due and owing to the Participant and the balance in the Participant’s account will be paid to such Participant or, in the case of such Participant’s death, to his or her designated beneficiary as if such Participant had withdrawn from the Plan under Section 7. An employee will be deemed to have terminated employment, for this purpose, if the corporation that employs him or her, having been a Designated Subsidiary, ceases to be a Subsidiary, or if the employee is transferred to any corporation other than the Company or a Designated Subsidiary. An employee will not be deemed to have terminated employment for this purpose, if the employee is on an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness or for any other purpose approved by

 

8


the Company, if the employee’s right to reemployment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Administrator otherwise provides in writing.

13.         Special Rules .    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrator may adopt special rules applicable to the employees of a particular Designated Subsidiary, whenever the Administrator determines that such rules are necessary or appropriate for the implementation of the Plan in a jurisdiction where such Designated Subsidiary has employees; provided that such rules are consistent with the requirements of Section 423(b) of the Code. Any special rules established pursuant to this Section 13 shall, to the extent possible, result in the employees subject to such rules having substantially the same rights as other Participants in the Plan.

14.         Optionees Not Stockholders .    Neither the granting of an Option to a Participant nor the deductions from his or her pay shall constitute such Participant a holder of the shares of Common Stock covered by an Option under the Plan until such shares have been purchased by and issued to him or her.

15.         Rights Not Transferable .    Rights under the Plan are not transferable by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and are exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant.

16.         Application of Funds .    All funds received or held by the Company under the Plan may be combined with other corporate funds and may be used for any corporate purpose.

17.         Adjustment in Case of Changes Affecting Common Stock .    In the event of a subdivision of outstanding shares of Common Stock, the payment of a dividend in Common Stock or any other change affecting the Common Stock, the number of shares approved for the Plan and the share limitation set forth in Section 8 shall be equitably or proportionately adjusted to give proper effect to such event.

 

9


18.         Amendment of the Plan .    The Board may at any time and from time to time amend the Plan in any respect, except that without the approval within 12 months of such Board action by the stockholders, no amendment shall be made increasing the number of shares approved for the Plan or making any other change that would require stockholder approval in order for the Plan, as amended, to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423(b) of the Code.

19.         Insufficient Shares .    If the total number of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be purchased on any Exercise Date plus the number of shares purchased under previous Offerings under the Plan exceeds the maximum number of shares issuable under the Plan, the shares then available shall be apportioned among Participants in proportion to the amount of payroll deductions accumulated on behalf of each Participant that would otherwise be used to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date.

20.         Termination of the Plan .    The Plan may be terminated at any time by the Board. Upon termination of the Plan, all amounts in the accounts of Participants shall be promptly refunded.

21.         Governmental Regulations .    The Company’s obligation to sell and deliver Common Stock under the Plan is subject to obtaining all governmental approvals required in connection with the authorization, issuance, or sale of such stock.

22.         Governing Law .    This Plan and all Options and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

 

10


23.         Issuance of Shares .    Shares may be issued upon exercise of an Option from authorized but unissued Common Stock, from shares held in the treasury of the Company, or from any other proper source.

24.         Tax Withholding .    Participation in the Plan is subject to any minimum required tax withholding on income of the Participant in connection with the Plan. Each Participant agrees, by entering the Plan, that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant, including shares issuable under the Plan.

25.         Notification Upon Sale of Shares .    Each Participant agrees, by entering the Plan, to give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares purchased under the Plan where such disposition occurs within two years after the date of grant of the Option pursuant to which such shares were purchased.

26.         Effective Date and Approval of Shareholders .    The Plan shall take effect on the date of the Company’s Initial Public Offering, subject to approval by the holders of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders at which a quorum is present or by written consent of the stockholders.

 

11


APPENDIX A

Designated Subsidiaries

All Company subsidiaries.

 

12

Exhibit 10.9

HUBSPOT, INC.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY

The purpose of this Director Compensation Policy of HubSpot, Inc. (the “ Company ”), is to provide a total compensation package that enables the Company to attract and retain, on a long-term basis, high-caliber directors who are not employees or officers of the Company or its subsidiaries. In furtherance of the purpose stated above, all non-employee directors shall be paid compensation for services provided to the Company as set forth below:

Cash Retainers

Annual Retainer for Board Membership : $25,000 for general availability and participation in meetings and conference calls of the Board of Directors, to be paid quarterly.

Additional Retainers for Committee Membership:

 

Audit Committee Chairperson:

   $ 15,000   

Audit Committee member:

   $ 5,000   

Compensation Committee Chairperson:

   $ 10,000   

Compensation Committee member:

   $ 4,000   

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Chairperson:

   $ 5,000   

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee member:

   $ 3,000   

Note: Chairperson retainers are in addition to member retainers. No equity retainers shall be paid as compensation for committee membership.

Equity Retainers

Upon initial election to the Board : An initial, one-time equity grant (the “ Initial Grant ”) of $135,000 of equity awards in the form of stock options and/or restricted stock units, as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board, to each new non-employee director, that vest upon the first anniversary of such director’s start date, provided, however, that all vesting ceases if the board member resigns from the Board of Directors or otherwise ceases to serve as a director, unless the Board of Directors determines that the circumstances warrant continuation of vesting. The fair market value of the Initial Grant shall be based on the market price on the date of grant. This initial equity grant applies only to non-employee directors who are first elected to the Board effective as of or subsequent to the Company’s initial public offering.

Annual equity grants : Each continuing non-employee member of the Board who has served as a director for the previous six months will receive an annual equity grant (the “ Annual Grant ”) of $135,000 of equity awards in the form of stock options and/or restricted stock units, as


determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board, that vest upon the first anniversary of such grant date, provided, however, that all vesting ceases if the director resigns from the Board of Directors or otherwise ceases to serve as a director, unless the Board of Directors determines that the circumstances warrant continuation of vesting. The fair market value of the Annual Grant shall be based on the market price on the date of grant.

Acceleration of Equity Awards : All unvested equity awards held by non-employee directors will accelerate and immediately vest if the non-employee director is terminated within three months prior to or twelve months following a Sale Event (as defined in the Company’s 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan).

Expenses

The Company will reimburse all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by non-employee directors in attending meetings of the Board or any Committee.

ADOPTED: August 20, 2014, subject to the closing of the Company’s initial public offering.

Exhibit 10.10

HUBSPOT, INC.

SENIOR EXECUTIVE CASH INCENTIVE BONUS PLAN

 

1. Purpose

This Senior Executive Cash Incentive Bonus Plan (the “ Incentive Plan ”) is intended to provide an incentive for superior work and to motivate eligible executives of HubSpot, Inc. and its subsidiaries (together, the “ Company ”) toward even higher achievement and business results, to tie their goals and interests to those of the Company and its stockholders and to enable the Company to attract and retain highly qualified executives. The Incentive Plan is for the benefit of Covered Executives (as defined below).

 

2. Covered Executives

From time to time, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Compensation Committee ”) may select certain key executives (the “ Covered Executives ”) to be eligible to receive bonuses hereunder. Participation in this Plan does not change the “at will” nature of a Covered Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

3. Administration

The Compensation Committee shall have the sole discretion and authority to administer and interpret the Incentive Plan.

 

4. Bonus Determinations

(a) Corporate Performance Goals . A Covered Executive may receive a bonus payment under the Incentive Plan based upon the attainment of one or more performance objectives that are established by the Compensation Committee and relate to financial and operational metrics with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries (the “ Corporate Performance Goals ”), including the following: cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); revenue; corporate revenue; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); changes in the market price of the Company’s common stock; economic value-added; acquisitions or strategic transactions; operating income (loss); return on capital, assets, equity, or investment; stockholder returns; return on sales; gross or net profit levels; productivity; expense efficiency; margins; operating efficiency; customer satisfaction; working capital; earnings (loss) per share of the Company’s common stock; bookings, new bookings or renewals; sales or market shares; number of customers, number of new customers or customer references; operating income and/or net annual recurring revenue, any of which may be (A) measured in absolute terms or compared to any incremental increase, (B) measured in terms of growth, (C) compared to another company or companies or to results of a peer group, (D) measured against the market as a whole and/or as compared to applicable market indices and/or (E) measured on a pre-tax or post-tax basis (if applicable). Further, any Corporate Performance Goals may be used to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or a business unit or other segment of the Company, or one or more product lines or specific markets. The Corporate Performance Goals may differ from Covered Executive to Covered Executive.


(b) Calculation of Corporate Performance Goals . At the beginning of each applicable performance period, the Compensation Committee will determine whether any significant element(s) will be included in or excluded from the calculation of any Corporate Performance Goal with respect to any Covered Executive. In all other respects, Corporate Performance Goals will be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements, generally accepted accounting principles, or under a methodology established by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of the performance period and which is consistently applied with respect to a Corporate Performance Goal in the relevant performance period.

(c) Target; Minimum; Maximum . Each Corporate Performance Goal shall have a “target” (100 percent attainment of the Corporate Performance Goal) and may also have a “minimum” hurdle and/or a “maximum” amount.

(d) Bonus Requirements; Individual Goals . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 4(d): (i) any bonuses paid to Covered Executives under the Incentive Plan shall be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas that tie such bonuses to one or more performance targets relating to the Corporate Performance Goals, (ii) bonus formulas for Covered Executives shall be adopted in each performance period by the Compensation Committee and communicated to each Covered Executive at the beginning of each performance period and (iii) no bonuses shall be paid to Covered Executives unless and until the Compensation Committee makes a determination with respect to the attainment of the performance targets relating to the Corporate Performance Goals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Committee may adjust bonuses payable under the Incentive Plan based on achievement of one or more individual performance objectives or pay bonuses (including, without limitation, discretionary bonuses) to Covered Executives under the Incentive Plan based on individual performance goals and/or upon such other terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may in its discretion determine.

(e) Individual Target Bonuses . The Compensation Committee shall establish a target bonus opportunity for each Covered Executive for each performance period. For each Covered Executive, the Compensation Committee shall have the authority to apportion the target award so that a portion of the target award shall be tied to attainment of Corporate Performance Goals and a portion of the target award shall be tied to attainment of individual performance objectives.

(f) Employment Requirement . Subject to any additional terms contained in a written agreement between the Covered Executive and the Company, the payment of a bonus to a Covered Executive with respect to a performance period shall be conditioned upon the Covered Executive’s employment by the Company on the bonus payment date. If a Covered Executive was not employed for an entire performance period, the Compensation Committee may pro rate the bonus based on the number of days employed during such period.

 

5. Timing of Payment

(a) With respect to Corporate Performance Goals established and measured on a basis more frequently than annually (e.g., quarterly or semi-annually), the Corporate Performance

 

2


Goals will be measured at the end of each performance period after the Company’s financial reports with respect to such period(s) have been published. If the Corporate Performance Goals and/or individual goals for such period are met, payments will be made as soon as practicable following the end of such period, but not later 74 days after the end of the fiscal year in which such performance period ends.

(b) With respect to Corporate Performance Goals established and measured on an annual or multi-year basis, Corporate Performance Goals will be measured as of the end of each such performance period (e.g., the end of each fiscal year) after the Company’s financial reports with respect to such period(s) have been published. If the Corporate Performance Goals and/ or individual goals for any such period are met, bonus payments will be made as soon as practicable, but not later than 74 days after the end of the relevant fiscal year.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, bonuses earned at any time in a fiscal year must be paid no later than 74 days after the last day of such fiscal year.

 

6. Amendment and Termination

The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Incentive Plan at any time in its sole discretion.

ADOPTED: August 20, 2014, subject to the closing of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

3

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-198333 of our report dated March 28, 2014 (September 26, 2014, as to the effects of the reverse stock split and other matters discussed in Note 14) relating to the consolidated financial statements of HubSpot, Inc. and subsidiary (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the change in accounting policy for sales commissions) appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of such Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

September 26, 2014